2 242 PDF

Hơ O
IELTS
L
cho người mới bắt đầu Từ cơ bản
đến nâng cao
ETRAIN ENGLISH CENTER IELTS THANH LOAN
LỜI MỞ ĐẦU
Chào bạn,
Mình là https:/ www.facebook.com/thanhloan.ielts , hiện đang là giáo viên dạy IELTS Online và đồng thời dạy
Offline tại Hà Nội.
Trong suốt thời gian dạy IELTS, mình thấy có những bạn rất giỏi Listening, do có
thói quen xem phim, nghe nhạc, nghe các video tiếng Anh ... trong nhiều năm.
Chính vì thế, khi tiếp xúc vào bài thi IELTS Listening, các bạn chỉ mất 1 thời gian
gắn để làm quen với cấu trúc bài thi và có thể rinh về điểm số rất cao.
Ngược lại, có những bạn vì ít tiếp xúc với việc nghe tiếng Anh trước đó nên khá vất
vả với phần IELTS Listening test, từ phương pháp cho đến tài liệu khi mới bắt đầu
học nghe.
Vậy nên, mình đã bắt tay biên soạn cuốn Hướng dẫn học IELTS Listening cho
người mới bắt đầu nhằm mục đích giúp các bạn mới chập chững làm quen với
IELTS Listening sẽ có một lộ trình học đúng và thông minh.
Mục đích của cuốn sách này đó là:

Giúp bạn tìm hiểu tất tần tật những thông tin bạn cần về IELTS Listening
Trang bị chiến thuật làm bài, linh hoạt kỹ năng xử lý các dạng câu hỏi khác
nhau (note-taking, loại trừ, đoán trước cạm bẫy, dự đoán đáp án, kiểm tra ngữ
pháp, tránh sai chính tả…..)
Hơn 100 bài nghe từ dễ đến khó, kèm file nghe, đáp án và tapescript rất rất
chi tiết
https:/ drive.google.com/drive/folders/1uCwewZq0oshS-j2rMxSnkaHXQN3E-dEu
Có rất nhiều nguồn nghe miễn phí trên mạng, nhưng điểm khó cho người mới bắt đầu
học là không hiểu hết nội dung bài nghe, ngại tra từ mới sau mỗi bài nghe. Chính vì
thế mình muốn giúp các bạn giải chỉ rõ vị trí thông tin chứa đáp án và cung cấp từ mới
trong toàn bộ bài nghe, cùng với những kỹ năng nghe hiệu quả.
Mình chắc chắn rằng dù bạn nghe tiếng Anh kém, bạn có thể sử dụng cuốn Ebook này.
IELTS Thanh Loan

LỜI MỞ ĐẦU
Để biên soạn cuốn sách này, mình có tham khảo một số đầu sách của nhà xuất bản
IELTS Cambridge, bao gồm: Bộ sách Complete IELTS band 4-5, 5.5-6.5 và 6.5-7.5;
Bộ IELTS Cambridge Practice Test, cuốn Basic IELTS Listening.... Đó đều là các
nguồn tài liệu chuẩn, sát thật nhất.
Trong quá trình biên soạn, chắc hẳn còn nhiều thiếu sót và không tránh khỏi 1 số lỗi
sai. Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin được gửi về hòm mail hi@ielts-thanhloan.com
Mình xin chân thành cảm ơn và mong nhận được sự ủng hộ của các bạn!
Thanh Loan
IELTS Thanh Loan

BẠN LÀ NGƯỜI MỚI BẮT ĐẦU HỌC IELTS?
Đối với IELTS, việc tự học thực sự rất khó khăn vì:
- Có quá nhiều thứ phải học: Từ vựng, Ngữ pháp, Phát âm, Nghe, Đọc, Nói …. và khi
đi vào 1 vấn đề cụ thể, lại càng có 1 đống kiến thức cần học
- IELTS Khó quá, với quá nhiều kỹ năng bạn cần thành thạo, quá nhiều câu hỏi bạn
cần chuẩn bị.
Vậy nên, mình đề xuất 02 hướng đi cho bạn như sau:
Học IELTS Offline tại Hà Nội:

- Đăng ký khoá học IELTS Overall của Thanh Loan tại Hà Nội
- Bạn chỉ cần học theo hướng dẫn của mình, sử dụng tài liệu của mình, được mình
hỗ trợ từ A đến Z cho đến khi bạn thi đạt mục tiêu
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall/
Học IELTS Online ở bất cứ nơi đâu:

- Bắt đầu với khoá Pre IELTS Online để củng cố lại ngữ pháp chuyên biệt cho bài
thi IELTS (nếu nền tảng tiếng Anh của bạn chưa tốt)
- Học khoá IELTS Online 4 kỹ năng với những bài học dưới dạng video, truy cập
không giới hạn thời gian và vị trí địa lý, đảm bảo kiến thức cô đọng xúc tích và học
phí tiết kiệm tối đa
- Học và thực hành cùng bộ Ebook 4 kỹ năng, trong đó có:
04 cuốn dành riêng cho những người mới bắt đầu học IELTS (band 4.0-5.0)
04 cuốn dành riêng cho quá trình luyện đề IELTS sát thật, tỉ lệ trúng tủ cao (5.0 -
7.5)
- Dịch vụ chữa bài chất lượng và tỉ mỉ cùng với những feedbacks thực sự đáng giá,
giúp bạn nhận ra điểm yếu sau mỗi bài thực hành
https://online.ielts-thanhloan.com/
IELTS Thanh Loan

BẠN LÀ NGƯỜI MỚI BẮT ĐẦU HỌC IELTS?
Bạn có rất nhiều trung tâm, thầy cô dạy IELTS khác nhau, nhưng phương châm
hoạt động của IELTS Thanh Loan là:
“Chất lượng hàng đầu”

Hãy trải nghiệm
Và mình chắc chắn không làm bạn thất vọng!
Thanh Loan
IELTS Thanh Loan

MỤC LỤC
Chương I: Thông tin cơ bản về IELTS Listening................................................01
Chương II: Kỹ thuật, Phương pháp và Lộ trình...............................................09
1. Kỹ thuật nghe..........................................................................................................09
a. Kỹ thuật dự đoán đáp án...............................................................................09
b. Kỹ thuật nghe từ đồng nghĩa và paraphrase................................................20
2. Phương pháp nghe...................................................................................................23
a. Phương pháp nghe chép chính tả..................................................................23
b. Phương pháp nghe Repetition......................................................................27
3. Lộ trình nghe...........................................................................................................29
a. Luyện theo từng dạng câu hỏi.......................................................................29
b. Luyện đề........................................................................................................36
IELTS Thanh Loan

MỤC LỤC
Chương III. Các dạng câu hỏi điển hình (Kèm thực hành)..............................39
Dạng 1: Nghe Letters and Numbers...........................................................................39

a. Kiến thức
b. Bài tập thực hành
Dạng 2: Form Completion...........................................................................................58
a. Kiến thức
Dạng 3: Map Labelling................................................................................................82
a. Kiến thức
Dạng 4: Short answer question.................................................................................109
a. Kiến thức
Dạng 5: Diagram/Flow-chart Labelling...................................................................125
a. Kiến thức
Dạng 6: Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion..............................................................148
a. Kiến thức
Dạng 7: Multiple choice.............................................................................................181
a. Kiến thức
Dạng 8: Matching......................................................................................................205
a. Kiến thức
Dạng 9: Summary Completion.................................................................................222
a. Kiến thức
IELTS Thanh Loan

MỤC LỤC
Key............................................................................................................................236
Dạng 1: Nghe Letters and Numbers.........................................................................236

Dạng 2: Form Completion.........................................................................................252
Dạng 3: Map Labelling..............................................................................................286
Dạng 4: Short answer question.................................................................................308
Dạng 5: Diagram/ Flow-chart Labelling..................................................................335
Dạng 6: Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion..............................................................366
Dạng 7: Multiple choice.............................................................................................423
Dạng 8: Matching......................................................................................................462
Dạng 9: Summary Completion.................................................................................490
IELTS Thanh Loan

CHƯƠNG
I
Thông tin cơ bản
về IELTS Listening
Với chương sách đầu tiên, bạn sẽ nhận được thông tin về:
- Cấu trúc một bài thi IELTS Listening, bao gồm có: thời gian của bài thi, tổng số
câu hỏi, độ khó của các câu hỏi, các dạng câu hỏi, cùng nhiều thông tin cơ bản khác
- Cách tính điểm bài thi IELTS Listening
IELTS Thanh Loan 01

1. Cấu trúc bài thi IELTS Listening
Trước khi bước và luyện đề, hãy đảm bảo rằng bạn đã nắm được tất cả các thông tin
về Cấu trúc bài thi IELTS Listening.
Về thời gian làm bài thi IELTS Listening:

Tổng thời gian cụ thể của một bài thi IELTS Listening là khoảng 40 phút, trong đó
bạn sẽ có:
- Khoảng 30 phút cho bài nghe
- 10 phút để chuyển đáp án vào tờ Answer Sheet
- Thời gian thi của kỹ năng Listening là vào khoảng từ 9.00 - 9.40 sáng của ngày thi
chính
Chỉ có duy nhất 1 bài thi IELTS Listening, dù cho mục đích của bạn
khác nhau
- Có 2 hình thức bài thi: là General Training (bài thi Tổng quát) và Academic (bài
thi Học thuật).
- Hình thức thi General Training nhằm để phục vụ cho những bạn có mục đích đi
làm việc, định cư ở các nước sử dụng tiếng Anh là ngôn ngữ chính.
- Hình thức thi Academic nhằm để phục vụ cho những bạn có mục đích đi học ở các
nước sử dụng tiếng Anh, hay thậm chí là học trong nước.
- Tuy nhiên, đối với bài thi Listening này, bài thi cho cả hai hình thức Tổng quát và
Học thuật là hoàn toàn giống nhau.
Cấu trúc bài thi IELTS Listening

- Một bài thi Listening gồm 4 sections, với mỗi section gồm 10 câu hỏi, như vậy sẽ có
tổng số 40 câu hỏi cần trả lời
- Section 1: một cuộc hội thoại gồm 2 người nói về một tình huống giao tiếp hàng
ngày, trả lời câu hỏi từ 1 đến 10.
Ví dụ như: một cuộc hội thoại đặt phòng khách sạn
- Section 2: một cuộc độc thoại về một chủ đề giao tiếp hàng ngày, thường là giới
thiệu 1 địa điểm nào đó, trả lời câu hỏi từ 11 đến 20.
Ví dụ như: Induction talk for new apprentices - Buổi hướng dẫn cho các thực tập
sinh mới
IELTS Thanh Loan 02

- Section 3: một cuộc hội thoại gồm 3 đến 4 người nói về một chủ đề học thuật, thảo
luận về một bài thuyết trình, bài tập lớn …., trả lời câu hỏi từ 21-30.
Ví dụ như: Purpose of children’s literature - Mục đích của các tác phẩm văn học cho
trẻ con
- Section 4: một cuộc độc thoại dạng bài thuyết trình về một chủ đề học thuật, trả lời
câu hỏi từ 31-40
Ví dụ như: Marine renewable energy - bài thuyết trình về Năng lượng tái chế dưới
biển
Độ khó tăng dần

- Độ khó của bài thi Listening tăng dần theo từng section, nhưng cũng có khi section
3 khó hơn section 4
- Do nội dung của 2 sections đầu tiên xoay quanh những chủ đề đời sống hàng ngày
còn nội dung của 2 sections cuối xoay quanh các vấn đề học thuật, nên lượng từ vựng
xuất hiện ở sections 3 4 khó hơn so với sections 1 2
- Ở sections 3 và 4, các thông tin được đưa ra nhiều hơn để giăng bẫy thí sinh, và tốc
độ nói cũng nhanh hơn so với sections 1 và 2
Có 09 dạng câu hỏi phổ biến trong bài thi Listening

- Letters and Numbers
- Form Completion
- Summary Completion
- Map Labelling
- Short Answer Question
- Diagram/Flow Chart Completion
- Note/Table/Sentence Completion
- Multiple Choice
- Matching
Các dạng câu hỏi sẽ được mô tả và hướng dẫn chi tiết ở Chương III của cuốn sách.
IELTS Thanh Loan 03

Cách sử dụng Listening Answer Sheet - Phiếu trả lời IELTS Listening
IELTS Thanh Loan 04

Cùng phân tích qua một vài thông tin xuất hiện trong tờ Answer Sheet này
nhé!
Write your test Write the date
centre number of the test
Write your name

in capital letters
Write your
candidate number
- Candidate name (là tên thí sinh): nhớ tên của bạn được phải được viết hoa và
không dấu. Ví dụ: NGUYEN THANH LOAN
- Candidate number (là số báo danh thí sinh): gồm 6 số, mỗi số được điền vào
một ô tách biệt. Số báo danh này bạn sẽ được xem trước khi vào phòng thi.
- Centre number (là số hiệu trung tâm): gồm 5 số, mỗi số được điền vào một ô
tách biệt. Số này sẽ được cung cấp trên máy chiếu của phòng thi.
- Test date (là ngày thi): bạn sẽ điền ngày thi của mình theo: ngày – tháng – năm.
Ví dụ: 01 – 01 – 2019.
- Đáp án cho bài thi IELTS Listening sẽ được điền vào các ô từ 1 đến 40 tương ứng
Một số lưu ý khác

- Bạn phải làm bài thi Listening bằng bút chì, các loại bút khác đều bị tính là phạm
quy và đương nhiên là không được tính điểm. Bút chì sẽ được phát bởi tổ chức thi
- Bạn có thể viết chữ thường hoặc chữ in hoa trong tờ đáp án, cả hai đều được tính
điểm.
Ví dụ: SPORT = sport
- IELTS Listening là kỹ năng thi đầu tiên trong số 3 kỹ năng: bắt đầu từ bài thi
IELTS Listening sau đó đến IELTS Reading và cuối cùng là IELTS Writing.
- Bạn được đeo tai nghe để thực hiện bài thi IELTS Listening
- Bạn chỉ được nghe 1 lần duy nhất cho tất cả các phần thi từ Section 1 đến Section
4
IELTS Thanh Loan 05

2. Cách tính điểm IELTS Listening
Dưới đây là Bảng tính điểm cho bài thi IELTS Listening của cả hai hình thức
thi là Học thuật và Tổng quát cụ thể cho từng band điểm.
Listening (Academic & General Training)
Correct Band
answer score
39-40 9.0
37-38 8.5
35-36 8.0
33-34 7.5
30-32 7.0
27-29 6.5
23-26 6.0
20-22 5.5
16-19 5.0
13-15 4.5
10-12 4.0
7-9 3.5
5-6 3.0
3-4 2.5
IELTS Thanh Loan 06

Do cả hai hình thức General Training và Academic có chung bài thi, nên cách tính
điểm của cả hai hình thức này cũng giống nhau.
Ví dụ 1: Nếu bạn target điểm bài thi IELTS Listening của mình là 6.0, thì bạn cần
đạt được từ 23-26 câu trả lời đúng trong tổng số 40 câu hỏi.
Ví dụ 2: Tuy nhiên, nếu bạn đặt target cao hơn, có thể ở mức 8.0, thì số câu trả lời
đúng bạn cần đạt được trong tổng số 40 câu hỏi là 35-36 câu.
Note: Theo như chia sẻ của một giám khảo chấm thi của IDP, câu hỏi trong các
đề thi IELTS Listening đôi khi vẫn có sự chênh lệch về độ khó dễ, vì vậy để tạo sự
công bằng, thì thang điểm chuyển đổi cũng sẽ có thay đổi tuỳ thuộc theo từng bài thi.
Ví dụ, cùng là thang điểm 8.0 nhưng số câu trả lời đúng ở mỗi bài thi được tính khác
nhau theo độ khó dễ của bài thi. Tuy nhiên, sự thay đổi số câu trả lời đúng đối với
từng band điểm chỉ dao động lên xuống khoảng từ 1-2 câu, vì vậy mà Bảng tính
điểm này vẫn là một nguồn đáng tin cậy để các bạn tính điểm cho bài thi IELTS
Listening của mình.
Như vậy, với cách tính điểm đã được miêu tả chi tiết cho từng band điểm như
trong bảng trên, bạn đã có thể dễ dàng xác định được số câu trả lời cần đúng để đạt
được số điểm target của mình rồi chứ?
Sau khi đã nắm được hết các thông tin cơ bản về bài thi IELTS Listening rồi, hãy
tiếp tục với hành trình chinh phục kỹ năng Listening của mình qua việc tìm hiểu các
Kỹ thuật, Phương pháp cũng như Lộ trình cho mình nhé!
IELTS Thanh Loan 07

GÓC GIỚI THIỆU KHOÁ HỌC/ DỊCH VỤ:
Ebook Hướng dẫn học IELTS Listening cho người mới bắt đầu nên được sử
dụng song song cùng với các ebook khác dành cho những bạn mới bắt đầu học
IELTS.
Việc phát triển đều cả 4 kỹ năng sẽ giúp bạn chuẩn bị tốt hơn cho bài thi và kiến
thức từ kỹ năng này sẽ đồng thời bổ trợ, phát triển kỹ năng kia.
ht ps:/ ielts-thanhloan.com/san-pham/ebo k-hoc-ielts-reading/?fbclid=IwAR1cMdnyvAhr_82ADsMJzkXBsHOIdZiAVn5BYBVZpP9jiBw4vR roj8qxKY ht ps:/ ielts-thanhloan.com/san-pham/ebo k-hoc-ielts-writing/?fbclid=IwAR3DQCUJMC hjwzV7d-p39tEqDliPiXV2P_UxYgiKA4GShdV50Kzk-J9oOc ht ps:/ ielts-thanhloan.com/san-pham/ebo k-hoc-ielts-speaking/?fbclid=IwAR1H0fmjCtT6 VxjFO8oQPgv_UtQziPqAb1XFqnyMM19rYMJYag30xh9OpA
IELTS Thanh Loan 08

CHƯƠNG
II
Kỹ thuật, Phương pháp
và Lộ trình
1. Kỹ thuật nghe
a. Kỹ thuật dự đoán
Trong bài thi IELTS Listening, việc dự đoán đáp án giúp không chỉ dễ dàng hơn
trong việc theo dõi nội dung bài nghe, mà còn giúp dễ dàng bắt được từ vựng cần
điền vào chỗ trống.
Kỹ thuật dự đoán đáp án này chủ yếu được áp dụng cho dạng câu hỏi điền từ vào chỗ
trống, cụ thể hơn là các dạng câu hỏi cho trước nội dung bài nghe và để trống một
thông tin. Và nhiệm vụ của bạn là nghe và điền thông tin còn thiếu vào chỗ trống đó.
Thông tin 1: Đoán từ loại cho chỗ trống cần điền
Phần đa trong Listening Test, các đáp án thường được tồn tại dưới dạng:
- Danh từ hoặc cụm danh từ
- Động từ (động từ nguyên thể hoặc động từ dưới dạng Ving)
- Tính từ
- Trạng từ
Đáp án trong Listening gần như không bao giờ tồn tại dưới dạng
- Giới từ hoặc cụm giới từ
- Mệnh đề
IELTS Thanh Loan 09

Để xác định được từ loại cho chỗ trống cần điền, bạn có thể xét các trường hợp dưới
đây:
Trường hợp chỗ trống cần điền là một DANH TỪ:
Loại Danh từ Các trường hợp Ví dụ
Danh từ không có “s” a/ an/ much + ... a book

(khi là noun không → sau mạo từ “a” là một noun đếm
đếm được/ đếm được số được số ít
ít)
be + adj + ... is inaccurate information
→ trước adj “inaccurate” không có
mạo từ nên sau nó sẽ là 1 noun
không đếm được.
Danh từ có “s” khi several/ many/ a many books

(là noun đếm được số number of/ a → sau “many” là một danh từ đếm
nhiều) range of +... được số nhiều
Hoặc Danh từ có “s” Từ sở hữu: they are my parents.

hoặc Danh từ không the/ my/ your/ she is my friend.
có “s” their/ our + ... → sau tính từ sở hữu có thể là
noun số ít hoặc số nhiều
a lot of/ some + ... a lot of books

a lot of work
S + verb + .. O... → sau “a lot of” có thể là noun số ít
(tân ngữ) hoặc số nhiều
They changes a factory/ factories

→ sau động từ có thể là danh từ có
“s” hoặc không “s”
IELTS Thanh Loan 10

Loại Danh từ Các trường hợp Ví dụ
Danh từ chỉ người work as + ... work as a manager

(làm việc gì) → sau “work as” là danh từ chỉ
người
take the position took the position of a manager

/role of + ... → sau “take the position” là một
(tiếp quản vị trí noun chỉ người
gì)
be given the was given the role of a manager

position /role of + → sau “be given the role” là một
... (được giao cho noun chỉ người
vị trí gì)
IELTS Thanh Loan 11

Trường hợp từ cần điền là một TÍNH TỪ:
Các trường hợp Ví dụ
BE + ... She is intelligent (cô ấy thông minh)

→ sau động từ “tobe” là một adj
ADV + ... She is incredibly intelligent (cô ấy rất

thông minh)
→ sau adv là một adj
(A/AN/THE/Ø) + ... + NOUN This is a thick book (đó là một cuốn sách
dày)
→ sau “a” và trước “noun” là một adj
THE + ... They are the poor (họ là người nghèo)

(nhóm người) → Sau “the” là một adj
Trường hợp câu so sánh: She is much taller than me (cô ấy cao hơn
(MUCH/ FAR/ A LITTLE/ tôi)
SIGNIFICANTLY) + ... - ER + → Sau “adv”, trước “than” là một tính từ so
THAN sánh (thêm đuôi -er, với adj ngắn)
(MUCH/ FAR/ A LITTLE/ She is far more beautiful than me (cô ấy
SIGNIFICANTLY) + MORE ... + xinh hơn tôi nhiều)
THAN → Sau “more”, trước “than” là một tính từ
so sánh ( với adj dài)
IELTS Thanh Loan 12

Trường hợp từ cần điền là một ĐỘNG TỪ:
Các trường hợp Ví dụ
... + ADV She studies lazily (cô ấy học hành lười)

→ trước “adv” là một verb
... + ADJ She is incredibly intelligent (cô ấy rất

thông minh)
→ trước “adj” là một adv
Trường hợp ĐẶC BIỆT:
Trường hợp đặc biệt ở đây áp dụng cho câu hỏi không chứa từ vựng nào giúp xác
định được từ loại của chỗ trống cần điền.
Ví dụ:
Disadvantages of living in the city
- polluted
- ... → không có từ nào giúp bạn xác định từ loại của từ vựng cần điền vào chỗ
trống.
→ Trong trường hợp này, bạn có thể dựa vào từ loại của các ý tương đương với chỗ
trống cần điền vì các ý của các bullet point (dấu đầu dòng) sẽ có từ loại giống nhau.
→ “polluted” là một adj từ loại cần điền sẽ phải là một “adj”
Note: Bảng trên chỉ đề cập đến những trường hợp điển hình cho từng loại từ: noun,
verb, adj, adv. Vì vậy, vẫn còn nhiều trường hợp khác chưa được đề cập mà bạn cần
học khi luyện tập từng bài tập của dạng câu hỏi này.
IELTS Thanh Loan 13

Thông tin 2: Đoán loại thông tin
Loại thông tin cần tìm liên quan đến chủ đề gì, nói về cái gì, có thể là đáp án nào ...
Để xác định được loại thông tin cần điền, bạn sẽ cần quan sát:
- Thông tin xung quanh chỗ trống hoặc được cung cấp ở câu hỏi
- Chủ đề của bài nghe (do tiêu đề của bài nghe hoặc các từ xung quanh)
- Giới hạn từ được cung cấp ở câu hỏi
Dựa vào GIỚI TỪ đứng trước chỗ trống cần điền

Nếu trước chỗ trống cần điền là một giới từ, bạn hoàn toàn có thể đoán được thông
tin cần điền vào chỗ trống đó theo bảng dưới đây:
Prep Các thông tin có thể đứng sau Ví dụ

(Giới từ) prep
AT chỉ một thời điểm cụ thể at 6 p.m; at noon; at night;

at the weekend
chỉ một kỳ nghỉ at Christmas; at Easter
chỉ một địa điểm cụ thể at home; at the station; at the
cinema; at the theatre
chỉ nơi làm việc, học tập at work; at school
IN chỉ một khoảng thời gian dài: in October; in Summer; in 2019;

tháng, mùa, năm, thế kỷ in the 20th century
các buổi trong ngày in the morning; in the afternoon
khoảng thời gian bao lâu để làm gì in one week; in one hour
chỉ vị trí bên trong in the room; in the park
chỉ phương hướng in the south; in the middle
chỉ một đất nước in Vietnam
IELTS Thanh Loan 14

Prep Các thông tin có thể đứng sau Ví dụ
(Giới từ) prep
ON một ngày trong tuần, ngày tháng on Sunday; on 25th June/ on

trong năm, một ngày lễ June 25th; on Christmas Day/
on Easter Day
chỉ vị trí on the left; on the right
chỉ vị trí trên bề mặt on the table
WITH làm gì cùng với ai with Minh/ his father

chỉ sự sở hữu (mang nghĩa là “có”) (a computer) with a memory
chỉ một tác nhân (công cụ để làm (see it) with a microscope
gì)
Ví dụ: Industrial workers found coffee helped them to work AT .....

(Công nhân ngành công nghiệp nhận thấy rằng cafe giúp họ có thể làm việc .....)
→ Với giới từ “AT” trước chỗ trống cần điền, mà cafe thì thường giúp chúng ta tỉnh
táo khi nào? Có thể là at NIGHT → vào ban đêm chẳng hạn
IELTS Thanh Loan 15

Dựa vào TỪ XUNG QUANH chỗ trống cần điền
Nếu câu hỏi chứa từ khóa (keyword) thì chúng ta khá dễ đoán được thông tin chỗ
trống cần điền
Ví dụ: Age (tuổi): .... → dễ dàng đoán được thông tin cần điền phải là số tuổi
Một số từ khóa giúp bạn dễ dàng đoán được thông tin cần điền vào chỗ trống:
Từ khóa Ví dụ thông tin cần điền
Name (tên) → cần nghe tên như Lan, John

Age (tuổi) → cần nghe tuổi như 25, 47
Country (quốc gia) → cần 1 tên nước như Vietnam, Japan
Nationality (quốc tịch) → cần từ vựng về quốc tịch như
Vietnamese, Japanese
Hobbies (sở thích) → cần một sở thích nào đó như music,
football
Price (giá) → chắc chắn sẽ là tiền được nhắc dưới
dạng số như $10
Phone number (số điện thoại) → bạn sẽ cần nghe số điện thoại như
0123456789
Occupation/ Job (công việc) → đáp án sẽ là 1 nghề nghiệp như teacher,
doctor, manager
Type of membership (loại thành → người ta có thể chia thành part-time,
viên) full-time, permanent, temporary… hoặc là
thành viên vàng, bạc, đồng - gold, silver,
bronze
Means of transport (phương tiện đi → đáp án sẽ là 1 loại xe cộ như car,
lại) motorbike, bike hoặc là cách thức di
chuyển như walking, cycling .....
..... .......
IELTS Thanh Loan 16

Nếu câu hỏi chứa nội dung chính dễ đoán được thông tin chỗ trống cần điền
Ví dụ 1: Tiêu đề của bài nghe là Sports World (thế giới thể thao) và câu hỏi là ‘Shop
specialises in equipment for .........’
→ Câu hỏi được dịch là “Cửa hàng thể thao chuyên về các đồ dùng thiết bị cho .........
và thông tin có thể là một môn thể thao nào đó, ví dụ như football, tennis, baseball
.........
Ví dụ 2: Câu hỏi là ‘They played an important part in social and ......... changes’. Từ
cần điền phải là 1 tính từ, bổ sung ý nghĩa cho từ changes và song song với social,
mà chúng ta hay có câu kinh tế - văn hoá - xã hội, nên đáp án có thể là economic
(kinh tế) hoặc cultural (xã hội)
Note: Khi đi thi thật bạn sẽ không có nhiều thời gian để phân tích chi tiết như vậy.
Tuy nhiên, nếu bạn dành nhiều thời gian luyện tập kỹ năng này ở nhà, bạn sẽ có
được khả năng phản ứng nhanh hơn rất nhiều với đề thi khi thi thật đấy.
IELTS Thanh Loan 17

Thông tin 3: Đoán các cạm bẫy trong bài nghe
Đặc điểm của IELTS Listening là đáp án không bao giờ được cung cấp trực diện, mà
bài nghe luôn đưa ra thông tin vòng vèo, nhằm đánh lừa người nghe.
IELTS Thanh Loan 18

Library Information
Example Answer
18 years
Minimum joining age : ............
Cost to join per year (without current student card): 3 £ .......................

- Số 3 cần điền một con số, chỉ phí tham gia 1 năm. Nhấn mạnh từ without current student
card.
- Bài nghe có thể cung cấp nếu mà có student card thì chi phí mỗi năm sẽ là bao nhiêu, còn
nếu không có student card thì chắc hẳn chi phí sẽ cao hơn, là bao nhiêu → đáp án sẽ là con
số cao hơn về giá
Number of items allowed: (members of public) 4 .......................

- Số 4 cần điền một con số, nói về số lượng items được mượn. Nhấn mạnh từ members of
public
- Bài nghe có thể đánh lừa thí sinh bằng cách nếu bạn là học sinh của trường/ hoặc thành
viên của thư viện thì bạn sẽ được mượn bao nhiêu items nhưng nếu là người ngoài thì chỉ
được mượn bao nhiêu items thôi → đáp án có lẽ sẽ là con số thấp hơn
Login times: four weeks
Fines start at 5 £ .......................

- Câu 5 cần một số chỉ lượng tiền để nói hình phạt nếu mình mượn những items trên quá 4
tuần là gì. Nhấn mạnh ở từ start
- Bài nghe có thể nói rằng mức phạt thấp nhất là A và cao nhất là B, trung bình là C chẳng
hạn → Đáp án phải là A vì câu hỏi đang nhấn mạnh mức phạt bắt đầu từ bao nhiêu
Computers can be booked up to 6 ....................... hours in advance

- Câu 6 cần điền 1 số để chỉ nếu muốn dùng máy tính, thì mình cần đặt trước bao lâu. Nhấn
mạnh từ up to
- Up to là tối đa, trong bài nói họ có thể nói đặt ít nhất là trước mấy giờ, mà không quá mấy
giờ (no more than)
IELTS Thanh Loan 19

b. Kỹ thuật nghe từ đồng nghĩa và paraphrase
Thế nào là “paraphrase”
Paraphrase là kỹ năng chìa khóa trong bài thi IELTS, cụ thể là đối với bài thi IELTS
Listening, thông tin dùng để trả lời câu hỏi chính là các từ vựng đã được “para-
phrase” từ câu hỏi.
Paraphrase là viết lại 1 câu (sử dụng từ đồng nghĩa, hay cấu trúc khác …) mà không
làm thay đổi nghĩa của câu gốc.
Áp dụng trong bài thi IELTS Listening, thông tin trong bài nghe sẽ luôn paraphrase
từ vựng được sử dụng trong câu hỏi. Một trong những cách “paraphrase” phổ biến
trong kỹ năng nghe đó là sử dụng các từ vựng đồng nghĩa, vậy nên trước khi nghe,
bạn hãy nên cố gắng đoán trước 1 số những từ đồng nghĩa với từ chìa khoá trong câu
hỏi là gì, để có thể định hình cách paraphrase trong bài nghe.
Ví dụ cách các từ vựng đồng nghĩa được sử dụng trong bài thi IELTS Listening để
“paraphrase” một câu hỏi.
IELTS Thanh Loan 20

Từ khóa Bản audio
“His style was good” “My overall style was quite professional”
“They didn’t look at the audience “They didn’t worry about keeping eye
enough” contact with their audience”
“After she gave her presentation, “When I finished I didn’t feel any real
Hiroko felt dissatisfied” sense of satisfaction.”
“Sarah provides food and drinks” “Sarah makes sure the visitors are kept
fed and watered.”
“The level of the appropriate “We need to label the level of the
materials should be more clearly appropriate materials more clearly.”
shown.”
“Update the CD collection” “The CD section needs to be more

current.”
“Buy some workbooks and divide “Introduce some workbooks and break
them up.” them up into separate pages.”
“Speak to the teachers and organise “Talk to the teachers and make sure we
a timetable for supervising the can reach some agreement on a timetable
centre.” to supervise the centre after class.”
IELTS Thanh Loan 21

Library Information
Example Answer
18 years
Minimum joining age : ............
Cost to join per year (without current student card): 3 £ .......................

- Cost to join = each member has to pay …
- per year = annually = each/ every year
Number of items allowed: (members of public) 4 .......................

- allow = you can borrow ….
Login times: four weeks
Fines start at 5 £ .......................

- fines start at … = the minimum fine level is …. = fines range from … to ….
Computers can be booked up to 6 ....................... hours in advance

- up to … = no more than …
- in advance = before you use it
IELTS Thanh Loan 22

2. Phương pháp nghe
Khi học bất cứ một môn học gì, bạn đều cần có phương pháp để việc học trở nên hiệu
quả hơn. Đối với kỹ năng nghe này cũng vậy, bạn cũng cần một phương pháp luyện
nghe riêng cho bản thân.
Chúng ta có hai phương pháp luyện nghe cơ bản:

- Nghe chép chính tả
- Nghe lặp lại
Phía dưới, bạn sẽ được chia sẻ cụ thể về cách thức luyện nghe theo từng phương
pháp này và ưu nhược điểm của nó.
a. Phương pháp nghe chép chính tả
Phương pháp luyện nghe thứ nhất là phương pháp nghe chép chính tả - phương
pháp nghe phổ biến nhất.
Định nghĩa phương pháp nghe chép chính tả

Nghe “chép chính tả” là NGHE VÀ CHÉP LẠI tất cả thông tin bạn nghe được. Nghe
theo phương pháp này tạo nên độ chính xác cao trong quá trình nghe.
Đối tượng phù hợp

Phương pháp luyện nghe này phù hợp với các bạn ở MỌI TRÌNH ĐỘ, tuy nhiên hiệu
quả nhất là đối với những bạn với trình độ nghe còn kém, chỉ nghe hiểu được dưới
50% nội dung bài nghe.
Nếu chỉ nghe 1 lần mà bạn đã hiểu được 60% bài nghe trở lên, bạn có hai sự lựa
chọn:
- Chuyển sang nguồn nghe khó hơn và thực hiện nghe chép chính tả
- Vẫn sử dụng nguồn nghe này và chuyển sang phương pháp nghe lặp lại
IELTS Thanh Loan 23

Các bước luyện nghe chép chính tả
Bước 1: TÌM NGUỒN NGHE

Đối với bước này, bạn cần phải lưu ý một số điểm:
- Nguồn nghe phải phù hợp với trình độ hiện tại của bạn (bạn nghe 1 lần và hiểu
25% - 50% bài nghe thì đó là nguồn nghe thích hợp cho việc nghe chép chính tả)
- Nguồn nghe có giọng phát âm tiếng Anh chuẩn, Anh - Anh hoặc Anh - Mỹ. Nếu
bạn chưa biết cách phân biệt Anh - Anh và Anh - Mỹ, bạn có thể tìm những nguồn
nghe chính thống nổi tiếng như BBC hoặc CNN….
- Nguồn nghe đề cập đến chủ đề bạn hứng thú. Nếu bạn thích thể thao, hãy nghe và
chép chính tả những bản tin thể thao …. Việc chọn nguồn mình thích giúp bạn không
bị oải, chán khi chép chính tả
- Nguồn nghe có phụ đề hoặc transcript đi kèm (Transcript là phần ghi lại toàn bộ
nội dung bài nghe). Điều này rất quan trọng
- Nguồn nghe có độ dài: từ 2-6 phút là tối đa, vì nếu bài nghe kéo dài 2 phút, bạn đã
phải mất 1-2 tiếng để hoàn thành phần chép chính tả, và độ dài có thể lên đến 2 mặt
giấy A4. Chọn nguồn nghe quá dài khiến bạn không thể đủ thời gian chép tất, nên
hay bỏ giữa chừng
Bước 2: NGHE VÀ CHÉP CHÍNH TẢ

- Nghe theo từng cụm từ hoặc một câu, sau đó dừng bài nghe. Nếu bạn mới chép
chính tả, có thể bạn chỉ nghe 2-5 giây rồi dừng lại để chép luôn. Nếu bạn đã luyện
nghe chép chính tả nhiều, bạn có thể nghe cả mệnh đề hoặc 1 câu dài rồi mới dừng
lại chép.
- Chép lại tất cả những thông tin nghe được xuống giấy/ vở.
- Nếu nghe lần 1 bạn còn sót thông tin, chưa nghe được cả mệnh đề hoặc cả câu, bạn
có thể tua đi tua lại nhiều lần để nghe lại phần thông tin bị thiếu.
- Cuối cùng, đối chiếu với transcript/ phụ đề với phần thông tin bạn chép và hoàn
thành thông tin còn thiếu trong bản đã chép ra bằng một màu mực khác. Những
thông tin bạn không nghe được có thể do bạn không viết từ đó, hoặc không biết phát
âm, hoặc phát âm sai từ đó, hoặc chưa biết những nguyên tắc nối âm liên quan …..
và đó chính là phần bạn cần cải thiện để nghe tốt hơn.
IELTS Thanh Loan 24

Bước 3: TẬP ĐỌC THEO TRANSCRIPT VÀ THU ÂM
- Nghe đi nghe lại bài, chú ý đến cách phát âm, trọng âm, nối âm và ngắt nghỉ của
người bản xứ trong bài nghe
- Hãy bắt chước theo giọng của họ theo từng câu, từng đoạn ngắn. Vừa bật file nghe,
bạn vừa nhắc lại theo những câu văn của bài nghe, cố gắng ngắt nghỉ, nhấn nhá
giống file nghe nhất.
- Sau khi luyện bắt chước xong cả đoạn audio, thì ghi âm lại toàn bộ bài đọc của
mình. Bước này đồng thời giúp bạn cải thiện cả phần Speaking và phát âm của
mình.
Ưu điểm và Nhược điểm của nghe chép chính tả
Ưu điểm Nhược điểm
Giúp nghe và hiểu thực sự nội dung Cực kỳ oải nếu bạn không phải là người
của bài nghe bền bỉ, vì việc chép chính tả tốn nhiều
Giúp mở rộng vốn từ vựng và cải thời gian, nhàm chán và lặp đi lặp lại,
thiện điểm yếu về phát âm từng từ đau tai, mỏi tay ....
riêng lẻ
Giúp chỉnh sửa phát âm, trọng âm,
và cả ngữ điệu
→ Chính vì vậy, mặc dù phương pháp này phù hợp với mọi trình độ nhưng bạn phải
thực sự là một người rất kiên nhẫn mới có thể luyện nghe theo phương pháp này
được.
IELTS Thanh Loan 25

Gợi ý một số nguồn phù hợp với luyện nghe chép chính tả
https://listen-and-write.com/
Đây là trang web được thiết kế dành riêng cho phương pháp luyện nghe chép chính
tả, thay vì phải ghi chép ra giấy, bạn sẽ đánh máy nội dung nghe được. Website có
một số đặc tính sau:
- Nội dung xoay quanh những chủ đề xảy ra trong cuộc sống hàng ngày
- Có đánh giá mức độ khó của mỗi bài nghe giúp bạn chọn nguồn nghe phù hợp
- Độ dài của các video chỉ dao động từ 1 - 5 phút
- Cung cấp phần trống để người nghe điền vào những thông tin nghe được
- Và nhiều tính năng hỗ trợ khác
https://www.voicetube.com/
Website này cung cấp đầy đủ tính năng phù hợp cho việc luyện nghe chép chính tả.
- Cung cấp các video luôn kèm theo transcript
- Video phân theo trình độ: từ cơ bản (basic) đến nâng cao (advanced), nên nó phù
hợp với các bạn ở mọi trình độ khác nhau
- Video được ghi chú rõ giọng nói: là của Anh - Anh (UK), Anh - Mỹ (US), hay Anh -
Úc (AU)
- Videos nói về đa dạng các chủ đề khác nhau: từ các chủ đề quen thuộc trong đời
sống hàng ngày (như How I disciplined myself) đến những chủ đề học thuật hơn
(như How Japan’s new imperial era can bring fresh hope)
- Độ dài của các videos được phân loại rõ ràng: từ 3 phút, 3 - 5 phút, 5 - 10 phút cho
đến hơn 10 phút.
https:/ www.ted.com/#/
Ted cũng cung cấp các tính năng tương tự với các tính năng có trong website Voice-
tube. Tuy nhiên, Ted có thêm một vài tính năng nổi bật nữa, đó là:
- Đưa ra đề xuất những videos thuộc chủ đề mà bạn đăng ký ngay trong lần đăng
nhập đầu tiên.
- Chất lượng nội dung cực tốt bởi diễn giả là các giáo sư, nhà nghiên cứu hay chuyên
gia về một lĩnh vực cụ thể nào đó.
- Giao diện đẹp mắt đem lại cho người dùng một trải nghiệm thú vị.
Bạn cũng có thể hoàn toàn nghe chép chính tả với chính những bài thực hành trong
cuốn sách này. Các bài thực hành trong cuốn sách đều đảm bảo các tiêu chí của một
nguồn nghe tốt, giúp bạn kết hợp cải thiện khả năng nghe và học IELTS.
IELTS Thanh Loan 26

b. Phương pháp nghe Repetition
Phương pháp luyện nghe thứ hai mà bạn cũng có thể xem xét đến đó là phương pháp
“Repetition”, hay đơn giản hoá hơn là nghe lặp đi lặp lại nhiều lần
Định nghĩa phương pháp Repetition

Nghe “Repetition” là NGHE ĐI NGHE LẠI một bài nghe nhiều lần. Không giống với
nghe chép chính tả, bạn không cần chuẩn bị giấy bút và ghi chú lại tất cả thông tin
mà bạn nghe được, việc của bạn chỉ là nghe một đoạn audio nhiều hơn một lần (có
thể là 2/ 3 hay thậm chí là 5 lần) cho đến khi bạn nghe và hiểu hết được nội dung của
bài nghe đó trong khả năng của bạn.
Đối tượng phù hợp

Phương pháp nghe Repetition sẽ phù hợp nếu bạn thuộc nhóm như sau:
- Nghe 1 lần và hiểu được 60% nội dung bài nghe trở lên
- Đang gặp khó khăn trong việc hiểu và phân tích thông tin kịp với tốc độ của bài
nghe, hoặc khó khăn trong việc song song nghe và chọn đáp án thích hợp
- Phù hợp hơn với giai đoạn luyện IELTS Listening theo dạng câu hỏi (sử dụng bài
nghe trong cuốn sách này) hoặc là luyện đề IELTS Listening
Các bước luyện nghe Repetition

Bước 1: Nghe 1 lần duy nhất và đối chiếu đáp án
- Đối chiếu với đáp án và đánh dấu những câu mình còn nghe sai
Bước 2: Nghe lại nhiều lần

- Bạn nghe đi nghe lại lần 2, lần 3 hoặc thậm chí nhiều hơn để kiểm tra lại nội dung
bài nghe
- Đặc biệt tua đi tua lại thông tin liên quan đến câu hỏi mình làm sai ở lần 1 để giải
thích đáp án đúng đáng nhẽ ra là gì, mình đã chọn sai ở lần 1 vì sao
Bước 3: Kiểm tra transcript

- Đọc lại transcript hoặc phụ đề của bài nghe
- Tra từ mới xuất hiện ở transcript, tra lại cách phát âm bạn chưa chắc chắn hoặc
những điểm ngữ pháp bạn chưa rõ
- Đồng thời đọc dịch lại nghĩa của transcript là gì
IELTS Thanh Loan 27

Bước 4: Nghe và thưởng thức nội dung bài nghe
- Hãy nghe lại bản audio đó một cách thoải mái bất cứ khi nào bạn để thời gian chết
(như khi đi xe bus, đi thổi cơm, hay đi tắm …). Điều đó không chỉ giúp bạn tận dụng
được thời gian một cách hiệu quả, mà bạn còn có thể cải thiện được kỹ năng nghe của
mình một cách đáng kể. Đây cũng là 1 cách ôn lại từ vựng bạn đã học ở bước 3 rất tự
nhiên và dễ nhớ
- Chỉ đơn thuần bật bài nghe để nghe hiểu nội dung, bạn không cần quan tâm đến
câu hỏi và đáp án nữa.
Ưu/ nhược điểm của phương pháp nghe Repetition

- Phương pháp Repetition giúp bạn tăng phản xạ nghe (nghe và hiểu thông tin bài
nghe với tốc độ nhanh hơn) nên rất phù hợp cho giai đoạn luyện tập IELTS. Điểm
yếu nhất của nghe chép chính tả là giảm tốc độ phân tích thông tin khi nghe, và
phương pháp Repetition giúp bạn xử lý vấn đề đó
- Nghe Repetition giúp bạn tranh thủ thời gian nghe, không cần phải ngồi vào bàn
để học nghe mà có thể nghe mọi lúc mọi nơi
IELTS Thanh Loan 28

3. Lộ trình nghe
Khi học bất cứ một môn học hay kỹ năng gì, bạn cũng cần có một lộ trình học cho
riêng mình - một lộ trình thể hiện được rằng bạn sẽ bắt đầu từ đâu, luyện như thế
nào, sử dụng phương pháp gì, và trong thời gian cụ thể là bao nhiêu …
Việc lập một lộ trình học giúp việc học trở nên khoa học (đi từ dễ đến khó, từ tổng
quát đến chi tiết), trở nên hiệu quả, và tiết kiệm thời gian hơn.
a. Lộ trình luyện IELTS Listening
Nên được chia thành 3 giai đoạn như sau:
Giai đoạn 1: Tìm hiểu thông tin cơ bản của bài thi
Rất đơn giản, thông tin về bài thi gồm có cấu trúc bài thi, các dạng câu hỏi hay cách
tính điểm của bài thi ra sao ….
Bạn chỉ cần đọc chương I của cuốn sách này để nắm được những thông tin trên.
Đặt mục tiêu cho bản thân. Mục tiêu nên chia thành những giai đoạn nhỏ, ví dụ như
3 tháng tới bạn sẽ đạt đến trình độ nào.
Giai đoạn 2: Luyện tập theo dạng câu hỏi
Mỗi dạng câu hỏi có các đặc điểm, sử dụng các nhóm từ vựng điển hình, và có cách
thức tiếp cận riêng, vì vậy việc bắt đầu luyện nghe theo từng dạng câu hỏi là cách để
bạn nắm chắc được các thông tin của từng dạng trước khi đi vào luyện nghe theo đề.
IELTS Thanh Loan 29

Cụ thể, luyện nghe theo từng dạng câu hỏi được thực hiện như sau:
- Tìm hiểu tất cả CÁC THÔNG TIN CƠ BẢN của từng dạng câu hỏi, sau đó lên thời
gian biểu cụ thể cho từng dạng bài sao cho hợp lý.
- NẮM CHẮC LÝ THUYẾT của từng dạng câu hỏi (đặc điểm, ngôn ngữ thường được
sử dụng, cách thức tiếp cận, và một số tips nhỏ)
- THỰC HÀNH các bài tập theo từng dạng câu hỏi (theo thứ tự từ bài dễ đến bài
khó) đã được phân loại từ bài tập 1 đến bài tập cuối cùng trong mục bài tập thực
hành xuất hiện sau phần lý thuyết của mỗi dạng.
- Sau mỗi bài nghe, cần đối chiếu lại transcript xem mình sai ở đâu, PHÂN TÍCH
LỖI SAI - giải thích lý do tại sao mình sai (có thể là do tốc độ audio nhanh, độ phân
tích thông tin của bạn còn chậm, hay vì câu có chứa từ mới).
- GHI CHÚ LẠI TỪ MỚI (nghĩa của từ vựng kèm phát âm, và trọng âm từ), và các
lỗi sai sau mỗi bài nghe.
Hãy lên thời gian biểu cho từng dạng và theo dõi mức độ hoàn thành của mình sau
mỗi một tuần trước khi tiếp tục với thời gian biểu cho tuần tiếp theo. Nhớ lập thời
gian biểu theo nguyên tắc SPECIFIC - nguyên tắc chi tiết, lên một thời gian biểu
thật chi tiết với từng nhiệm vụ rõ ràng được thực hiện trong một khung giờ hợp lý
nhất với bạn.
IELTS Thanh Loan 30

Dưới đây là một ví dụ cho việc lập thời gian biểu:
Ví dụ: Thời gian biểu luyện nghe theo từng kỹ năng (với tổng thời gian là 9 tuần):
TUẦN 1: DẠNG 1 - Dạng Letters and Numbers
Tuần 1 Nhiệm vụ Thời gian Kết quả

cụ thể đạt được
Ngày 1 tìm hiểu lý thuyết 9 a.m - 11 a.m
Ngày 2 làm bài thực hành 1 + 2 + 3 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 30/100 câu
phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
Ngày 3 làm bài thực hành 4 + 5 + 6 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 34/ 100 câu
Ngày 5 làm bài thực hành 10 + 11 + 12 sau 9 a.m - 11 a.m 37/ 100 câu
đó phân tích lỗi sai và ghi chú từ mới
Ngày 7 tổng hợp lại các lỗi sai, từ mới của 9 a.m - 11 a.m
dạng 1
IELTS Thanh Loan 31

TUẦN 2: DẠNG 1- Dạng Form Completion
Tuần 1 Nhiệm vụ Thời gian Kết quả

cụ thể đạt được
Ngày 1 tìm hiểu lý thuyết 9 a.m - 11 a.m
Ngày 2 làm bài thực hành 1 + 2 + 3 sau đó 9 a.m - 11 a.m 25/100 câu
Ngày 7 tổng hợp lại các lỗi sai, từ mới xuất 9 a.m - 11 a.m
hiện trong dạng 2
...... Tương tự với thời gian biểu cho các tuần tiếp theo
Tại sao cần ghi chú lại kết quả đạt được sau mỗi bài nghe?
- Bạn không chỉ phải ghi chú lại các lỗi sai và từ mới sau mỗi bài nghe mà còn phải
ghi chú lại số câu hỏi trả lời đúng. Việc làm như vậy giúp bạn đánh giá được mức độ
tiến bộ của mình qua từng ngày/ từng tuần và từng tháng.
IELTS Thanh Loan 32

Giai đoạn 3: Luyện đề
Sau khi hoàn thành xong 9 dạng câu hỏi, bạn tiếp tục bắt tay vào luyện đề với hai
giai đoạn.
Cách 1: Thực hành từng phần (từng Section)

Hãy nghe từng phần trước khi nghe 1 bài thi đầy đủ vì:
- Nếu bắt đầu bằng việc nghe 1 bài thi đầy đủ gồm 4 Sections (gần 40 phút), bạn rất
dễ mất tập trung, không thể tập trung dẫn đến bỏ qua nhiều thông tin quan trọng
và khá đau đầu vì chưa quen tập trung trong khoảng thời gian dài.
- Hơn nữa, bắt đầu với việc nghe từng phần giúp bạn rút ra một số đặc điểm, lưu ý
trong từng Section và đặt mục tiêu nhỏ cho từng section nhằm đạt kết quả mong
muốn.
Bạn cần lên một thời khóa biểu cụ thể cho giai đoạn này cũng như một bảng lưu ý
kết quả cũng như những lỗi sai bạn mắc phải qua các bài thực hành
Ví dụ: Thời khóa biểu thực hành Section 1
Thời gian Đề thi Kết quả Lưu ý
Ngày 1 Section 1 - 5/10 - từ mới: cab (=taxi)/kæb/

Cam 7 Test 1 - thiếu s: a set of pencils
Ngày 2 Section 1 - 6/10 - brother-in-law /ˈbrʌð.ə.rɪn.lɔː/ (anh rể) là

Cam 7 Test 2 1 từ
- taking photos = taking photographs
Ngày 3 Section 1 - 6/10 - tên phòng thường kèm cả số lẫn chữ

Cam 7 Test 3 (H659 chứ không phải 8659). H và 8 khác
nhau ở ending sound
.... Tương tự với thời gian biểu cho những ngày luyện tập tiếp theo và 3 sections còn
lại
IELTS Thanh Loan 33

Cách 2: Thực hành 1 bài thi đầy đủ (gồm 4 Sections)
Sau khi đã thích nghi được với từng Section, bạn cần cải thiện kỹ năng nghe của
mình qua một giai đoạn khó khăn hơn, đó là: “Nghe 1 bài thi IELTS Listening đầy
đủ”.
Bạn phải thực hành nghe 1 bài đầy đủ để:
Tăng thời gian tập trung

- Như đã đề cập trước đó, việc nghe liền một lúc gần 40 phút khiến bạn khó tập
trung vào nội dung của bài nghe.
- Khi luyện tập 1 bài thi đầy đủ, bạn sẽ dần dần tăng khoảng thời gian tập trung của
mình.
Ước tính được điểm số hiện tại
- Làm bài thi trong thời gian quy định, với những yêu cầu như trong phòng thi
(không sử dụng từ điển) sau đó kiểm tra đáp án được cung cấp ở cuối sách.
- So sánh với bảng mô tả điểm đã được nhắc đến trong chương I, quy đổi sang điểm
số IELTS tương ứng để tiện theo dõi sự tiến bộ của mình cũng như đánh giá xem
mình đã sẵn sàng đi thi hay chưa.
Luôn nhớ lập thời khóa biểu cho mỗi giai đoạn nhất định!
Nguyên tắc luyện kỹ năng nghe là Chất lượng hơn Số lượng, bạn làm được một đề
với giải thích cụ thể đáp án cho từng câu hỏi, phân tích chi tiết từng lỗi sai, ghi chú
các từ mới một cách cẩn thận còn hơn việc bạn làm được 10 đề nhưng chỉ đối chiếu
đáp án rồi thôi.
IELTS Thanh Loan 34

Ví dụ: Thời khóa biểu luyện đề trong một tháng
Thời gian Đề thi Kết quả Lưu ý
Tuần 1 Test 1 Cam 10 20/40 Các lỗi sai:

- Câu 7: lỗi nghe 2020 thành 2012
- Câu 22 + 23: không theo được tốc độ
người nói
- Câu 34 + 38 + 40: từ mới
Từ mới:
- erosion /ɪˈrəʊ.ʒən/: xói mòn
- reproduction /ˌriː.prəˈdʌk.ʃən/: sản sinh
- expansion /ɪkˈspæn.ʃən/: sự mở rộng
Tuần 2 Test 2 Cam 10 22/40 - ............................
Tuần 3 Test 3 Cam 10 25/40 - ............................
Tuần 4 Test 4 Cam 10 25/40 - ............................
Nhìn vào mục “Kết quả” bạn sẽ đánh giá được điểm số hiện tại mà mình đạt được là
bao nhiêu, đây cũng là thước đo giúp bạn xem mức độ tiến bộ của bạn qua một tháng
luyện tập.
Mục “Lưu ý” sẽ là mục giúp bạn cải thiện được các lỗi sai đã gặp phải trong bài thi
trước đó, đồng thời giúp bạn nhận diện được bạn đang yếu ở đâu để tập trung nhiều
thời gian hơn vào cải thiện các điểm yếu đó.
Ví dụ: bạn thường mắc nhiều lỗi sai do không theo kịp tốc độ của người nói hãy
luyện nghe với tốc độ chậm hơn (chỉnh từ tốc độ chuẩn xuống 0.75, sau đó dần dần
nghe sang tốc độ chuẩn, và lên 1.25). Khi đã tăng tốc độ 1.25 và nghe quen với tốc độ
này, thì việc quay lại với tốc độ 1.00 sẽ trở nên dễ hơn nhiều
IELTS Thanh Loan 35

b. Cách thức làm một bài thi IELTS Listening
Chọn nguồn nghe tốt

Nguồn luyện IELTS Listening theo dạng câu hỏi
- Cuốn sách này là nguồn luyện tập tốt nhất theo dạng câu hỏi: Bạn chỉ cần sử dụng
cuốn sách này, chương III, để phục vụ cho giai đoạn số 2 vì cuốn sách đã cung cấp
đầy đủ lí thuyết - bài tập thực hành - đáp án chi tiết - ghi chú từ vựng cho từng dạng
câu hỏi trong IELTS Listening. Hiện nay, chưa có một cuốn sách nào lại đầy đủ kiến
thức lí thuyết và đi kèm với đa dạng bài tập thực hành, mà còn đảm bảo đi sát cấu
trúc bài thi IELTS Listening.
- Cuốn Listening IELTS Strategies cũng rất nổi tiếng với các bài luyện thi theo dạng
câu hỏi, nhưng cuốn sách không sát thật và có nhiều đáp án còn chưa chính xác
Nguồn luyện IELTS Listening theo bài thi đầy đủ

- Cambridge IELTS practice test từ cuốn 7 trở về sau là nguồn thi sát thật nhất
- The Official Guide to IELTS của nhà xuất bản Cambridge, gồm 8 bài Test ở cuối
cuốn sách cũng rất hay
Bạn có thể download các cuốn sách này trên mạng, được chia sẻ khá rộng rãi
Chuẩn bị trước khi nghe

Là bước bạn làm trước khi audio được phát
- Hãy tận dụng khoảng thời gian 30 giây trước khi audio phát để đọc qua nội dung
bài nghe/ từng câu hỏi, sau đó gạch chân các từ khóa giúp bạn dễ dàng xác định được
thông tin cần trả lời.
- Ghi chú lại nội dung chính của các câu hỏi ở Section 3, và Section 4 bằng tiếng Việt
(vì câu hỏi của 2 sections này dài và thường chứa nhiều từ vựng khó).
Trong quá trình làm bài nghe

- Nghe thật tập trung
- Ghi chú lại các thông tin được đề cập trong bài nghe một cách ngắn gọn (giúp ích
cho việc đối chiếu thông tin được đề cập trong audio với thông tin trong câu hỏi để từ
đó tìm ra câu trả lời) đặc biệt với dạng Matching và Multiple choice
- Hãy bỏ qua những câu bạn không nghe được thông tin và di chuyển ngay lập tức
sang câu hỏi tiếp theo để theo kịp nội dung được phát trong bài nghe
IELTS Thanh Loan 36

Sau khi nghe xong
- Xác định số câu trả lời đúng, đối chiếu với Transcript giải thích đáp án cho từng
câu hỏi
- Ghi chú lại các lỗi sai, từ mới (kèm nghĩa, cách phát âm và trọng âm từ)
- Theo dõi sự tiến bộ sau mỗi tháng, rút kinh nghiệm và điều chỉnh lộ trình luyện
nghe phù hợp với điểm yếu của mình
Đó là cách thức để bạn làm một đề thi IELTS Listening đầy đủ.
IELTS Thanh Loan 37

Điểm hạn chế của việc đọc sách là đôi khi khiến thức khó được minh hoạ, không có
sự tương tác giữa kiến thức và minh hoạ bằng hình ảnh/ âm thanh. Bạn nên đồng
thời đọc sách và tham gia khoá học online hoặc offline cùng Thanh Loan để có sự
tương tác cao hơn nhé.
Cách 1: Lớp học Offline

- Bạn có thầy cô, bạn bè → Không khí học cũng thoải mái và vui vẻ hơn
- Nếu bạn lười biếng → Mình sẽ nhắc nhở, động viên và phạt kinh tế để thúc
ép bạn
- Tương tác với mình mỗi khi bạn có khó khăn, kiến thức không hiểu → Tiến
bộ nhanh
- Học viên lớp học offline được cung cấp toàn bộ tài liệu học từ A đến Z, siêu
chất ngất
https://ielts-thanhloan.com/khoa-hoc-ielts-overall/
Cách 2: Lớp học Online

- Học mọi lúc mọi nơi, không giới hạn thời gian và không gian
- Bạn được chữa bài tập chi tiết sau mỗi phần thực hành, tương tác nhanh với
mình qua email
- Học phí quá ‘bèo’ mà kiến thức vẫn đảm bảo sinh động, trực quan tốt
https://online.ielts-thanhloan.com/
IELTS Thanh Loan 38

CHƯƠNG
III
Các dạng câu hỏi
điển hình
(Kèm thực hành)
Dạng 1: Nghe Letters and Numbers
Dạng câu hỏi đầu tiên chúng ta đi vào tìm hiểu đó là dạng câu hỏi Letters (bảng chữ
cái) và dạng câu hỏi Numbers (số).
Dạng câu hỏi liên quan đến bảng chữ cái và số thường được xuất hiện trong Section
1 - phần dễ nhất trong bài thi IELTS Listening, chính vì vậy, các bạn cần nắm chắc
tất cả các thông tin và cách phát âm của chúng để không làm sai những câu hỏi dễ
ăn điểm này.
a. Kiến thức
Một số ví dụ dạng câu hỏi Letters and Numbers
Ví dụ 1: Complete the notes
Transport Survey
Name: Luisa …Hardie…… nghe tên người (Letter)
Address: …19… White Stone Rd nghe số nhà (Number)
Postcode: ……GT8 2LC……... nghe mã bưu điện

(Letter + Number)
Ví dụ 2: Complete the form
Early Learning Childcare Centre Enrolment Form

Child’s name: Kate nghe tên người (Letter)
Address: …46 Wombat… Road, Woodside, 4032 nghe địa chỉ (Letter and Number)
Phone: ……3345 9865…… nghe số điện thoại (Number)
Start time: ……8.30….a.m nghe thời gian (Number)
IELTS Thanh Loan 39

Ví dụ 3:
Summer Music Festival Booking Form

Name: …George O’Neill…... nghe tên người (Letter)
Address: …48 North Avenue……, Westsea nghe địa chỉ (Letter and Number)
Postcode: ………WS6 2YH………... nghe mã bưu điện (Letter + Number)
nghe số lượng
Telephone: ……01674 553242……... nghe số điện thoại (Number)
vé (Number)
nghe giá tiền

Date Event (Number) Price per ticket No. of ticket
23 June Spanish Dance & Guitar Concert £....10.50............ ……4……
NB: Children/ Students/ Senior Citizens have ……50%….. discount on all tickets.
nghe mức độ giảm
giá (Number)
Nhìn vào 3 ví dụ ở trên, các bạn có thể thấy có rất nhiều loại thông tin mà bạn
cần vận dụng đến Letters (Bảng chữ cái) và Numbers (Con số). Chúng có thể là
những thông tin liên quan đến Tên/ Tuổi/ Địa chỉ/ Mã bưu điện/ Ngày tháng năm/ Số
tiền …
Chính vì vậy, việc thành thạo nhóm Từ vựng liên quan đến Bảng chữ cái và
Con số là điều cực kỳ quan trọng.
IELTS Thanh Loan 40

Cách phát âm Letters and Numbers
Đối với dạng câu hỏi này, các bạn cần nắm chắc được cách viết cũng như là cách phát
âm của nhóm Từ vựng về Bảng chữ cái, nhóm Từ vựng về Số đếm, và nhóm Từ vựng
về số thứ tự. Hãy cùng ôn tập lại các nhóm từ vựng này ngay thôi!
- Cách đọc bảng chữ cái
A /eɪ/ B /bi/ C /si/ D /di/ E /i/ F /ef/

G /dʒi/ H /eɪtʃ/ I /aɪ/ J /dʒeɪ/ K /keɪ/ L /el/
M /em/ N /en/ O /əʊ/ P /pi/ Q /kjuː/ R /ɑr/
S /es/ T /ti/ U /ju/ V /vi/ W /ˈdʌb·əl·ju/
X /eks/ Y /wɑɪ/ Z /zi/ /zed/
- Cách đọc số đếm
Số đếm viết Số đếm viết Cách phát Số thứ tự Cách phát

bằng số bằng chữ âm âm
0 zero /ˈzɪə.rəʊ/
1 one /wʌn/ first /ˈfɜːst/
2 two /tuː/ second /ˈsek.ənd/
3 three /θriː/ third /θɜːd/
4 four /fɔːr/ fourth /fɔːθ/
5 five /faɪv/ fifth /fɪfθ/
6 six /sɪks/ sixth /sɪksθ/
7 seven /ˈsev.ən/ seventh /ˈsev.ənθ/
8 eight /eɪt/ eighth /eɪtθ/
9 nine /naɪn/ ninth /naɪnθ/
10 ten /ten/ tenth /tenθ/
11 eleven /ɪˈlev.ən/ eleventh /ɪˈlev.ənθ/
12 twelve /twelv/ twelfth /twelfθ/
13 thirteen /θɜːˈtiːn/ thirteenth /θɜːˈtiːnθ/
14 fourteen /ˌfɔːˈtiːn/ fourteenth /ˌfɔːˈtiːnθ/
IELTS Thanh Loan 41

Số đếm viết Số đếm viết Cách phát âm Số thứ tự Cách phát âm
bằng số bằng chữ
15 fifteen /ˌfɪfˈtiːn/ fifteenth /ˌfɪfˈtiːnθ/

16 sixteen /ˌsɪkˈstiːn/ sixteenth /ˌsɪkˈstiːnθ/
17 seventeen /ˌsev.ənˈtiːn/ seventeenth /ˌsev.ənˈtiːnθ/
18 eighteen /ˌeɪˈtiːn/ eighteenth /ˌeɪˈtiːnθ/
19 nineteen /ˌnaɪnˈtiːn/ nineteenth /ˌnaɪnˈtiːnθ/
20 twenty /ˈtwen.ti/ twentieth /ˈtwen.ti.əθ/
21 twenty-one /ˈtwen.ti wʌn/ twenty-first /ˈtwen.ti.əθ ˈfɜːst/
22 twenty-two /ˈtwen.ti tuː/ twenty-second /ˈtwen.ti.əθ sek.ənd/
30 thirty /ˈθɜː.ti/ thirtieth /ˈθɜː.ti.əθ/
40 forty /ˈfɔː.ti/ fortieth /ˈfɔː.ti.əθ/
50 fifty /ˈfɪf.ti/ fiftieth /ˈfɪf.ti.əθ/
60 sixty /ˈsɪk.sti/ sixtieth /ˈsɪk.sti.əθ/
70 seventy /ˈsev.ən.ti/ seventieth ˈ/sev.ən.ti.əθ/
80 eighty /ˈeɪ.ti/ eightieth /ˈeɪ.ti.əθ/
90 ninety /ˈnaɪn.ti/ ninetieth /ˈnaɪn.ti.əθ/
100 one/ a hundred /ˈhʌn.drəd/ hundredth /ˈhʌn.drətθ/
101 one/ a hundred /ˈhʌn.drəd ənd hundred and first /ˈhʌn.drəd ənd
and one wʌn/ ˈfɜːst/
1,000 one/ a thousand /ˈθaʊ.zənd/ thousandth /ˈθaʊ.zənθ/
1,000,000 one/ a million /ˈmɪl.jən/ millionth /ˈmɪl.jənθ/
1,000,000,000 one/ a billion /ˈbɪl.jən/ billionth /ˈbɪl.jənθ/
IELTS Thanh Loan 42

Các loại thông tin cần nghe đến chữ cái, số đếm và số thứ tự
Nghe tên người
Có 3 cách đọc tên người trong bài thi IELTS Listening
1. Đọc tên, sau đó đánh vần từng chữ Ví dụ: My name is Luisa Hardie. The
cái last name is H_A_R_D_I_E
2. Đọc tên kèm minh hoạ hoặc mô tả Ví dụ: My name is Rose, like the name
ngắn về cái tên đó of a flower. / My name is Browne, like a
colour but with an E at the end
3. Với các tên quen thuộc, bài nghe Ví dụ: My name is Alexander and
sẽ chỉ đọc tên đó và không đánh vần. people usually call me Alex for short.
Thí sinh phải tự nghe và đánh vần
tên.
Nghe địa chỉ
Trong tiếng Anh, thông tin của 1 địa điểm nào đó sẽ bao gồm:
John Smith → Name of a person

23 Acacia Avenue → House number + Street name
Harrogate → Town/City
Yorkshire → Country
WS6 2YH → Postcode
the UK → Country (if sending from abroad)
IELTS Thanh Loan 43

Và phần đa các bài nghe trong IELTS, khi hỏi về địa chỉ, sẽ yêu cầu thí sinh nghe
hai thông tin: House Number + Street Name.
- Đối với House Number, cách phát âm giống như cách đọc số đếm được nhắc ở trang
trước. Đôi khi, số nhà sẽ bao gồm cả số và chữ (Nhà số 26A)
- Đối với Street Name, nó có thể được đánh vần từng tên nếu đó là 1 con phố lạ, hoặc
chỉ đọc và không đánh vần nếu đó là 1 con phố quen thuộc, kể cả đối với người ngoại
quốc.
Một số con phố quen thuộc, không Một số từ viết tắt, có thể được sử
được đánh vần trong khi nghe dụng sau khi đánh vần tên phố
150 Church Avenue Avenue (AVE)

68C Bridge Boulevard Boulevard (BLVD)
3 West Center Center (CTR)
94A River Circle Circle (CIR)
24 Green Lane Lane (LN)
54 Station Mount Mount (MT)
102 Seaview Road Road (RD)
96A Birmingham Route Route (RTE)
73F Mountain Station Station (STA)
9A New Star Street Street (ST)
Một số con phố quen thuộc, không Một số từ viết tắt, có thể được sử
được đánh vần trong khi nghe dụng sau tên của 1 căn nhà
Flat 2, 24 Green Street Apartment (APT)/ Flat

Building 9, 107B Dumbine Street Building (BLDG)
Department A, 44 Starburk Lane Department (DEPT)
Floor 2, 237 Burlington Avenue Floor (FL)
Room SO1, 46B Notts Way Room (RM)
IELTS Thanh Loan 44

Nghe Ngày Tháng Năm
Cách viết:
- tháng + ngày (số thứ tự), năm
Ví dụ: December 3rd, 2019 hay December 3, 2019
- ngày (số thứ tự) + tháng, năm
Ví dụ: 3rd December, 2019 hay 3 December, 2019
Cách đọc:
- tháng + ngày (số thứ tự), năm
- ngày (số thứ tự) + of + tháng + năm
Ví dụ: December 3rd, 2019 được đọc là December the third, two thousand and
nineteen HAY the third of December, two thousand and nineteen.
Trong IELTS Listening, thí sinh thường được yêu cầu nghe ngày và tháng, rất ít
tình huống hỏi cả ngày-tháng-năm
Viết tắt của số thứ tự sau thông tin về ngày có thể có hoặc không (3rd December hoặc
3 December đều đúng)
Từ vựng về tháng trong tiếng Anh
January /ˈdʒæn.ju.ə.ri/ - tháng một July /dʒuˈlaɪ/ - tháng 7

February /ˈfeb.ru.ər.i/ - tháng hai August /ɔːˈɡʌst/ - tháng 8
March /mɑːtʃ/ - tháng ba September /sepˈtem.bər/ - tháng 9
April /ˈeɪ.prəl/ - tháng 4 October /ɒkˈtəʊ.bər/ - tháng 10
May /meɪ/ - tháng 5 November /nəʊˈvem.bər/ - tháng 11
June /dʒuːn/ - tháng 6 December /dɪˈsem.bər/ - tháng 12
Nghe Số điện thoại

Số điện thoại luôn được đọc bằng số đếm, không phải số thứ tự
Một số lưu ý đối với cách đọc số điện thoại:
- Số 0 trong số điện thoại có thể được phát âm là “zero” hoặc “oh”

- Cách đọc 2 số giống nhau đứng gần nhau là: “double + số”
Ví dụ: “33” được đọc là “double three”
- Cách đọc 3 số giống nhau đứng gần nhau là: “triple + số”
Ví dụ: “444” được đọc là “triple four”
IELTS Thanh Loan 45

Nghe thông tin về tiền
Lượng tiền được đọc bằng số đếm, không phải số thứ tự
Hai đơn vị phổ biến của tiền được dùng trong IELTS Listening là £ - pound /paʊnd/
hoặc - dollar /ˈdɒl.ər/
Ví dụ: A wallet containing approximately £ ...35…
Ví dụ: Rooms will cost $....100.....per head
Rất nhiều tình huống, thí sinh sẽ phải nghe lượng tiền lẻ.
Ví dụ: £12.50 = twelve pounds fifty pence HOẶC twelve pounds fifty HOẶC twelve
fifty
Ví dụ: $1.15 = one point fifteen dollar HOẶC one dollar fifteen cents HOẶC one
fifteen
Nghe mã bưu điện

Một mã số bưu điện thường bao gồm 6 ký tự, bao gồm cả số và chữ.
Ví dụ: BH5 2OP
Mã bưu điện thường đi theo cặp 2 chữ - 2 số - 2 chữ (BH5 2OP)
Có nhiều chữ số và chữ cái có cách phát âm gần giống nhau, chẳng hạn A /ei/, H /eit
∫/, và 8 /eit/, bạn cần chú ý.
Nghe tuổi
Thông tin về tuổi tác hoàn toàn được đọc bằng số đếm
Thường IELTS Listening chỉ hỏi về số tuổi, đã đi kèm với từ Age hoặc Year old, nên
khi nghe về tuổi thí sinh thường chỉ viết số tuổi
Ví dụ: Age ...25...
Nghe Thời gian

Thời gian được đọc hoàn toàn bằng số đếm, không phải số thứ tự
Lưu ý về cách đọc thời gian:
- sáng: a.m /ˌeɪˈem/
- chiều: p.m /ˌpiːˈem/
- cách đọc giờ chẵn: ví dụ: 7.00 = seven o'clock
- cách đọc giờ rưỡi: ví dụ: 7.30 = seven thirty HAY half past seven
- cách đọc giờ hơn “15”: ví dụ 7.15 = seven fifteen HAY a quarter past seven
- cách đọc giờ kém “15”: ví dụ: 7.45’ = seven forty-five HAY a quarter to seven
Ví dụ: Start time ...9 am...
IELTS Thanh Loan 46

Một số lỗi sai phổ biến
Lỗi sai thứ nhất: Nhầm giữa con số có đuôi “teen” với “ty”
Ví dụ: “thirteen vs thirty”; “nineteen vs ninety”
Đối với lỗi sai này, các bạn có thể sử dụng tip nghe TRỌNG ÂM TỪ để đoán xem từ
cần điền phải là “thirteen” hay “thirty”.
- Nếu là “thirteen” thì trọng âm của từ được nhấn vào âm tiết thứ hai, nghĩa
là âm “-teen”.
- Ngược lại, nếu là “thirty” thì trọng âm của từ được nhấn vào âm tiết thứ
nhất, nghĩa là âm “-ty”.
Tuy vậy, các bạn vẫn cần thực hành luyện nghe nhiều giữa các số đếm, cũng như số
thứ tự có đuôi “-teen” và “-ty” để thấy được sự khác biệt giữa chúng và tránh nhầm
lẫn đáng tiếc.
Lỗi sai thứ hai: Nhầm giữa chữ “H” với số “8”
Lỗi sai này cũng khá phổ biến, đặc biệt là với những câu hỏi chứa loại thông tin cần
điền vừa là chữ cái, lại vừa là số đếm như loại thông tin về mã bưu điện.
Nhìn vào cách phát âm của hai từ này, chúng ta có thể thấy “H” được phát âm là
/eɪtʃ/, trong khi “8” được phát âm là /eɪt/. Âm /tʃ/ trong từ “H” sẽ được phát âm nặng
hơn âm /t/ trong số “8”.
Lỗi sai thứ ba: Nhầm giữa chữ “X” và “S”

Do cách phát âm của hai từ này gần giống nhau, nên khi nghe chúng ta thường bị
nhầm lẫn giữa hai từ này.
Từ “X” được phát âm là /eks/, trong khi “S” được phát âm là /es/. Sự khác biệt ở đây
là từ “X” có thêm âm /k/, tuy nhiên khi phát âm trong các cuộc giao tiếp bình thường,
người bản xứ có xu hướng phát âm rất nhanh, nên việc nhầm lẫn giữa hai từ này là
việc không thể tránh khỏi.
Lỗi sai thứ tư: Nhầm giữa chữ “M” và “N”

“M” được phát âm là /em/, trong khi “N” được phát âm là /en/, chúng chỉ khác nhau
/n/ mà /m/
Lỗi sai thứ năm: Nhầm lẫn giữa tiếng Việt và tiếng Anh
Có rất nhiều chữ cái mà cách phát âm lại tiếng Anh trùng với một chữ cái khác của
tiếng Việt, cũng dễ gây nhầm lẫn.
Ví dụ: E /i/ nhưng các bạn lại viết thành I
R /ɑːr/ nhưng các bạn lại viết thành A
IELTS Thanh Loan 47

b. Bài tập thực hành https:/ drive.google.com/drive/folders/1uCwewZq0oshS-j2rMxSnkaHXQN3E-dEu
Exercise 1:
Listen carefully to the tape and write down the following names and places
1............................................................................
2............................................................................
3............................................................................
4............................................................................
5............................................................................
6............................................................................
7............................................................................
8............................................................................
Source: IELTS Listening strategies
Exercise 2:
Listen to the names of the places and write them down. Do you know where these
places are in Britain?
1....................... 2....................... 3.......................

4....................... 5....................... 6.......................
7....................... 8....................... 9.......................
10..................... 11..................... 12.....................
13..................... 14..................... 15.....................
16..................... 17..................... 18.....................
19..................... 20.....................
Source: Basic IELTS Listening
IELTS Thanh Loan 48

Exercise 3:
Listen to the following dialogue between an operator and an enquirer. As you listen,
write down the type of call , name and phone number in the spaces below
Caller : Yes. I want to 1………………………….., please.

Operator : What is the name of the person , please?
Caller : 2.…………………………..
Operator : What is the number?
Caller : 3.…………………………..
Exercise 4:
Listen to the following dialogue between an operator and on enquirer. As you listen,
write down the name, address and phone number in the spaces below.
Operator : Directory Enquiries. What city please?

Enquirer : 1..…………………………..
Operator : Name?
Enquirer : 2..…………………………..
Operator : Thank you. And could you tell me his address?
Enquirer : 3..…………………………..
Operator : The number is 4.…………………………..
IELTS Thanh Loan 49

Exercise 5:
Listen to the self-introductions and complete the information about each person.
Name Where from Subject
Charles Leeds Music

Liz ........................ ........................
Chris ........................ ........................
Paulo ........................ ........................
Exercise 6:
Listen and fill in the form
1. The sweater costs ……………………….. pounds

2. Tom bought ………………………...books yesterday.
3. Mary is ………………………...years old.
4. Janet was ………………………...minutes late.
5. There are ………………………...students in my class.
6. My grandfather has ………………………...grandchildren.
7. Bill wears size ………………………...
8. The temperature was ………………………...yesterday.
9. The train arrived at ………………………...o'clock.
10. I got ………………………...on my English test.
IELTS Thanh Loan 50

Exercise 7:
Listen to the following dialogue between im operator aad an enquirer. As you listen,
write down the name, address and phone number in the space below.
Operator: Directory Enquiries. What city please?

Enquirer: 1 ………………………..
Operator: Name?
Enquirer: 2..………………………..
Operator: And her address?
Enquirer: 3..………………………..
Operator: The number is 4.………………………..
Exercise 8:
You will hear a conversation between a secretary and a student. The secretary is
asking the student for information in order to complete an application form for a
course. As you listen, fill in the appropriate information on the form below.
Surname 1……..…………………..
(IN CAPITAL LETTERS)
First name 2………………………..
Country 3.………………………..
Age 4.………………………..
Address 5.………………………..
Telephone No. 6.………………………..
IELTS Thanh Loan 51

Exercise 9:
course.
As you listen, fill in the appropriate information on the form below.
Surname 1……..…………………..
First name 2………………………..
Country 3.………………………..
Age 4.………………………..
Address 5.………………………..

Exercise 10:
course.
As you listen, fill in the appropriate information on the form below.
Surname 1……..…………………..
First name 2………………………..
Country 3.………………………..
Age 4.………………………..
Address 5.………………………..
IELTS Thanh Loan 52

Exercise 11:
Listen to some short dialogues. In each dialogue, you will hear someone ask a
question about the time. When the answers is given, write down the time in the
space below.
1. A: Excuse me. Can you tell me the time , please.

B: Yes, lt’s ………………………
2. A: Do you have the right time , please?

B: I think it's ………………………
3. A : Do you know what time the next bus is , please?

B: Yes. It's………………………
4. A: What time do you finish your work today?

B:………………………
5. A When do the shops open , please?

B: ………………………
6. A: What time does the London train leave , please?

B: ………………………
7. A: What's the next train to Birmingham , please?

B:………………………
8. A: Excuse me, please. What time does the Liverpool train arrive?
B: ………………………
9. A: When does the Paris flight leave , please?

B: ………………………
10. A: What time's the next flight to Amsterdam , please?

B:………………………
IELTS Thanh Loan 53

Exercise 12:
You will hear a dialogue. As you listen, fill in the form below
Time of Dr Kent’s Lecture
Monday 1.………………… Room no. 2……………………..

Friday 3…………………. Room no. 4……………………..
Length of each lesson 5………………………
IELTS Thanh Loan 54

Exercise 13:
You will hear some announcements from railway stations and airports. These
announcement give information to travellers about train and planes. For each
announcement that you hear write in the box below the platform, flight number,
time and destination.
Trains
Platform NO. Time Destination
1. .……………… .……………… .………………

2. .……………… .……………… .………………
3. .……………… .……………… .………………
4. .……………… .……………… .………………
5. .……………… .……………… .………………
6. .……………… .……………… .………………
7. .……………… .……………… .………………
8. .……………… .……………… .………………
IELTS Thanh Loan 55

Exercise 14:
Listen to the tape carefully and write down the area and population for each of the
region.
Table 1
Area People/ sq km
UK .………………
European Community .………………
England .………………
Greater London .………………
Scotland .………………
Wales .………………
Northern Ireland .………………
Table 2
City Area (sq km) Population (thousands)
Greater London .……………… .……………………............

Birmingham .……………… .……………………............
Leeds .……………… .……………………............
Glasgow .……………… .……………………............
Edinburgh .……………… .……………………............
Manchester .……………… .……………………............
Bristol .……………… .……………………............
Coventry .……………… .……………………............
IELTS Thanh Loan 56

Exercise 15:
You are going to listen to a talk. Look at the table below first , then listen carefully
to the talk and fill in the percentages In the correct column
Countries China Japan Korea Thailand
Young people (%) who agree
A woman's place is in the 12% 6………. 12........... 19.............

home
If a couple both earn money, 1.……… 7.……… 13........... 20.............

both should share the
housework
Men and women should be 2.……… 8.……… 14........... 21.............

paid the same for the same
job
Nursing is women’s work 3.……… 9.……… 15........... 22.............
Mining is men’s work 90% 10........... 16........... 23.............
Cooking should still be done 4.……… 82% 17........... 24.............

by women
Washing clothes should still 5.……… 11........... 18........... 25.............

be done by women
IELTS Thanh Loan 57

Dạng 2: Form Completion
Dạng câu hỏi rất phổ biến trong Listening là Form Completion
- Form: an official document containing questions and spaces for answers (đơn)
- Completion: the act or process of finishing something (hoàn thành)
Vậy nên, dạng Form Completion là việc các bạn cần bám theo nội dung của bài nghe
để hoàn thành thông tin của một tờ đơn nào đó
a. Kiến thức
Một số đặc điểm của dạng Form Completion
IELTS Thanh Loan 58

Test tip
Form Completion
thường xuất hiện ở Test tip
SECTION 1 Section 1
Luôn đi kèm với giới
Questions from 1-10 hạn từ điền vào mỗi
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer vị trí trống
Test tip
Thường có tên của
tờ đơn giúp người
Accommodation Form - Student Information nghe đoán được
thông tin cơ bản của
Example …hall… of residence đoạn hội thoại
Type of accommodation:
Name: Anu 1……………… Test tip
Date of birth: 2…………………... Vì xuất hiện trong
Country of origin: India Section 1 nên
Course of study: 3…………………… thường sẽ có 1 câu ví
dụ
Numbers of years planned in hall: 4…………………....
Preferred catering arrangement: half board
Special dietary requirements: no 5…………… (red)
Preferred room type: a single 6…………
Interests: the 7…………………
badminton
Priorities in choice of hall: to be with other students who
are
8 …………………
to live outside the
Contact phone number: 9……………….......
to have a 10………area for
socialising
667549
Test tip Test tip

Luôn cung cấp định Thông tin trong bài
dạng thông tin là gì, nghe sẽ xuất hiện
tên người, hay ngày lần lượt theo thứ tự
tháng năm sinh .... của câu hỏi
IELTS Thanh Loan 59

Giới hạn số lượng từ cần điền thường được đề cập đến trong câu hỏi, số lượng từ
thường dao động từ 1 đến 3 từ. Dưới đây là một số giới hạn từ phổ biến nhất của dạng
Gap Filling
Câu hỏi Yêu cầu Đúng
Write ONE WORD Chỉ duy nhất 1 từ man

ONLY from the liters
passage for each two
answer.
Write NO MORE Không quá hai từ three weeks

THAN TWO WORDS → Có thể viết 1 từ hoặc 2 từ speech
from the passage for → Không được sử dụng số
each answer.
Write NO MORE Không quá 3 từ teacher

THAN THREE → Có thể viết 1 từ, 2 từ hoặc a teacher
WORDS from the 3 từ an experienced teacher
passage for each → Không được sử dụng số
answer.
Write NO MORE Không quá hai từ và/ hoặc 1

THAN TWO WORDS số
AND/OR A NUMBER → Có thể viết 1 từ và 1 số 3 measurements
from the passage for → Có thể viết 2 từ và 1 số 3 main measurements
each answer. → Có thể viết 1 số 3
→ Có thể viết 1 từ mà không measurements
có con số
→ Có thể viết 2 từ mà không main measurements
có con số
Note: Từ vựng được nối bởi dấu gạch ngang, ví dụ như: “well-being, hay
well-prepared…” chỉ được tính là một từ, vì vậy bạn cần lưu ý để đảm bảo sự chính
xác về số lượng từ cần điền well-being = ONE WORD
IELTS Thanh Loan 60

Các loại thông tin thường xuất hiện trong dạng Form Completion
Có thể thấy qua ví dụ trên, dạng câu hỏi Form Completion này thường tập trung vào
2 loại thông tin chính:
- Loại thông tin thứ nhất: là các thông tin cá nhân
- Loại thông tin thứ hai: là các thông tin liên quan đến nội dung được đề cập trong
tiêu đề.
Cụ thể như sau:
Loại thông tin thứ nhất: Các thông tin cá nhân

Dạng form completion thường bắt đầu với những câu hỏi liên quan đến thông tin cá
nhân của một người trong cuộc hội thoại, cụ thể các thông tin cá nhân đó bao gồm:
- Tên; Địa chỉ; Ngày-tháng-năm; Thời gian; Tuổi; Mã bưu điện; Số điện thoại; Giá
cả, Đơn vị đo
Tất cả những thông tin này liên quan đến các nhóm Từ vựng về bảng chữ cái và số
đếm đều đã được đề cập đến trong Dạng 1 - Letters and Numbers của chương III.
- Quốc gia/ Quốc tịch (Country/ Nationality)

Thông tin cá nhân cũng có thể bao gồm quốc tịch hoặc quốc gia mà họ đến từ. Hai
nhóm thông tin này hoàn toàn khác nhau, ví dụ như họ đến từ Vietnam nhưng quốc
tịch của họ phải là Vietnamese.
IELTS Thanh Loan 61

Quốc gia hay Quốc tịch không bao giờ được đánh vần trong bài thi IELTS Listening,
bạn cần nhớ một số tên và cách viết của quốc gia hoặc quốc tịch phổ biến.
Tên Quốc gia Tên Quốc tịch Tên Quốc gia Tên Quốc tịch
(Country) (Nationality) (Country) (Nationality)
Vietnam Vietnamese The Philippines Filipino

China Chinese The UK British
Japan Japanese England English
Australia Australian Sweden Swedish
Malaysia Malaysian Scotland Scottish
Indonesia Indonesian Greece Greek
Cambodia Cambodian The Netherlands Dutch
Italy Italian Spain Spanish
Canada Canadian Germany German
Russia Russian Thailand Thai
South Korea Korean France French
Laos Laotian
Note: Nhóm từ vựng về Quốc tịch đồng thời cũng là từ vựng về Ngôn ngữ của quốc
gia đó. Ví dụ người có quốc tịch Vietnamese thì đồng thời ngôn ngữ mẹ đẻ cũng là
Vietnamese.
IELTS Thanh Loan 62

- Nghề nghiệp/ Học tập
Loại thông tin tiếp theo liên quan đến nghề nghiệp/ học tập (học về lĩnh vực gì). Một
số từ vựng các bạn cần chú ý:
Job/ Occupation Study

(nghề nghiệp) (học tập)
temporary /ˈtemprəri/ (adj) tạm thời major subject môn học chính
part-time (adj) làm thêm ngoài minor subject môn học phụ
giờ politics chính trị
full-time (adj) làm toàn giờ economics kinh tế
teacher giáo viên accounting kế toán
doctor bác sĩ English tiếng Anh
dentist nha khoa
business kinh doanh
manager quản lý
finance tài chính
interpreter /ɪnˈtɜːprətə(r)/ phiên dịch viên
marketing ngành tiếp thị
lawyer /ˈlɔɪə(r)/ luật sư
engineering /ˌendʒɪˈnɪərɪŋ/ kỹ thuật
journalist /ˈdʒɜːnəlɪst/ nhà báo
law luật
designer /dɪˈzaɪnə(r)/ nhà thiết kế
hotel management quản trị khách sạn
dancer vũ công
physics vật lý
bartender ˈbɑːtendə(r)/ người pha rượu
human resource management quản trị nhân lực
cook đầu bếp
baker /ˈbeɪkə(r)/ thợ làm bánh information technology công nghệ thông tin
waiter /ˈweɪtə(r)/ bồi bàn science khoa học

hairdresser /ˈheədresə(r)/ thợ làm đầu nursing /ˈnɜːsɪŋ/ y tá
florist /ˈflɒrɪst/ người trồng hoa sociology /ˌsəʊsiˈɒlədʒi/ xã hội học
gardener thợ làm vườn psychology /saɪˈkɒlədʒi/ tâm lý học
freelancer làm việc tự do
IELTS Thanh Loan 63

- Sở thích (Hobby/ Interest)
Một trong những thông tin cá nhân hay xuất hiện nữa trong Form Completion nữa
là sở thích hay thói quen của bạn. Dưới đây là một số gợi ý:
reading đọc sách
(listening to) music nghe nhạc
(going to) the theatre đến rạp chiếu phim

= (going to) the movies
(going) shopping đi mua sắm
(playing) sport/ badminton/ football/ tennis chơi thể thao/ chơi cầu lông/ chơi bóng đá/ chơi
đánh tennis
swimming/ walking/ jogging/ climbing bơi lội/ đi bộ/ chạy bộ/ leo núi
(doing) yoga tập yoga
(learning) foreign languages học ngôn ngữ nước ngoài
IELTS Thanh Loan 64

Loại thông tin thứ hai: Thông tin liên quan đến chủ đề
Có rất đa dạng các chủ đề khác nhau đối với loại thông tin thứ hai này, đó có thể là
một form điền thông tin đặt phòng/ thông tin thuê nhà/ thông tin khám sức khỏe/
thông tin báo cáo tội phạm … Mỗi chủ đề này đều có những từ vựng riêng mà bạn cần
phải thực hành thật nhiều để tích lũy vốn từ cho mình
Ví dụ nếu thông tin của tờ đơn là đăng ký vào trung tâm tập gym, bạn sẽ có thể được
hỏi: loại thành viên mà bạn muốn đăng ký, thời gian bạn đi tập, bạn đăng ký với ai
không, mục đích của việc đi tập là gì…..
Nếu thông tin của tờ đơn là thông báo hành lí bị mất, thì bạn có thể được hỏi nhóm
thông tin liên quan như hành lí bao gồm gì, mất ở đâu, rồi giá cả và đặc điểm của
mỗi nhóm hành lí ra sao …..
Đối với loại thông tin thứ hai này, không còn cách nào khác là bạn phải thực hành
thật nhiều để trau dồi từ vựng cho mình. Vì vậy, sau khi đọc xong hướng dẫn, bạn
hãy thực hành chăm chỉ với phần bài tập bên dưới.
IELTS Thanh Loan 65

Cách làm dạng câu hỏi Form Completion
Bước 1: Giới hạn từ
Đọc kỹ yêu cầu đề bài để xác định yêu cầu đề bài. Cụ thể là xác định giới hạn số
lượng từ cần điền: thường dao động từ 1 - 3 từ, nó có thể là “ONE WORD AND/OR
A NUMBER (một từ và/ hay một số)/ NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS (không nhiều
hơn 2 từ) …”
Mục đích của việc xác định giới hạn từ cho phép là để tránh điền thừa thông tin vào
mỗi câu trả lời dẫn đến mất điểm đáng tiếc.
Ví dụ: Đề bài: ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER (một từ và/ hoặc một số)
→ Đáp án: temporary job → SAI
→ Đáp án: temporary → ĐÚNG
Bước 2: Xác định từ chìa khoá
Gạch chân keyword, sau đó xác định loại thông tin cần điền/ dạng từ cần điền vào
mỗi chỗ trống của từng câu hỏi.
Mục đích của bước 2 này là để giới hạn được nhóm từ vựng có thể là đáp án cho câu
hỏi.
Ví dụ:
Câu hỏi: Job:...............
→ Chỗ trống cần điền là một danh từ chỉ công việc nào đó, ví dụ như là teacher/
doctor/ manager …
Câu hỏi: Special dietary requirements: no .............. (red)
→ Đáp án cần phải là danh từ vì nó đứng sau từ ‘no', mà lại liên quan đến chế độ ăn
uống đặc biệt → có thể là không thịt hoặc không cá (vì chỉ có thịt cá mới chia thành
màu đỏ hay màu trắng)
Bước 3: Lắng nghe
Trong quá trình nghe, bạn cần tập trung cao độ và đồng thời điền đáp án vào tờ câu
hỏi. Bạn chỉ được nghe duy nhất 1 lần
Luôn kiểm tra lại chính tả và nguyên tắc danh từ số ít, số nhiều để đảm bảo đáp án
nghe được chính xác nhất.
IELTS Thanh Loan 66

Bước 4: Một số lưu ý cho dạng Form Completion
- Với các câu hỏi yêu cầu điền thông tin về đơn vị đo lường như: centimetre
/ˈsentɪmiːtə(r)/, metre /ˈmiːtə(r)/, kilogram /ˈkɪləɡræm/ … bạn có thể ghi dạng viết tắt của
các từ vựng này như: cm, m, kg … thay vì viết dạng đầy đủ của từ. Còn trong trường
hợp trong form đã ghi đơn vị ngay sau chỗ trống rồi thì không được phép ghi thêm
nữa.
Ví dụ: viết ...... 30 cm...... thay vì viết đầy đủ ......30 centimetre......

Còn nếu câu hỏi đã cho đơn vị đo rồi thì chỉ cần điền số vào chỗ trống:......30...... cm
Tương tự với đơn vị về tiền, về đo trọng lượng ......
- Với các câu hỏi bạn còn phân vân xem câu trả lời có đuôi “s” hay “ed” không, hãy
dựa vào ngữ pháp của câu hỏi đó (nếu có thể)
Ví dụ: reading some ...... → đáp án phải là books chứ không phải book vì nó đi cùng
với từ chỉ lượng số nhiều ‘some'
Hay: a ......room → đáp án phải là shared chứ không phải share vì động từ bị động
đứng trước danh từ, bổ xung ý nghĩa cho danh từ chính
IELTS Thanh Loan 67

Complete the form below.

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR NUMBER for each answer.
Exercise 1:
Good Moves Accommodation Agency

Ben
Call taken by: ..........
Name: 1.........................................
Telephone: 2 .........................................
Heard about us from: 3 .........................................
Type of accommodation preferred:
4 .........................................
Number of people: 5 .........................................
Preferred location: Wants to be close to
6 .........................................
Price: maximum 7 £..................................per person
(including 8................................)
Additional notes:
I suggested Flat 3 at 9 ......................................... Road in
Bampton
I will send further details to customer by
10 ........................................
Source: Complete IELTS Band 4.5-5.5
IELTS Thanh Loan 68

Exercise 2:

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR NUMBER for each answer.
lnternational Booking Fair
Ticket Booking Form
First name: Angus

..........................
Last name: 1........................
Address: 2........................
Wallington, Oxford
Postcode: 3.....................................
Phone number: Home: 4 .......................
5..................: 0872 298 1191(Between 9 a.m and 6............ p.m.)
Date of visit: 7......................... 7th
Source: Complete IELTS band 4.5-5.5
IELTS Thanh Loan 69

Exercise 3:

Write ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER for each answer
lnternational Social Club

Application Form
Name: Jenny Foo

Age: 21
Nationality: 1..................
Address: 2..................Road, Bondi
Mobile phone: 3..................
Occupation: 4..................
Free-time interests: Singing and 5..................
Exercise 4:

Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
KT Furniture Customer Order Form

Company name: 1 ……………………………...
Address: 2 ……………………………...Trading Estate
210 New Hampton Road
South Down
Contact number: 3 ……………………………... (mobile)
Delivery option: 1 2 (no 4 ……………………………...)
Method of payment: credit card Type: 5 ……………………………...
Source: Complete IELTS Bands 6.5-7.5
IELTS Thanh Loan 70

Exercise 5:

Lake Pane Camground, US
Bookings
Example: Answer
Date of arrival: 1……………………….. Length of stay: 5 nights
………..
Family name: 2………………………..
Contact number: 3………………………..
Camp facilities: 4…………………, water and 5…………
IELTS Thanh Loan 71

Exercise 6:

Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Car Insurance
Example Answer
Name: Patrick Jones
................
Address: 1.........................Greendale
Contact number: 730453
Occupation: 2.......................
Siza of car engines: 1200cc Type of car:
Manufacturer: Hewton
Model: 3........................
Year: 1997
Previous insurance company: Any Insurance claims in the last
4........................ five years?
Yes
No
If yes, give brief details:
Car was 5....................in 1999
Name (s) of other driver(s): Uses of car. - social
Simon 6........................ - 8.....................
Relationship to main driver:
7........................
Start date: 31 January
Recommended Insurance arrangement
Name of company: 9........................
Annual cost: 10 $.......................
Source: Cambridge IELTS 7 - Section 1
IELTS Thanh Loan 72

Exercise 7:
Questions 6-10
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/ OR A NUMBER/ or each answer
Student Details
Name: Anita Newman
Address: 6 ........................
Room No.7........................
Other skills: Speaks some Japanese
Position available: 8........................ at the English

Language Centre
Duties: Respond to enquiries and

9.......................
Time of interview: Friday at 10......................a.m.
IELTS Thanh Loan 73

Exercise 8:
Questions 3-10
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER/or each answer.
Summer Music Festival

Booking Form
NAME: Gootgc O'Noll

ADDRESS: 3……………..Westsea
POSTCODE: 4 ……………..
TELEPHONE: 5……………..
Date Event Price per ticket No. of tickets
5 June Instrumental group £7.50 2

- Guitarrini
17 June Singer (Price £6 2

includes
6……………...in
the garden)
22 June 7………………… £7.00 1

(Anna Ventura)
23 June Spanish Dance & 8£……………….. 9……………….

Guitar concert .
NB Children/ Students/Seniors Citizens have 10………………….. discount on

all tickets
Source: Cambridge IELTS 8 – Section 1
IELTS Thanh Loan 74

Exercise 9:
Questions 1-10
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
West Bay Hotel - Details of job
Example: Answer
temporary staff
- Newspaper advert for ..................
• Vacancies for 1........................

• Two shifts
• Can choose your 2........................ (must be the same each week)
• Pay: £5.50 per hour,including a 3........................
• A 4........................is provided in the hotel
• Total weekly pay: £231
• Dress: a white shirt and 5........................ trousers (not supplied)
a 6........................ (supplied)
• Starting date: 7........................
• Call Jane 8........................ (Service Manager) before 9........................
tomorrow (Tel: 832009)
• She'll require a 10........................
IELTS Thanh Loan 75

Exercise 10:

Job Enquiry
Example
• Work at: a...................
restaurant
• Type of work:1............................................
• Number of hours per week:12 hours
• Would need work permit
• Work in the: 2............................................ branch
• Nearest bus stop:next to 3 ............................................
• Pay:4 £.............................................an hour
• Extra benefits:
- a free dinner
- extra pay when you work on 5......................................
- transport home when you work 6........................................
• Qualities required:
- 7.........................................
- ability to 8............................................
• Interview arranged for: Thursday 9............................................ at 6 p.m.
• Bring the names of two referees
• Ask for: Samira 10............................................
IELTS Thanh Loan 76

Exercise 11:
Questions 1-10
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Accommodation Form - Student Information

Example hall of residence
........
Type of accommodation:
Name: Anu 1..........................
Date of birth: 2..........................
Countryolorigin: India
Course of study: 3..........................
Number of years planned in hall 4..........................
Preferred catering arrangement: hallboard
Special dietary requirements: no 5.................(red)
Preferred room type: a single 6........................
Interests: the 7.....................badminton
PriotitlesIn choice of hall: to be with other students who are 8............

to live outside the 9........................
to have a 10.................area for socialising
Contact phone number. 667549
IELTS Thanh Loan 77

Exercise 12:
Questions 1-6
Write ONE WORD for each answer.
Self - Drive Tours in the USA
Example
Name: Andrea ..Brown
............
Address: 24 1........................................... Road

Postcode: BH5 20P
Phone: (mobile) 077 8664 3091
Heard about company from: 2...........................................
Possible self-drive tours
Trip One:
• Los Angeles:customer wants to visit some 3........................................... parks with her
children
• Yosemite Park: customer wants to stay in a lodge,not a 4.........................................
Trip Two:
• Customer wants to see the 5........................................... on die way to Cambria
• At Santa Monica: not Interested in shopping
• At San Diego,wants to spend time on the 6 ...........................................
IELTS Thanh Loan 78

Exercise 13:

Write ONE WORDAND/ OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Transport Survey
Example
bus
Travelled to town today: by ..........
Name: Luisa 1......................................

Address: 2.......................................White Stone Rd
Area: Bradfield
Postcode: 3 ......................................
Occupation: 4...........................................
Reason for visit to town: to go to the 5......................................
Suggestions for Improvement:
• better 6......................................
• have more footpaths
• more frequent 7.....................................
Things that would encourage cycling to work:

• having 8 ……. parking places for bicycles
• being able to use a 9 ……. at work
• the opportunity to have cycling 10………. on busy roads
IELTS Thanh Loan 79

Exercise 14:

Write ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Early Learning Childcare Centre Enrolment Form
Example
Parent or guardian: Carol Smith
.........
Personal Details
Child's name: Kate
Age: 1.......................................
Address: 2 .........................................Road,Woodside,4032
Phone: 3345 9865
Childcare Information
Days enrolled for: Monday and 3..........................................
Start time:4........................................... am
Childcare group:the 5..........................................group
Which meal/s are required each day? 6...........................................
Medical conditions:needs 7........................................
Emergency contact: Jenny 8 ....................................... Phone:3346 7523
Relationship to child: 9....................................
Fees
Will pay each 10...................................
IELTS Thanh Loan 80

Exercise 15:
Questions 1-6
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer.
Thorndyke’s Builders
Example
Customer heard about Thorndyke's from a ...........
friend
Name: Edith 1.......................................

Address: Flat 4,
2............................... Park Flats
(Behind the 3............................... )
Phone number: 875934
Best time to contact customer: during the 4...........................
Where to park: opposite entrance next to the 5.............................
Needs full quote showing all the jobs and the 6................................
IELTS Thanh Loan 81

Dạng 3: Map Labelling
Đây là dạng câu hỏi hay xuất hiện trong section 2. Ban đầu, thí sinh sẽ rất hay sai
dạng câu hỏi này vì khó khăn trong việc định hướng trên biểu đồ và nghe thông tin
dài, nhưng nếu được hướng dẫn, bạn sẽ có thể cải thiện chất lượng câu đúng khá
nhanh, vì Map labelling không có quá nhiều từ vựng khó.
a. Kiến thức
Đặc điểm của dạng Map Labelling
- Dạng câu hỏi này CHỈ xuất hiện trong Section 2 của bài thi IELTS Listening
- Có hai dạng Map labelling với yêu cầu có đôi chút khác nhau
IELTS Thanh Loan 82

Dạng 1: Bạn được cung cấp một biểu đồ với nhiều vị trí được cho tên từ trước, nhiều
vị trí thì được đánh chữ A, B, C, D ….. Các câu hỏi sẽ tương ứng với các địa điểm khác
nhau và bạn cần nối các địa điểm này tương ứng với các vị trí A, B, C hay D trên biểu
đồ.
Art and History in the Sheepmarket
Hill Road
Bank
City Road
Public
Gardens
Station
Square
Crawley Road
15 The Reynolds House ...............................

16 The Thumb ...............................
17 The Museum ...............................
18 The Contemporary Art Gallery ...............................
19 The Warner Gallery ...............................
20 Nucleus ...............................
IELTS Thanh Loan 83

Dạng 2: Trên biểu đồ có một số vị trí trống, được đánh số tương ứng với số câu hỏi.
Bạn cần nghe và tự điền tên địa điểm tương ứng theo mô tả trong bài nghe.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
Agricultural Park
Grazing
Rare Breeds Area 12..................
Section
Area
Experimental
YOU ARE Reception Crops Area
HERE Block
Lake
Marsh
13..............
14..................
Area
- Trong biểu đồ, sẽ có những địa điểm được xác định trước (như Bank, School,
Supermarket …..) và các địa điểm còn khuyết sẽ được mô tả bám theo các địa điểm
đã cho sẵn này
- Thường bạn sẽ có 1 điểm làm gốc, là địa điểm bạn bắt đầu khám phá biểu đồ.
Những địa điểm này sẽ được đánh dấu bằng: YOU ARE HERE, hoặc Entrance, hoặc
Information desk …..
IELTS Thanh Loan 84

Nhóm từ vựng miêu tả Map
Có 3 nhóm từ vựng chính được nhắc đến trên Map. Trước khi nghe Map, bạn nên học
các từ vựng này trước để nắm bắt những từ vựng thường hay xuất hiện trong bài
nghe.
Nhóm từ vựng chỉ phương hướng

Với tất cả các biểu đồ Map, bạn có thể áp sơ đồ chỉ hướng dưới đây để đọc các địa
điểm nằm ở hướng nào.
- To/ in the north/ south/ east/ west: Về phía bắc/ nam/ đông/ tây
- To/ in the north-east/ south-east/ north-west/ south-west: Về phía đông bắc/ đông
nam/ tây bắc/ tây nam
- In the north/ south/ east/ west corner: Ở góc bắc/ nam/ đông/ tây
IELTS Thanh Loan 85

Nhóm từ vựng chỉ vị trí
...xa (từ ngoài)

trên trong xuống xuyên qua
so với vào trong
đằng trước đằng sau dọc theo vượt qua băng lên trên
ngang qua
(từ trong) về phía.../ (từ dưới) (từ trên) không xa

lên trên xuống dưới xa so với
ra ngoài tới .... so với
ở đâu, ở giữa ở phái

gần đối diện quanh góc
cạnh đâu (2 cái) bên trái
ở giữa ở trung ở phía

ở dưới ở trên (nhiều cái) tâm xung quanh
bên phải
ở trên (có ở dưới (có tựa lưng

khoảng cách) khoảng cách) vào
IELTS Thanh Loan 86

Nhóm từ vựng tả đường
Asking Directions in English Từ vựng hỏi đường trong tiếng Anh
How do I get to library? Đi đến thư viện như thế nào?
Where is the nearest post office? Phòng cảnh sát gần nhất ở đâu?
Can you tell me the way to the Big Hotel? Bạn có thể chỉ tôi cách đến khách sạn Big
không?
Are we on the right road for London? Liệu chúng ta đang đi đúng đường để đến
London không nhỉ?
Can you show me on the map, please? Bạn có thể chỉ tôi đường đi trên biểu đồ
không?
I’m looking for this address. Tôi đang tìm địa chỉ này
How do I find…? Làm thế nào tôi có thể tìm…..
Excuse me, How can I go to …? Xin lỗi nhưng tôi đi đến …. như thế nào?
Do you have a map? Bạn có sơ đồ không?
Are you from around here? Bạn có ở quanh đây không?
Where is …? ….. ở đâu nhỉ?
Which the best way to …? Con đường dễ nhất để đến ….. như thế nào?
Pardon me, I’m lost, how do I get to …? Xin lỗi, tôi lạc đường, tôi đến …. như thế
nào?
Could you direct me to …? Bạn có thể chỉ tôi đường đến ……
May I ask for some help? I need to get to …? Bạn giúp tôi được không? Tôi cần đi đến
……?
IELTS Thanh Loan 87

Showing directions in English
go straight = head for ... cross the road

Đi thẳng Đi ngang qua đường
turn right turn left

Rẽ phải Rẽ trái
cross the crosswalk: go past: Đi quá …

Đi sang đường chỗ
vạch kẻ đường If you reach A, it
means you've gone
too far: Nếu bạn đi
đến A, nghĩa là bạn
đi xa quá rồi đấy
Đi qua cầu
In the roundabout,
take the first exit
Đến bùng binh/

1. Take the first right = take the vòng xuyến, đi vào
first turning on the right = turn lối rẽ đầu tiên
right into ….: Rẽ phải ở lối rẽ số 1
2. Take the second right = Take the

second turning on the right = turn
right into …..: Rẽ phải ở lối rẽ số 2
IELTS Thanh Loan 88

Một số cụm từ mô tả đường đi khác:
- leave/ go out of/ walk out from the hall by the door opposite reception: Ra khỏi hội
trường qua cánh cửa đối diện bàn tiếp tân
- follow/ walk along the corridor to the end: đi dọc đến cuối hành lang
- along the main road to the east: đi theo con đường chính về phía đông
- this is directly/ right behind the main hospital building: địa điểm đó ngay đằng sau
toà nhà chính của bệnh viện
- turn left into Type Road: rẽ trái vào đường Type
- go up to the footpath until your reach the circle of trees: đi thẳng lên theo đường
đi bộ cho đến khi đi đến 1 vòng tròn nhiều cây
- turn right at the top of Willow Lane: trên cùng của đường Willow thì rẽ phải
- take all the way up to the Pine street = follow the way until it joins Pine street: đi
hết con đường cho đến khi nó giao với đường Pine
- on the far side of the railway tracks: ở phía bên kia của đường ray
IELTS Thanh Loan 89

Nhóm từ vựng chỉ các địa điểm phổ biến trên Map
traffic lights: đèn tín roundabout: bùng

hiệu giao thông binh/ vòng xuyến
sidewalk: đường đi bộ
zebra-crossing:
vạch kẻ đường
crossroad/
intersection: ngã tư
Một số địa điểm khác hay xuất hiện trên Map
- footpath: đường mòn - theatre: rạp hát

- reception block: khu vực lễ tân - post office: bưu điện
- main door: cửa chính - garden: vườn
- main path/ road: đường chính - picnic area: khu vực dã ngoại
- entrance: cửa chính - wildlife area: khu vực động vật hoang
- stage: sân khấu dã
- basement: tầng hầm - forest area: khu vực rừng
- the ground floor: tầng một - lake: hồ
- corridor: hành lang - wooded area: khu vực có nhiều cây cối
- park: công viên
IELTS Thanh Loan 90

Cách làm dạng Map
Bước 1: Xác định dạng Map Labelling

Đọc thật kỹ đề bài, xem đề yêu cầu điền từ vào bản đồ hay lựa chọn đáp án. Nếu là
điền từ vào chỗ trống, ghi chú lại giới hạn số lượng từ cho phép.
Bước 2: Phân tích thật kỹ biểu đồ

- Thông tin 1: Xác định các phương hướng cụ thể cho map
Các bạn nên vẽ luôn vào đề của mình cho tiện theo dõi: north/ top (phía bắc đồng thời
cũng là phía trên cùng của bản đồ) - south/ bottom (phía nam đồng thời cũng là phía
đáy của bản đồ) - east/ right (phía đông đồng thời cũng là phía bên phải của bản đồ)
- west/ left (phía tây đồng thời cũng là phía bên trái của bản đồ).
- Thông tin 2: Định vị biểu đồ

Đánh dấu các địa điểm/ footnote đã được xác định trong map, sau đó xác định mỗi
lựa chọn đáp án đứng ở vị trí như thế nào so với địa điểm đó (ví dụ: lựa chọn H đứng
về bên left of the car park)
Note: footnote là ghi chú nhỏ ở dưới đáy bên góc bên trái dưới hình, như trong ví dụ
dưới đây:
Như trong ví dụ
trên, có 2 footnote
được ghi chú, đó
là:
- ghi chú các

đường kẻ dọc: là
bamboo fences
- ghi chú các
đường kẻ ngang:
là footpath
IELTS Thanh Loan 91

Bước 3: Nghe audio và đánh dấu theo mô tả
Trong khi nghe audio, hãy dùng bút để di chuyển hướng đi theo mô tả của người nói
để tránh bị bỏ sót một thông tin nào trong bài nghe.
Bước 4: Đối chiếu đáp án
Rất lưu ý bạn nên đọc lại transcript sau khi đối chiếu đáp án, để xem có từ vựng nào
của Map mà mình chưa biết trước đó hay không.
Cải thiện vốn từ là cách dễ nhất để học Map.
IELTS Thanh Loan 92

Điểm khó của dạng câu hỏi Map
Dễ bị nhầm lẫn giữa các phương hướng

Khi nghe mô tả về một địa điểm nào nhất định trong biểu đồ, việc xác định các
phương hướng, vị trí của địa điểm A nằm như thế nào (gần/ đối diện/ cùng chiếu) với
địa điểm B.
Ví dụ: khi người nói mô tả nó nằm ở phía Đông, chúng ta có thể dễ dàng bị nhầm
sang thành phía Tây.
→ Đó là lý do vì sao việc xác định trước các hướng, và vị trí của từng lựa chọn đối với
các địa điểm cho trước lại quan trọng đến thế. Khi bạn vẽ ra các hướng cụ thể vào
trong biểu đồ, bạn sẽ không bị nhầm lẫn, hay rối rắm giữa các hướng với nhau.
Vì vậy, trước khi file nghe được bật lên, hãy xác định các hướng bằng cách vẽ vào bản
đồ như thế này:
North/ Top
West/ Left East/ Right
South/ Bottom
IELTS Thanh Loan 93

Dễ bị bỏ sót một trong số các thông tin được nhắc đến
Một địa điểm trong mỗi câu hỏi thường được mô tả qua ít nhất từ 2 - 3 đặc điểm khác
nhau, nhiều địa điểm người nói còn mô tả đến 5 đặc điểm thì mới có thể tìm ra vị trí
chính xác của nó trên bản đồ. Nếu bạn không theo kịp với tốc độ của người nói, bạn
dễ dàng bị bỏ sót một trong các thông tin được đề cập đến → và kết quả là bạn có thể
chọn sai đáp án.
→ Chính vì vậy, một trong những tip khi làm dạng bài Map đó là hãy cho chiếc bút
của bạn đi lại trong biểu đồ đó, hay nói cách khác là dùng bút đi theo từng mô tả của
người nói.
Ví dụ: Dưới đây là phân tích về cách làm vào một đề bài cụ thể:
Vị trí của địa điểm cần tìm được mô tả qua 3 đặc điểm:
- Đặc điểm mô tả 1: “go from Crawley Road up through Station Square” (đi từ đường
Crawley Road lên qua Station Square)
Hill Road
Bank
City Road
Public
Mô tả 1: đứng ở đây! Gardens
Station
Square
Crawley Road
IELTS Thanh Loan 94

- Đặc điểm mô tả 2: “east along Hill Road until get to a small winding road on your
right, turning off” (đi về phía đông dọc theo đường Hill Road cho đến khi gặp một
đường uốn khúc bên tay phải thì dừng lại)
Hill Road
Mô tả 2: đứng ở đây!
Bank
City Road
Public
Gardens
Station
Square
Crawley Road
IELTS Thanh Loan 95

- Đặc điểm mô tả 3: “Go up there and it’s on your right” (đi lên trên con đường uốn
khúc này và bạn sẽ thấy nó ở bên phải của bạn)
Đáp án đây rồi!!!
Hill Road
Bank
City Road
Public
Gardens
Station
Square
Crawley Road
IELTS Thanh Loan 96

Exercise 1:
Listen and label the plan

Write the correct letter A-K next to questions 1-5
Sports Hall
Classrooms
Reception
Parking area
for bicycles College entrance
1. Administration office
2. Cafe
3. Student common room
4. Lockers
5. Library
Source: Complete IELTS band 4-5
IELTS Thanh Loan 97

Exercise 2:
Label the map below

Write the correct letter A-H next to questions 6-10
TYE ROAD
MAIN BUILDING
BACK EXIT
6. recreation centre
7. health centre
8. swimming pool and sauna
9. health-food store
10. Jenny’s Restaurant
IELTS Thanh Loan 98

Exercise 3:
Questions 15-20
Label the plan below
Write the correct letter A-I next to questions 15-20
Hadley Park Community Gardens Project
Island
bicycle track
Fruit
bushes
Car park
bamboo fences
footpath
15. Vegetables beds

16. Bee hives
17. Seating
18. Adventure playground
19. Sand area
20. Pond
Source: The official guide to IELTS
IELTS Thanh Loan 99

Exercise 4:
Questions 11-15
Label the map below
AD
RO
IN
Old
TA
railway
UN
station
MO
PINE STREET
Town
hall
POND
W
IL L NE
Ski O W LA
passes
Tourist
information
centre
old railway line
11. Supermarket
12. Climbing supplies store
13. Museum
14. Bike hire
15. Cafe
Source: The official Guide to IELTS
IELTS Thanh Loan 100

Exercise 5:
Questions 17-20
Label the map below
Write the correct letter A-F next to questions 17-20
Anglia Sculpture Park
Steps
Upper
Lake
Lower Bridge
Lake
Car park
Education
Centre
You are Visitor

here Centre
Entrance
17. Joe Tremain sculptures

18. Giorgio Catalucci bird sculptures
19. Garden Gallery
20. Long House

Exercise 6:
Questions 11-15
Plan of Learning Resource Centre (Ground Floor)
Car
Study area park
Stairs
Desk
Entrance
11. Newspapers
12. Computers
13. Photocopiers
14. Cafe
15. Sports books

Exercise 7:
Listen and label the plan below

1. ............
2. ............
3. ............
Source: Listening for IELTS

Exercise 8:
Questions 5-7
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Skate
Gym
Swimming Pool Arena
Reception

Exercise 9:
Questions 15-17
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Lake
Island
Stadium
Swimming
Pool
Benches Tower
Indoor
You are here Arena
Pond Station
Source: Cambridge IELTS 7

Exercise 10:
Questions 12-14
Agricultural Park
Grazing
Rara Breeds Area
Section Area
Experimental
Crops Area
YOU ARE Reception
HERE Block
Lake
Marsh
The
Area

Exercise 11:
Questions 14-20
Label the map below
Red Hill Improvement Plan

EV
EL
YN
STR
EE
T
ET
TRE
S SUP
LL ER
HI MA
RK
ET
ET
TRE
S DA
LL YS
HI R OA
D
CA ET
R BE RE
RR S ST
Y ST OMA
RE T H
ET
14. trees
15. wider footpaths
16. coloured road surface
17. new sign
18. traffic lights
19. artwork
20. children’s playground

Exercise 12:
Questions 17-20
Label the map below
Write the correct letter A-I next to questions 17-20
Hinchingbrooke Park
East gate
NORTH
West gate WEST EAST

Refreshments
SOUTH
17. bird hide

18. dog-walking area
19. flower garden
20. wooded area

Dạng 4: Short answer question
Short answer question là dạng câu hỏi nghe và đưa ra câu trả lời ngắn. Nếu trước
đây khi nghe bạn chỉ cần trả lời đúng thông tin tương ứng với câu hỏi, không bị giới
hạn từ thì khi nghe IELTS Listening, các câu trả lời sẽ bị giới hạn từ.
a. Kiến thức
Đặc điểm của dạng Short Answer Questions
- Có thể xuất hiện khắp mọi nơi trong IELTS Listening, từ section 1 đến section 4.
Nhưng càng xuất hiện ở những section sau thì chứng tỏ độ khó sẽ tăng dần.
Ví dụ của short answer questions ở section 1, tương ứng với câu hỏi 9-10

Which two pieces of equipment will the students use in the study?
9 .............
10 .............
Cũng có khi Short answer questions xuất hiện ở section 3, và thay bằng tìm 1 đáp
án, chúng ta phải nghe để tìm hai đáp án đúng cho cùng 1 câu hỏi

What TWO biofuel-related problems do Mike and Karine decide to focus on in
the last section of their presentation?
27 ......................
28 ......................
Which two sources of biofuel do Mike and Karina say are being tried out
29 ......................
30 ......................

Có những lúc Short answer questions xuất hiện ở cả section 4 và chắc chắn sẽ khó
hơn nhiều so với câu hỏi ở section 1
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer

What TWO images drawn by Aboriginal people show their contact with
Europeans?
- 37 .................
- 38 .................
Which human activities does the lecturer say are the main threats to
Aboriginal rock art?
- 39 .................
- vandalism
- 40 .................
- Xuất hiện dưới đa dạng hình thức các câu hỏi khác nhau:
Who - hỏi về người
What - hỏi về sự vật, sự việc
Which - sự lựa chọn
How many/ How much - hỏi về lượng
How often - hỏi về tần suất
How - hỏi về cách thức
- Nhiệm vụ của dạng này là trả lời câu hỏi với giới hạn từ cần điền cho trước: thường
dao động từ ONE WORD (một từ) đến THREE WORDS (ba từ).

Các loại câu hỏi kèm nhóm từ vựng cho câu trả lời
Chúng ta cùng tìm hiểu một số nhóm câu hỏi, từ để hỏi thường xuất hiện trong
IELTS Listening.
Nhóm câu hỏi thứ nhất: là nhóm câu hỏi chỉ cần dựa vào từ để hỏi là chúng
ta có thể xác định được nhóm từ vựng cần điền trong câu trả lời. Loại câu hỏi này bao
gồm các từ để hỏi là: How often/ How much/ How many/ How feel/ How travel/
When/ Where/ Who ...
HOW OFTEN
Là câu hỏi chỉ mức độ thường xuyên ai đó thực hiện một hành động gì.
Ví dụ: How often do you go swimming? (Bạn có thường xuyên đi bơi không)
Trả lời: I go swimming every afternoon/ on a daily basis (Tôi đi bơi mỗi ngày)
→ Đối với câu hỏi “HOW OFTEN”, thông tin bạn cần nghe đó là thông tin chỉ “mức
độ thường xuyên” như “một lần một tuần/ 2 lần một tháng/ 1 năm 2 lần …”
Để trả lời dạng câu hỏi này, các bạn rất cần quan tâm đến các trạng từ tần suất trong
câu, hoặc các cụm từ nói về tần suất.
- always/ often/ usually/ sometimes/ occasionally: luôn luôn/ thường xuyên/ thường
thường/ thỉnh thoảng/ đôi khi
- from time to time: đôi khi
- rarely/ seldom/ scarcely/ hardly ever: hiếm khi
- never: không bao giờ
- once = every = one time: một lần
- twice = two times: hai lần
- every day/ week/ month/ year: mỗi ngày/ tuần/ tháng/ năm
- three/ four/ five/ six … ten times: ba lần/ bốn/ năm/ sáu … mười lần
- every/ once/ one time a day/ week/ month/ year: mỗi ngày/ tuần/ tháng/ năm một
lần
- twice/ two times a week/ month/ year: mỗi tuần/ tháng/ năm hai lần
- three times/ four times … a week/ month/ year: mỗi tuần/ tháng/ năm 2 lần/ 4 lần
- every/ once/ one time + three days/ weeks/ months/ years: 3 ngày/ tuần/ tháng/ năm
1 lần
- every Tuesday: mỗi ngày thứ 3 hàng tuần
- every other day = every second day: 2 ngày 1 lần

HOW MUCH/ MANY
Câu hỏi này hỏi về số lượng của một vật cụ thể. Vì vậy, câu trả lời cần đưa ra là một
số lượng cụ thể cho vật đó. Cụ thể như sau:
How many + N (đếm được) + trợ động từ + S + verb

→ Trả lời: số lượng + noun (đôi khi danh từ được cho sẵn trong câu hỏi)
Ví dụ: How many books did you buy? (Bạn đã mua bao nhiêu cuốn sách)
Trả lời: one book/ five books (1 cuốn/ 5 cuốn)
How much + N (không đếm được) + trợ động từ + S + verb

→ Trả lời: số lượng + noun
Ví dụ: How much sugar would you like? (Bạn muốn bao nhiêu đường)
Trả lời: one gram/ two kilograms (1 lạng/ 2 cân)
Note: Khi câu hỏi sử dụng từ để hỏi How much và How many thì thường câu trả lời
chỉ tồn tại dưới dạng con số, không cần nói rõ đơn vị.
Ví dụ: How many tickets do you want to buy?

Trả lời: 4 / four

HOW … FELL
Câu hỏi này hỏi về cảm xúc của một ai đó với một việc gì. Chính vì vậy mà từ
keyword (chính) cần được đưa ra trong câu trả lời là tính từ miêu tả cảm xúc.
Tính từ miêu tả cảm xúc tích cực Tính từ miêu tả cảm xúc tiêu cực
- happy: vui - unhappy: buồn

- amused: vui - upset: buồn
- delighted: vui - worried: lo lắng
- excited: hào hứng - terrified: sợ hãi
- wonderful: tuyệt vời - tired: mệt
- confident: tự tin - scared: sợ hãi
- surprised: ngạc nhiên - disappointed: thất vọng
- embarrassed: xấu hổ
- bored: chán
HOW … TRAVEL TO?
“Bạn đã đi đến đâu đó bằng phương tiện gì”. Câu hỏi này hỏi về phương tiện đi lại,
vậy nên nhóm từ vựng chúng ta cần biết cho câu trả lời đó là: nhóm từ vựng về các
phương tiện đi lại.
Một số danh từ chỉ phương tiện đi lại đó là:

- car: ô tô
- motorbike/ motorcycle: xe máy
- bus: xe buýt
- bicycle / bike: xe đạp
- train: tàu
- aeroplane: máy bay
- tram: xe điện
- taxi/ cab: xe taxi
Note: Khi câu hỏi sử dụng How ...travel to? thường đáp án chỉ cần ghi phương tiện
đó là gì, không cần giới từ phía trước.
Ví dụ: How did group A travel to school?
Trả lời: bus (không cần ghi: by bus)

WHEN
Câu hỏi “ai đó làm cái gì khi nào?” là loại câu hỏi hỏi về thời gian. Vì vậy, thông tin
cần được đề cập đến trong câu trả lời của loại câu hỏi này sẽ là từ vựng chỉ thời gian.
Ví dụ: When will you go to the park with your little brother? (bạn đến công viên với
em trai khi nào?)
Trả lời: I will go to the park tomorrow/ at the weekend ... (tôi đến công viên vào ngày
mai/ vào cuối tuần …)
Một số từ vựng chỉ thời gian:
- yesterday: hôm qua - today: hôm nay

- the last week/ month/ year: vào - tonight: tối nay
tuần trước/ tháng trước/ năm trước - tomorrow: ngày mai
- one month/ year ago: một tháng/ - at the weekend: vào cuối tuần này
năm trước - in the next week/ summer/ year:
- three months/ years ago: ba tháng/ trong tuần tới/ mùa hè năm tới/ năm
năm trước tới
Note: Khi câu hỏi sử dụng When…? đáp án thường là cụm danh từ chứ không đi kèm
giới từ
Ví dụ: When did people first find fossils of dinosaur?
Trả lời: 29,000 years (ago)

WHERE
Câu hỏi “Ai đó làm gì ở đâu” là loại câu hỏi hỏi về địa điểm. Vì vậy, thông tin cần
được đề cập đến trong câu trả lời đó là từ vựng chỉ địa điểm.
Câu hỏi: Where + trợ động từ + S + verb?

Câu trả lời: S + verb + IN/ ON/ AT + từ vựng chỉ địa điểm
Ví dụ: Where did you play badminton? (Bạn chơi đánh cầu lông ở đâu?)
Trả lời: park
Tuy nhiên, nhóm từ vựng chỉ địa điểm này rất đa dạng nên không có danh sách từ
vựng cho sẵn.
WHO
Câu hỏi “Ai đó làm việc gì” là loại câu hỏi hỏi về người. Vì vậy, thông tin cần được đề
cập đến trong câu trả lời là nhóm từ vựng chỉ người.
Câu hỏi: Who + verb?

Câu trả lời: Danh từ (chỉ người)
Ví dụ: Who recommend you about this gym club?

Trả lời: friends

Nhóm câu hỏi thứ hai: nhóm câu hỏi có tính liệt kê hoặc lựa chọn sự vật sự
việc khác nhau
WHAT
Câu hỏi “Cái gì” là một loại câu hỏi rất rộng, và thông thường để đưa ra câu trả lời
cho câu hỏi với “what”, bạn phải dựa vào cụm từ chính trong câu hỏi đó.
Ví dụ 1: What are the main activities of the event yesterday? (Hoạt động chính của
sự kiện ngày hôm qua là gì?)
→ Cụm từ chính của câu hỏi là: “main activities” (các hoạt động chính), ví dụ như là
singing, dancing, playing games …
Ví dụ 2: What TWO environment-related problems do both students decide to focus

on in the last section of their presentation?
→ Cụm từ chỉnh của câu hỏi là: “environment-related problems” (các vấn đề liên
quan đến môi trường), ví dụ như air pollution, water pollution, climate change … (ô
nhiễm không khí, ô nhiễm nước, thay đổi khí hậu …)

WHICH
Nếu câu hỏi sử dụng từ Which, đồng nghĩa với việc bạn sẽ được cung cấp rất nhiều
đáp án khác nhau và bạn phải lựa chọn xem đâu là đáp án đúng, trong khi đó với từ
để hỏi là What thì bạn không được gợi ý đáp án. Tương tự với What, với từ để hỏi
Which, bạn cũng rất cần chú ý đến những danh từ mang nội dung ý nghĩa chính
trong câu.
Ví dụ 1: Which two pieces of equipment will the students use in the study?
(Hai loại thiết bị học sinh cần sử dụng trong học tập là gì?)
→ Xác định được cụm từ chính trong câu hỏi là “pieces of equipment’ mà cần dùng
trong học tập, nên các đáp án đi kèm có thể là computer, projector, interactive
whiteboard …
Ví dụ 2: Which human activities does the lecturer say are the main threats to the
environment?
(Các hoạt động của con người mà tác giả nói là các mối đe dọa chính đến môi trường
là gì?)
→ Xác định được cụm từ chính trong câu hỏi là: “human activities’ mà có ảnh hưởng
đến môi trường, nên các đáp án đi kèm có thể là cutting down trees, releasing
greenhouse gas emissions in the air …

Cách làm dạng câu hỏi Short Answer Questions
Bước 1: Yêu cầu của đề bài
Xác định giới hạn số lượng từ vựng được điền vào mỗi câu trả lời
Gạch chân keyword (từ khóa) của mỗi câu hỏi để xác định nội dung câu hỏi (thường
là các danh từ mang nội dung ý nghĩa chính trong câu)
Bước 2: Chú ý từ để hỏi
Xác định từ để hỏi của mỗi câu hỏi, từ đó xác định nhóm từ vựng cần điền cho mỗi
chỗ trống.
Ví dụ: How often → câu trả lời là từ vựng thuộc nhóm trạng từ chỉ tần suất
Hay: How you feel → câu trả lời là từ vựng thuộc nhóm tính từ chỉ cảm xúc ...
Bước 3: Nghe và chọn đáp án
Trong lúc nghe đừng cố gắng bắt được từ vựng chính xác trong câu hỏi sẽ xuất hiện
trong bài nghe vì thông tin trong bài nghe thường sẽ được diễn đạt theo một cách
khác.
Cần đảm bảo lựa chọn đáp án phù hợp với giới hạn từ được cung cấp trong phần câu
hỏi, vì nếu quá giới hạn từ, bạn cũng không được cho điểm

Exercise 1:
Listen and answer questions 1-3

1. Which two classes did Debbie go to last week?

2. Why didn’t Penny like yoga?
3. Where is Penny going next week?
Exercise 2:
Listen and answer questions 8-10

8. Name two times that Brad will visit the gym

9. What convinced Brad to choose Smith’s gym?
10. What does Brad want to achieve at the gym?

Exercise 3:
Questions 7-10
Answer the questions below
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
7. What does the student particularly like to eat?

8. What sport does the student play?
9. What mode of transport does the student prefer?
10. When will the student find out her homestay address?

Exercise 4:
Questions 6-10
Lifestyle questionnaire
6. What exercise do you do regularly?
7. Do you have any injuries?
8. What is your goal or target?
9. What is your occupation?
10. How did you hear about the clucb?
Exercise 5:
Questions 11-17
Answer the question below
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer
Sea Life Centre – information

11. What was the Sea Life Centre previously called?
12. What is the newest attraction called?
13. When is the main feeding time?
14. What can you do with a VIP ticket?
15. What special event will the Sea Life Centre arrange for you?
16. Where will the petition for animal conservation be sent to?
17. What can you use to test what you have learnt?

Exercise 6:
Questions 11-13
Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A
NUMBER for each answer.
11. When does the tour finish?

12. Which area is not shown on the tour?
13. Which landmark does the tour guide recommend the tourists should visit?
Exercise 7:
Questions 35-37
35. For whom were mechanical clicks not original built?

36. What reason is given for having a standardised time?
37. Where are the atomic clocks kept?
Exercise 8:
Questions 37-40
What TWO images drawn by Aboriginal people show their contact with Europeans?
37..........................
38..........................
Which human activities does the lecturer say are the main threats to Aboriginal
rock art?
39..........................
40..........................

Exercise 9:
Questions 26-30
Answer the question below
26. What part of the assignment is Alan going to start working on?
27. Where will Melanie get more information on used paper collection?
28. What will they add to the assignment to make it more interesting?
29. What do you agree to complete by the end of the month?
30. Who will they ask to review their work?
Exercise 10:
Questions 1-4
Listen and answer questions in NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A
NUMBER
1. What percentage of women in their early thirties still live with their parents?
2. When were house prices only three times the average yearly income?
3. What is the reason that people return to their parental home after university?
4. Who does the Affordable Housing Scheme aim to help?
Exercise 11:
Questions 5-8
5. How many children in the UK now live in single parent families?

6. According to some sociologists, who are responsible for the rise in single
parenting?
7. What have the largest group of lone parents never done?
8. Where are single parent families more likely to live?

Exercise 12:
Questions 1-4
According to Phil, what are the 2 problems with some renewable energy sources?
1. .....................
2. .....................
List 2 things that Professor Jenkins wants to see in the students’ report.
3. .....................
4. .....................
Exercise 13:
Questions 26-30
26. How did the students do their practical sessions?

27. In the second semester how often did Kira work in a hospital?
28. How much full-time work did Kira do during the year?
29. Having completed the year, how does Kira feel?
30. In addition to the language, what do overseas students need to become familiar
with?

Dạng 5: Diagram/ Flow-chart Labelling
- Diagram: a simple drawing using lines to explain where something is, how
something works, etc. - sơ đồ
Diagram sẽ cung cấp một bức vẽ của một thiết bị, một hệ thống nào đó với một số
thông tin còn thiếu. Bạn cần nghe và điền vào vị trí đó thông tin thích hợp
- Flow-chart: a diagram that shows the connections between the different stages of
a process or parts of a system - quy trình
Flow-chart mô tả các bước của một quy trình nào đó, được chuyển tiếp bằng các mũi
tên. Ở mỗi bước sẽ có 1 số thông tin còn thiếu, bạn cần nghe để điền vào chỗ trống
với thông tin thích hợp
a. Kiến thức
Một số đặc điểm của Diagram và Flow-chart labelling
- Thường xuất hiện trong Section 2 và Section 3 của bài thi IELTS Listening.
- Có 2 cách đưa ra câu hỏi
Loại 1: Điền vào Flow-chart/ Diagram với List các lựa chọn cho trước → Như vậy,
trong phần đáp án các bạn phải điền chữ cái chứ không phải từ.

Label a diagram below
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter A-E next to
questions 11-13
A. Electricity indicator
B. On/off switch
C. Reset button
D. Time control
E. Warning indicator
Ví dụ: Câu 11. A → Đúng

Câu 11. electricity indicator → SAI
Thông thường, đề bài thường cho nhiều lựa chọn hơn số câu hỏi , vì vậy sẽ có một vài
lựa chọn không phải là đáp án cho câu hỏi nào.

Loại 2: Điền từ vào chỗ trống với Giới hạn từ, như “NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS
AND/ OR A NUMBER”. Như vậy, trong phần đáp án loại này các bạn phải điền từ
hay số.
Complete the flow-chart below

Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Advice on exam preparation

Make sure you know the exam
requirements
Find some past papers
Work out your 27.......................... for revision

and write them on a card
Make a 28.......................and keep it in view
Divide revision into 29....................for each day
Write one 30.............................about each topic
Practice writing some exam answers
Ví dụ: Câu 27. pictures → Đúng

Câu 27. pictures and diagrams → SAI vì quá giới hạn từ

Các nhóm từ vựng hữu ích
Có hai nhóm từ vựng quan trọng hay xuất hiện trong Flowchart và Diagram mà bạn
cần chuẩn bị.
Nhóm 1: Từ vựng chỉ quy trình/ giai đoạn
Một flow-chart (biểu đồ phát triển) hay một diagram (biểu đồ) bao gồm nhiều bước/
giai đoạn/ bộ phận khác nhau, vì vậy người nói cần sử dụng đến các nhóm từ vựng
mô tả các giai đoạn của một quy trình để biết người nói đang mô tả đến bước nào.
Giai đoạn đầu tiên Giai đoạn tiếp theo
- First,.../ Firstly,... / First of all, …/ - Second, .../ Secondly, .../ Next, .../ Then,
Initially, ... .../ After that, …
- To start with, .../ To begin with, ... - At the next stage of the process, …
- At the first/ initial stage/ step of the - Moving on to the next stage/ step …
process, ... - The next stage/ step involves ...
- It starts with/ begins with ... - It continues with ...
- Let’s begin/ start by ...
Giai đoạn cuối cùng Tại một giai đoạn nào đó
- Finally, .../ Lastly, ... - At this point, …

- At the final stage/ step of the process, … - At this stage of the process, ...
- It ends with/ ends up with ...
Ví dụ: At the first step of the process, students have to read some relevant articles
on the Internet to gain basic knowledge about it. Then, they should make an outline
of what includes in the research. It ends with a short and clear conclusion.

Nhóm 2: Từ vựng miêu tả vị trí/ đặc điểm
Diagram sẽ mô tả bộ phận của một thiết bị nào đó nên sẽ mô tả vị trí của bộ phận đó
trên thiết bị. Chúng ta có thể lưu ý một số những từ chỉ vị trí và đặc điểm của bộ
phận như sau:
VỊ TRÍ
- It is on the right/ left side: nó nằm ở bên phải/ bên trái
- It is at the top/ at the bottom: nó nằm ở trên/ dưới đáy
- It is in the middle of/ in the centre of something: nó nằm ở giữa cái gì
- It’s above/ over something: nó nằm trên cái gì
- It’s under/ below something: nó nằm dưới cái gì
- It’s in front of something/ behind something: nó nằm trước/ đằng sau cái gì
- It’s near/ close to something: nó gần với cái gì
- It’s opposite/ across from something: nó nằm đối diện với cái gì
Ví dụ: The button opposite the control one is the volume. (Nút đối diện với nút điều
khiển là nút chỉnh âm lượng)
HÌNH DẠNG
- It is a square/ round/ circular/ rectangular/ triangular + Noun: Đó là một cái .. hình
vuông/ hình tròn/ hình tròn/ hình chữ nhật/ hình tam giác
- The square/ circle/ rectangle/ triangle is + Noun: Cái hình vuông/ tròn/ chữ nhật/
tam giác đó là ...
Ví dụ: The button on the left side is the volume. (Nút ở bên trái là nút chỉnh âm
lượng)

Cách làm dạng bài Diagram/ Flow-chart Labelling
Với flow-chart/ diagram, bạn nên thực hiện lần lượt theo các bước như sau
Bước 1: Đọc kỹ yêu cầu câu hỏi và xác định rõ các yêu cầu của đề bài
- Đây là dạng câu điền các lựa chọn cho trước (A/ B/ C …), hay điền từ (electricity) …
- Nếu là dạng câu điền các lựa chọn cho trước, xác định xem có bao nhiêu lựa chọn
sẽ không phải là đáp án cho một câu hỏi nào.
- Nếu là dạng điều từ thì cần lưu ý tới giới hạn từ vựng cụ thể (như một từ/ hay hai
từ…)
- Đọc Heading (tiêu đề của Flow-chart/ Diagram) để xác định được nội dung mà biểu
đồ đó đề cập đến, từ đó nghĩ đến một số từ vựng nằm trong chủ đề đó.
Bước 2: Đoán nội dung thông tin cần điền
- Gạch chân keyword trong mỗi câu hỏi, xác định dạng từ (Danh từ/ Tính từ/ Động
từ…)
- Xác định loại thông tin cần điền là gì, tên người hay sự vật sự việc

Ví dụ:
Dạng hoàn thành
flow-chart bằng cách
điền từ
Giới hạn là hai từ
và/hoặc 1 số
Advice on exam preparation bài nghe sẽ nói về cách

để chuẩn bị cho bài thi

requirements
Work out your 27.......................... for revision cần 1 danh từ

có thể là tìm ra
and write them on a card những điểm chính
(main points) mà
mình cần ôn tập
cần 1 danh từ số ít
Make a 28.......................and keep it in view có thể là làm ghi chú
(note) hoặc bản tóm
tắt (summary)...
Divide revision into 29....................for each day cần 1 danh từ
cần 1 danh từ số ít
Write one 30.............................about each topic đáp án có thể là viết
1 bản tóm tắt (brief
summary) cho mỗi
chủ đề

- Thứ tự thông tin trong bài nghe sẽ trùng với thứ tự câu hỏi
- Bạn vừa nghe vừa lựa chọn đáp án tương ứng với số lượng từ được cho

Exercise 1:
Complete the flowchart below
Cloud seeding
The chemical silver iodide is introduced
into a cloud by a rocket or by 6................
This causes tiny water drops in the cloud to

7................, in a process called static seeding.
Lots of very small pieces of 8................ join

together in a process called riming.
These fall from the sky, turning to rain or

snow.
A secondary effect, known as dynamic seeding,

occurs when water that freezes 9................
Sometimes this can cause the clouds to grow

larger and 10................

Exercise 2:
Questions 6-10
How to write an article

Put the main facts at the beginning to
attract attention
Use a model in the shape of a 6................ to

build up details
Include 7................ from people involved
Check the accuracy of your 8................
Rewrite, making sure paragraphs are short
Don’t write a 9................
Add a picture to accompany the article
Finally, write an attractive 10................

Exercise 3:
Questions 6-10
Fumiko’s plan
Define 6.................... using a diagram
Background: relationships in the 7........................... (eg. Apes)
Present an overview of the 8....................... for human relationships

(eg. Work, home)
Look at six 9...................... involved in a friendship (plus survey)
Predict the future 10............................ on friendship

Exercise 4:
Questions 1-5
Complete the flow chart below
Getting the Bronze Award

FIND A CENTER
Usually a school, college or 1...................
PAY A FEE
To enrol on a programme
RECEIVE A 2...................
PLAN WHAT TO DO FOR EACH SECTION
OBTAIN PLAN APPROVAL

From Duke of Edinburgh 3...................
DO ACTIVITY
ASSESSOR TO SIGN OFF ACTIVITY IN THE 4...................
ASSESSOR SENDS RESULTS TO OPERATING AUTHORITY
RECEIVE CERTIFICATE AND 5...................

Exercise 5:
Questions 8-10
Complete the flowchart below
Complete an
enrolment form
Parents need to
8...................... an
authorisation form
Give forms to 9..............with

a fee of £20 (for an annual
subscription) or pay per visit
You will receive your

10................ in the post

Exercise 6:
Questions 1-5
Complete the flow chart below
Alternative energy
research project: process
Focus the questions on one particular area
Make a reading list which is 1......................

and 2......................
Start reading as soon as possible
Remember to 3...........................while reading
Organise notes into some 4............................
Analyse notes and reading for 5.........................

to question

Exercise 7:
Questions 8-10
Complete the diagram below
Strong wind Eye Equally strong

in 10..............
If low pressure
Clouds clouds 8................ Mature cyclones:
gain speed/power
momentum
Warm water
SEA LAND

Exercise 8:
Questions 11-13
Label a diagram below
questions 11-13
A. Electricity indicator
B. On/off switch
C. Reset button
D. Time control
E. Warning indicator
central heating
radiators
hot water

Exercise 9:
Questions 26-30
Choose FIVE answers from the list below and write the correct letter A-G next to
questions 26-30
A. Website E. Quality
B. Locations F. Values
C. Designs G. Software programs
D. TV advetising campaigns
History of Furniture Rossi

The product 26.................... led to a wider customer base
Greater customer demand meant other 27.................... were needed
Better 28...................... increased overall profitability
Changes to the 29......................... were brought on by customer complaints
Furniture Rossi wants to make people more aware of its 30..............................

Exercise 10:
Questions 27-30
Next steps
Get approval from
27 ........................
Complete a
28 ............. form
Book a 29.................... with

the systems analyst
Set up a
30...................... with
technologies team

Exercise 11:
Questions 21-25
Paper Production and Recycling
get raw materials from 23............and

21................................. distribute materials collect used
paper
remove
bark paper produced 24...............
Production Recycling
in machine used paper
chop heat and pulp

wood recycled mixture use chemicals to
25..............................
add 22...............
then heat and pulp
mixture

Exercise 12:
Questions 23-25
Complete the diagram below
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
THE OPERATIONAL CYCLE

Global Satellite
Meteorological station
information is
analysed
Boat
Float records
changes in
Float dropped salinity and
into ocean and 25..................
23.....................
by satellite
Average distance travelled:

24...................................

Exercise 13:
Questions 27-30
Advice on exam preparation

requirements
Work out your 27.......................... for revision

and write them on a card
Make a 28.......................and keep it in view
Divide revision into 29....................for each day
Write one 30.............................about each topic

Exercise 14:
Questions 5-7
Solar energy production costs forecast

Calculate the number of hours of 5............................ in the UK
Estimate the number of hours of sunlight
Determine the cost of supplying homes in

the entire 6............................
Work out the power station construction costs
Research what customers would be 7 ............................ pay

Exercise 15:
Questions 1-3
Label the diagram below
Ellis Island immigration procedure
Medical The rejects

Entrance
inspection 1..................
Money Railway
2.....................
exchange tickets
Waiting area Exit Ship to country

of origin
3...................... to New York

Dạng 6: Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion
Dạng câu hỏi thứ 6 là dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion (Hoàn thành vào bản
ghi chép, bảng, và câu). Đây là dạng câu hỏi phổ biến nhất trong IELTS Listening
và xuất hiện ở tất cả các section từ 1 đến 4
a. Kiến thức
Một vài đặc điểm của dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion
- Xuất hiện trong tất cả các Sections, nhưng xuất hiện thường xuất hiện nhất trong
Section 1 và Section 4.
Ví dụ dạng Note Completion xuất hiện trong section 1 và bao trọn các câu từ 1 đến
10
Complete the notes below

Write ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER for each answer
Moving to Banford City

Example
Linda recommends living in suburb of: Dalton
Accommodation
- Average rent: 1. £ ............. a month
Transport
- Linda travels to work by 2.............
- Limited 3............. in city centre
- Trains to London every 4............. minutes
- Poor train service at 5.............
Advantages of living in Banford
- New 6............. opened recently
- 7............. has excellent reputation
- Good 8............. on Bridge Street
Meet Linda
- Meet Linda on 9............. after 5.10 pm
- In the 10............. opposite the station

Hoặc là có lúc Note completion xuất hiện ở Section 4 và cũng chiếm toàn bộ câu hỏi
từ 31-40 của section 4.

The history of coffee

Coffee in the Arab world
- There was small-scale trade in wild coffee from Ethiopia
- 1522: Coffee was approved in the Ottoman court as a type of medicine
- 1623: In Constantinople, the ruler ordered the 31.......... of every coffee house
Coffee arrives in Europe (17th century)

- Coffee shops were compared to 32..........
- They played an important part in social and 33.......... changes
Coffee and European colonisation

- European powers established coffee plantations in their colonies
- Types of coffee were often named according to the 34.......... they came from
- In Brazil and the Caribbean, most cultivation depended on 35..........
- In Java, coffee was used as a form of 36..........
- Coffee became almost as important as 37..........
- The move towards the consumption of 38.......... in Britain did not also take
place in the USA
Coffee in the 19th century

- Prices dropped because of improvements in 39..........
- Industrial workers found coffee helped them to work at 40..........

- Nhiệm vụ của dạng câu hỏi này là: điền từ vựng/ số vào chỗ trống với giới hạn từ
vựng cần điền cho trước để nội dung thông tin của bảng, phần ghi chú hoặc là các
câu trùng với nội dung thông tin của bài nghe
- Chủ đề của dạng câu hỏi này rất đa dạng đi từ những chủ đề quen thuộc trong cuộc
sống hàng ngày (Cookery Classes - Các lớp học nấu ăn, Moving to Banford City - Di
chuyển đến thành phố Banford …) cho đến những chủ đề thuộc về chuyên môn/ học
thuật (Effects of urban environments on animals - ảnh hưởng của môi trường đô thị
vào động vật, Kinds of memories - Các loại hình trí nhớ …) bởi vì dạng câu hỏi này
xuất hiện dàn trải từ Section 1 đến Section 4 mà
→ Chính vì sự đa dạng topic của dạng câu hỏi này, nên không có gợi ý về nhóm từ
vựng nào được đưa ra. Tuy nhiên, đối với dạng câu hỏi này chúng ta sẽ sử dụng nhiều
đến kỹ thuật hơn, phần tiếp theo sẽ giúp bạn có được cái nhìn rõ hơn về các kỹ thuật
khi làm dạng câu hỏi này.

Kỹ thuật làm dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion
Thứ nhất: Giới hạn từ được điền vào mỗi chỗ trống
“Giới hạn từ” chính là chìa khóa cho dạng câu hỏi Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion.
Vì thực chất, giới hạn từ sẽ quyết định cho câu trả lời của bạn, cụ thể với mỗi một
giới hạn từ nhất định, bạn sẽ phải đưa ra những câu trả lời khác nhau.
Cụ thể, dưới đây là chi tiết các trường hợp của giới hạn từ vựng/ số:
Trường hợp 1: Write “ONE WORD ONLY” - viết chỉ một từ vào mỗi chỗ trống
Điểm cần lưu ý đối với trường hợp này đó là bạn sẽ nghe thấy cả một cụm từ dài chứ
không phải 1 từ, và băn khoăn không biết mình.
Vậy nên, nếu đề bài chỉ cho phép viết “MỘT TỪ” vào mỗi chỗ trống nhưng bạn lại
nghe thấy cụm an incredibly beautiful skirt thì từ nào trong cụm từ đó là đáp án
cho câu trả lời.
→ Để xác định được từ nào là từ cần điền vào đáp án, bạn cần xác định từ nào là từ
“mang nghĩa chính” trong cụm đó, cụ thể như sau:
ADV + ADJ + NOUN → NOUN mang nghĩa chính cho cụm này
Ví dụ: “very small groups” → GROUPS sẽ là từ cần điền vào chỗ trống
ADV + ADJ → ADJ mang nghĩa chính cho cụm này

Ví dụ: “incredibly intelligent” → INTELLIGENT sẽ là từ cần điền vào chỗ trống
VERB + ADV → VERB mang nghĩa chính cho cụm này

Ví dụ: “increase dramatically” → INCREASE sẽ là từ cần điền vào chỗ trống
NOUN 1 + PREP + NOUN 2 → NOUN 2 mang nghĩa chính cho cụm này
Ví dụ: “change of house” → HOUSE sẽ là từ cần điền vào chỗ trống

Trường hợp 2: Write “ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER” hay “NO MORE THAN
TWO WORDS” - Viết 1 từ và/ hoặc 1 số hay viết không nhiều hơn 2 từ. Sự khác biệt
trong hai giới hạn từ này sẽ quyết định đáp án đúng cho câu hỏi.
- ONE WORD AND/ OR A NUMBER (Một từ và/ hoặc một số): Đối với trường hợp
này, bạn được viết 1 từ vựng và 1 số, tuy nhiên nếu bạn viết thành 2 từ vựng thì đáp
án sẽ là sai.
Ví dụ: “two classes”
→ Nếu câu trả lời là 2 classes (một từ và một số) → Đúng
→ Nhưng nếu bạn viết two classes (hai từ) → Sai
- “NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS” (Hai từ): Ngược lại với giới hạn từ ở trên, sẽ là
sai nếu bạn viết 1 từ và 1 số trong trường hợp này.
Ví dụ: “two classes”
→ Nếu câu trả lời là 2 classes (một từ và một số) → Sai
→ Nhưng nếu bạn viết two classes (hai từ) → Đúng
→ Trường hợp “TWO WORDS AND/ OR A NUMBER” hay “NO MORE THAN
THREE WORDS” cũng tương tự với Trường hợp 2 này.

Trường hợp 3: Write “NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS” - Viết không quá 3 từ.
Đây là trường hợp dễ nhất trong số 3 trường hợp. Vì, bạn có thể viết đáp án là cả một
cụm từ (gồm 3 từ) hay một từ (từ chính) đều đúng. Chỉ lưu ý là bạn không được viết
số đếm trong trường hợp này thôi.
Ví dụ: “very small groups”

→ Nếu đáp án của bạn là very small groups → Đúng
→ Hoặc nếu bạn viết là groups → Đúng
Do đó, trong đáp án của các bài luyện listening, sẽ có những đáp án ghi là:
(very) (small) groups → Bạn có thể điền đáp án là very small groups, hoặc small
groups hoặc groups đều được tính điểm

Thứ hai: Đoán trước đáp án
- Đoán dạng từ cần điền vào chỗ trống

Để điền vào 1 chỗ trống, bạn có thể cần một Noun (danh từ), Adj (tính từ), Verb (động
từ) hay Adv (trạng từ) … nhưng phần đa dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion sẽ
yêu cầu điền danh từ và động từ.
Bạn có thể đoán được dạng từ cần điền dựa vào ngữ pháp của các thông tin ở phía
trước/ sau chỗ trống.
- Đoán dạng thông tin cần điền

Chúng ta có thể đoán chủ đề cho từ vựng cần điền vào chỗ trống dựa vào các từ vựng
đứng trước, đứng sau, hay cả câu của câu hỏi.
Ví dụ 1: Many have both ............ and anxiety

→ Từ vựng cần điền vào chỗ trống là một danh từ chỉ một cảm xúc tiêu cực như từ
“anxiety” (sự lo lắng) nên nó cũng sẽ là danh từ không đếm được, ví dụ như
discomfort (sự không thoải mái), inconvenience (sự thiếu tiện lợi)............
→ Nhờ vào từ vựng đứng sau chỗ trống, chúng ta có thể khoanh vùng được nhóm từ
vựng cần điền vào câu hỏi.
Ví dụ 2: There may be conflict between people who have different ............

→ Bởi vì chúng ta đã có từ different nên chắc hẳn chỗ trống sẽ cần danh từ số nhiều.
Dựa vào nội dung của câu hỏi này, ta có thể đoán được từ cần điền chắc chắn mang
nghĩa gần sát với từ “quan điểm”, nên đáp án có thể opinions, perspectives, views,
ideas, visions ...

Tại sao cần xác định trước dạng từ và nhóm nghĩa từ vựng cho chỗ trống cần điền:
Việc xác định được các thông tin như vậy sẽ giúp bạn:
- Đưa ra đáp án chính xác. Ví dụ, trong một câu hỏi, khi nghe bạn không chắc là từ
đó có đuôi “s” hay không, nhờ vào việc xác định dạng từ bạn biết chỗ trống cần điền
là một Danh từ đếm được số nhiều, bạn có thể chắc chắn là đáp án phải có đuôi “s”
- Dễ dàng bắt được từ vựng chính xác cần điền vào chỗ trống trong bài nghe hơn:
Chúng ta đều biết là việc nghe hiểu được 100% nội dung bài nghe là điều khá khó
khăn, trong một bài nghe đôi khi chúng ta sẽ bị bỏ qua các thông tin quan trọng, mà
thông tin đó có thể là đáp án cho một câu hỏi nào đó → Việc bạn xác định được nhóm
từ vựng/ nghĩa của một chỗ trống cần điền giúp bạn PHẢN ỨNG NHANH hơn với
từ vựng xuất hiện trong bài nghe, giảm nguy cơ bỏ qua các thông tin cho câu trả lời.
Ví dụ nếu bạn xác định chỗ trống cần 1 động từ dạng V-ing thì bạn sẽ chú ý nhiều
hơn về việc nghe động từ V-ing thay bằng các động từ thường

Cách làm dạng bài Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion
Bước 1: Xác định giới hạn từ và các ý chính trong bài Completion
Phần giới hạn từ đã được mô tả kỹ càng ở trên, và giới hạn từ luôn được viết dưới
dạng CHỮ VIẾT HOA nên bạn cần chú ý kiểm tra trước khi nghe.
Luôn đọc trước những thông tin đã được cho xung quanh để xác định nội dung chính
của bài nghe.
Ví dụ:
Fitness Holidays
Location Main Focus Other comments
Ireland and Italy general fitness - personally designed programme

- also reduces 18 ……....
Greece 19 ……….. control - includes exercise on the beach
- Bài nghe trao đổi về những chuyến đi du lịch nhằm rèn luyện sức khoẻ.
- Bài nghe sẽ lần lượt nhắc đến một số địa điểm đi du lịch, rồi nói về mục đích chính
của chuyến đi này là gì, sau đó là nhận xét của mọi người tham gia về chuyến đi
- Bảng thông tin được đọc theo hàng ngang, theo thứ tự của câu hỏi, chứ không phải
theo hàng dọc
Bước 2: Xác định thông tin cần điền

- Câu 18 chắc hẳn phải là danh từ, vì nó đứng sau ngoại động từ reduce, ví dụ như
giảm chi phí, giảm thời gian…
- Câu 19 cần có một tính từ hoặc danh từ đứng trước từ control, ví dụ như kiểm soát
cân nặng, chiều cao, hoặc cơ bắp …. mà có liên quan đến fitness
Bước 3: Nghe audio và chọn đáp án

- Cần chọn đáp án đúng số lượng từ được cho
- Cần kiểm tra lại chính tả, chia danh từ động từ để phù hợp về cả ngữ pháp và ngữ
nghĩa với các từ xung quanh
Xác định nhóm nghĩa cho chỗ trống cần điền
→ Hơi khó để khoanh vùng nhóm nghĩa từ vựng cho câu hỏi này.

Exercise 1:
Questions 1-6
Preston Park Run

Details of run
Example
Day of Park Run:
Saturday
..........
Start of run: in front of the 1………………

Time of run: 2………………
Length of run: 3………………
At end of run: volunteer scans 4………………
Best way to register: on the 5………………
Cost of run: 6 £ ………………

Questions 7-10
Volunteering
Contact name: Pete 7………………

Phone number: 8………………
Activities:
• Setting up course
• 9……………… the runners
• 10 ………………for the weekly report

Exercise 2:
Questions 1-6
Short Story Competition

Entry Details
Example
Cost of entry:
£5
..........
Length of story Approximately 1………………

Story must include a 2………………
Minimum age: 3………………
Last entry date: 1st 4………………
Web address: www. 5……………….com
Don't: 6……………… the story to the organisers
Questions 7-10
Complete the sentences below
Judging and Prize Details
The competition is judged by 7………………

The top five stories will be available 8………………
The top story will be chosen by the 9………………
The first prize is a place at a writers’ workshop in 10………………

Exercise 3:
Questios 1-10
Complete the table below
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Community Centre Evening Classes

Class Where When Class Cost
Painting with Example At 1 ............pm What to bring £45 – four

watercolours hall
In the ........... on Tuesdays water jar and classes
set of 2 ............
Maori language The small room Starts in Small recorder £40 – five
at the 3 ............ 4 ............ classes
of the building
Digital Room 9 6 pm The 5 ............ 6 £............ –

photograph Wednesday for the camera eight classes
evenings
Questions 7-10
Complete the sentence below
7. The watercolours class suits people who are ......................

8. To find out about the Maori language class, contact Jason ......................
9. For the photography class, check the ...................... for the camera
10. There is a trip to a local ...................... in the final week of the photograph class.

Exercise 4:
Questions 1-10
Write ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Accommodation Form: Rental Properties
Example Answer
Name: Ryder
Jane ............
Contact phone number: 1 (0044)……………………..

Email address: 2 richard@…………………….co.uk
Occupation: a local 3…………………….
Type of accommodation: a 2-bedroom apartment wanted (must
have its own 4…………………….)
no 5……………………. required
(family bringing theirs)
Preferred location: near a 7…………………….
Maximum rent: 8. …………………….per month
Other requests: the accommodation has to be
9……………………. in their
How did you first hear about us? daytime
through a 10…………………….

Exercise 5:
Questions 1-6
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Hostel accommodation in Darwin

Name Price per person Comments and reviews
(dormitory rooms)
Example $19 • parking available

Top
................ • staff are 1......................
End Backpackers • nice pool
• air-conditioning is too 2 ......................
Gum Tree Lodge 3 $...................... • good quiet location

• pool and gardens
• 4...................... in the dormitories
Kangaroo Lodge $22 • downtown location

• reception at the lodge is always open
• no lockers in the rooms
• the 5...................... are very clean
• seems to be a 6...................... every night

Questions 7-10
Kangaroo lodge
Address: on 7...................... Lane
General Information about hostel accommodation
• sheets are provided
• can hire a 8......................
• 9 ...................... is included
• a shared 10 ......................is available

Exercise 6:
Questions 1-10
Hilary Lodge Retirement Home
Example
manager is Cathy
The name of the .................
Activities programme involving volunteers

Monday evenings: Computer training
• training needed in how to produce 1..................
Tuesday afternoons: singing
• the home has a 2.................. and someone to play it
Thursday mornings: growing 3..................
• The home doesn’t have many 4.................. for gardening
Once a month: meeting for volunteers and staff
Interview:
• Go in on 5.................. any time
• Interview with assistant called 6..................
• Address of home: 73 7.................. Road
‘Open house’ days
• Agreed to help on 8..................
• Will show visitors where to 9..................
• Possibility of talking to a 10.................. reporter

Exercise 7:
Questions 1 and 2
Example Answer
Type of job required: Part-time
............
1. Student is studying 1..................

2. Student is in the 2.................. year of the course
Questions 3-5
Position Available Where Problem
Receptionist In the 3.................. Evening lectures
4.................. In the Child Care Centre Too early
Clerical assistant In the 5.................. Evening lectures

Questions 6-10
Complete the form below
Student Details
Name: Anita Newman

Address: 6. ..................
Room No. 7..................
Other skills: Speaks some Japanese
Position available: 8 .................. at the English Language Centre
Duties: Respond to enquiries and 9 ..................
Time of interview: Friday at 10 .................. a.m

Exercise 8:
Questions 11-14
PACTON-ON-SEA BUS TOUR

Bus stops Location Things to see
Bus stop 1 Train station Start of tour
Bus stop 2 The aquarium Dolphins and 11………..
Bus stop 3 12 ……….. Yachts and power boats
Bus stop 4 13 ……….. centre Very old 14 ………..
Questions 15-20
15. You need to have a ……….. to buy a ticket for £10
16. The bus tour lasts ……….. in total
17. The cost of the bus ticket includes entrance to the ………..
18. You can listen to an audio commentary which has been made by the ………..
19. If the weather is wet, it is a good idea to bring ………..
20. Don't forget to bring your ……….. when you book online

Exercise 9:
Questions 13-18
Attraction Further information
STOP A: Palace • Has lovely 14..............

Main Booking office
• First boat: 8am
• Last boat: 13......pm
STOP B: 15 .............. • Has good 16.............. of city

centre
STOP C: Museum • Bookshop specialising in the

17 .............. of the local area
STOP D: Entertainment • 18 .............. cinema

complex • bowling alley
• video games arcade

Exercise 10:
Questions 11-15
The Dinosaur Museum

11. The museum closes at ..................... pm on Mondays
12. The museum is not open on .....................
13. School groups are met by tour guides in the .....................
14. The whole visit takes 90 minutes, including ..................... minutes for the guided
tour
15. There are ..................... behind the museum where students can have lunch.

Exercise 11:
Questions 11-16
THE NATIONAL ARTS CENTRE
Well-known for: 11 .....................

Complex consists concert rooms
of: theatres
cinemas
art galleries
public library
restaurants
a 12.....................
Historical 1940 – area destroyed by bombs
background: 1960s – 1970s – Centre was 13..................... and built
in 14..................... – opened to public
Managed by: the 15.....................
Open: 16..................... days per year

Questions 17-20
Day Time Event Venue Ticket price
Monday and 7.30 pm The Magic 17 .................... From £8.00

Tuesday Flute (opera by
Mozart)
Wednesday 8.00 pm 18 .................... Cinema 2 19 £..............

(Canadian film)
Saturday and 11 am to 10 pm 20 .................... Gallery 1 free

Sunday (art exhibition)

Exercise 12:
Questions 25-30
Necessary improvements to the existing Self-Access Centre

Equipment
- replace computers to create more space
Resources:
- The level of the 25 ..................... materials, in particular, should be
more clearly shown
- Update the 26 ..................... collection
- Buy some 27 ..................... and divide them up
Use of the room
- Speak to the teachers and organise a 28 ..................... for
supervising the centre
- Install an 29 .....................
- Restrict personal use of 30 ..................... on computers

Exercise 13:
Questions 27-30
Information/ visual aid Where from?
Overhead projector The 27……………….
Map of West Africa The 28……………….
Map of the islands A tourist brochure
Literacy figures The 29……………….
30..………….. on school places As above

Exercise 14:
Questions 34-40
Monosodium Glutamate (MSG)

• MSG contains
- Glutamate (78.2%)
- Sodium (12.2%)
- 34 ....................... (9.6%)
• Glutamate is found in foods that contain protein such as 35............... and 36 ...........
• MSG is used in foods in many different parts of the world
• In 1908 Kikunae Ikeda discovered a 37.......................
• Our ability to detect glutamate makes sense because it is so 38 .......................
naturally
• John Prescott suggests that:
- Sweetness tell us that a food contains carbohydrates
- 39 ....................... sourness tells us that a food is spoiled
- saltiness tells us that a food contains 40 .......................

Exercise 15:
Questions 21-23
Differences between individuals in the workplace
Individuals bring different :

• Ideas
• 21 .........................
• learning experiences
Work bahaviour differences are due to:
• personality
• 22 ........................
Effects of diversity on companies
• Advantage: diversity develops 23 ........................
• Disadvantage: diversity can cause conflict

Exercise 16:
Questions 31-40
Ceramics
31. Ceramics date back approximately .......................
32. The first figurines were made in the area of .......................
33. Early humans could not use their pots to store .......................
34. The Chinese improved the quality of ceramics by mixing ....................... with the
clay
35. Chinese porcelain was also called .......................
36. Bottger added quartz and ....................... to clay to make porcelain
Glass
37. Glass production is similar to clay ceramics apart from the rate of .....................
38. The Romans introduced the use of glass to make .......................
Concrete
39. The discovery of concrete is probably due to observing reactions of water and
.......................
40. The ability to build large ....................... contributed to the success of the Roman
Empire

Exercise 17:
Questions 31-40
Preparing and Giving a Presentation

Initial thoughts
Most important consideration: your audience
Three points to bear in mind:
- What they need to know
- How 31................ they will be
- How big the audience will be
Structure
Start with information that makes the audience 32................
End with 33................
Design
The presentation needs to be 34................
Vary content by using a mix of words and 35................
Presenting
Look at the audience, be enthusiastic and energetic
Voice – vary speed and 36................
Occasionally add 37................ for greater impact
Do not use 38................ (eg. appears, seems)
Questions and Interruptions

When asked a question, first of all you should 39................
Minimize interruptions by 40................ them

Exercise 18:
Questions 31-40
Write ONE WORD for each answer
Kite-making by the Mario people of New Zealand

Making and appearance of the kites
• The priests who made the kites had rules for size and scale
• 31 ...................... was not allowed during a kite’s preparation
Kites
• often represented a bird, a god or a 32 ......................
• had frames that were decorated with grasses and 33 ......................
• had a line of noisy 34 ...................... attached to them
• could be triangular, rectangular or 35 ...................... shaped
• had patterns made from clay mixed with 36 ...................... oil
• sometimes had human-head masks with 37 ...................... and a tattoo
Purpose and function of kites

• a way of sending 38 ...................... to the gods
• a way of telling other villages that a 39 ...................... was necessary
• a means of 40 ...................... if enemies were coming

Exercise 19:
Questions 31-40
History of Fireworks in Europe
13th – 16th centuries

• fireworks were introduced from China
• Their use was mainly to do with:
- War
- 31 ......................(in plays and festivals)
17th century
• Various features of 32 ..................... were shown in fireworks displays
• Scientists were interested in using ideas from fireworks displays
- to make human 33..................... possible
- to show the formation of 34 .....................
• London:
- scientists were distrustful at first
- later, they investigated 35 ..................... uses of fireworks (e.g for sailors)
• St Petersburg:
- Fireworks were seen as a method of 36 ..................... for people
• Paris:
- Displays emphasised the power of the 37 .....................
- Scientists aimed to provide 38.....................
• 18th century
- Italian fireworks specialists became influential
- Servandoni’s fireworks display followed the same pattern as an 39 .....................
- The appeal of fireworks extended to the middle classes
- Some displays demonstrated new scientific discoveries such as 40 .....................

Exercise 20:
Questions 31-40
New Caledonian crows and the use of tools

Examples of animals using tools
• Some chimpanzees use stones to break nuts
• Betty (New Caledonian crow) made a 31.......................... out of wire to move
a bucket of food
• Barney (New Caledonian crow) used sticks to find food
New Zealand and Oxford experiment
• Three stages: crows needed to move a 32......................... in order to reach a
short stick, then use the short stick to reach a long stick, then use the long stick to
reach food.
Oxford research
• Crows used sticks to investigate whether there was any 33.........................
from an object
• Research was inspired by seeing crows using tools on a piece of cloth to
investigate a spider design
• Barney used a stick to investigate a snake made of 34 .........................
• Pierre used a stick to investigate a 35.........................
• Corbeau used a stick to investigate a metal toad
• The crows only used sticks for the first contact
Conclusions for above research
• Ability to plan provides interesting evidence of the bird’s cognition
• Unclear whether this is evidence of the birds’ 36.........................
Exeter and Oxford research in New Caledonia
• Scientists have attached very small cameras to birds’ 37 .........................
• Food in the form of beetle larvae provides plenty of 38 ......................... for the
birds
• Larvae’s specific 39......................... composition can be identified in birds
that feed on them
• Scientists will analyse what the birds include in their 40 .........................

Dạng 7: Multiple choice
Multiple choice là dạng câu hỏi có nhiều sự lựa chọn, và từ những sự lựa chọn được
cho bạn cần tìm ra đáp án đúng và chính xác nhất. Multiple choice chắc chắn sẽ xuất
hiện ít nhất 1 lần trong bài thi Listening, và cũng là dạng câu hỏi có tỉ lệ sai cao
nhất.
a. Kiến thức
Đặc điểm dạng Multiple Choice Questions
Dưới đây là một vài ví dụ cho dạng câu hỏi Multiple Choice.
- Xuất hiện khá đa dạng trong bài thi IELTS Listening từ section 1 đến section 4.
Multiple choice đa dạng nhất ở section 2, đáp án thường sẽ khá ngắn dưới dạng từ
hoặc cụm từ và cũng không có quá nhiều từ mới trong cả đáp án và câu hỏi.

Ví dụ:
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
Information on company volunteering projects

11. How much time for volunteering does the company allow per employee?
A. two hours per week
B. one day per month
C. 8 hours per year
12. In feedback almost all employees said that volunteering improved their
A. chances of promotion
B. job satisfaction
C. relationships with colleagues
13. Last year some staff helped unemployed people with their
A. school
B. park
C. charity
14. This year the company will start a new volunteering project with a local
A. at the company’s training facility
B. at a college
C. in a community centre

Multiple choice cũng hay xuất hiện trong section 3 và 4 nhưng sẽ khó hơn nhiều so
với câu hỏi ở section 1 và 2. Câu hỏi, và cả đáp án đều trở nên dài hơn và đa dạng về
từ vựng hơn)
Questions 31 - 33
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
Wildlife in city gardens

31. What led the group to choose their topic?
A. They were concerned about the decline of one species
B. They were interested in the effects of city growth
C. They wanted to investigate a recent phenomenon
32. The exact proportion of land devoted to private gardens was confirmed by
A. consulting some official documents
B. taking large-scale photos
C. discussions with town surveyors
33. The group asked garden owners to

A. take part in formal interviews
B. keep a record of animals they saw
C. get in contact when they saw a rare species
- Trước 1 nhóm câu hỏi ở Multiple choice, bạn sẽ có tiêu đề giúp xác định nội dung
cơ bản của nhóm câu hỏi là gì.
Ví dụ 1 có tiêu đề là Information on company volunteering projects nên bài nghe
chắc sẽ nói về các chương trình tình nguyện của công ty nào đó
Ví dụ 2 có tiêu đề là Wildlife in city gardens nên sẽ nói về các loài động vật hoặc thực
vật hoang dã sống trong các ngôi vườn

- Có hai dạng Multiple choice xuất hiện trong IELTS Listening
Dạng 1 - dạng câu hỏi truyền thống - gồm 1 câu hỏi, 3 sự lựa chọn và 1 đáp án đúng
duy nhất
C. 8 hours per year
Bạn chỉ chọn duy nhất 1 đáp án đúng là A, B hoặc C và 1 đáp án đúng tương ứng với
1 câu
Dạng 2 - còn có tên khác là Pick from a list - gồm 1 câu hỏi, 5-7 sự lựa chọn và chọn
2-3 đáp án đúng. Mỗi đáp án tương ứng với 1 câu hỏi và người nghe chọn đúng đáp
án nào, được tính điểm đáp án đó.
Questions 25 - 27
Choose THREE letters, A - G
Which THREE topics does Sandra agree to include in the proposal?
A. climate change E. myths and legends
B. field trip activities F. plant and animal life
C. geographical features G. social history
D. impact of tourism
Ví dụ ở trên, bạn cần chọn 3 đáp án đúng trong 7 sự lựa chọn để trả lời câu hỏi
‘THREE topics Sandra agree to include in the proposal'. Ví dụ đáp án là A-B-C
nhưng bạn lại chọn A-B-D thì bạn vẫn được tính đúng 2 câu. Bạn có thể viết đáp án
theo bất kì thứ tự nào.
- Bài nghe sẽ nhắc đến những thông tin liên quan đến tất cả các đáp án nhằm giăng
bẫy người nghe, và tăng độ khó của câu hỏi

Lưu ý khi chọn đáp án cho dạng Multiple choice
Đáp án được chọn

Một lựa chọn là đáp án cho một câu hỏi không phải khi lựa chọn đó xuất hiện nhiều
keywords có trong audio mà nội dung của lựa chọn đó phải có NGHĨA TƯƠNG
ĐƯƠNG với nội dung trong audio.
Ví dụ: Audio: “I feel happy about what I have achieved”

(tôi cảm thấy vui vì những gì mình đã đạt được)
- Lựa chọn A. I don’t feel happy about what I have achieved
- Lựa chọn B. I am quite pleased with my achievement”
Mặc dù lựa chọn A xuất hiện nhiều từ keywords giống hệt trong audio (feel, happy
about, what I have achieved) nhưng ý nghĩa của A hoàn toàn trái ngược với thông
tin trong audio nên A không phải đáp án. Ngược lại, lựa chọn B không có một từ
keyword nào giống với audio nhưng về mặt ý nghĩa, B tương đương với thông tin
trong audio → B là đáp án

Đáp án sai
Có 3 trường hợp để kết luận 1 lựa chọn không phải là đáp án cho một câu hỏi. Khi
làm dạng câu hỏi Multiple Choice Questions, để khẳng định một lựa chọn là đúng,
bạn cần chứng minh đáp án khác là sai.
Trường hợp 1: Khi thông tin trong lựa chọn TRÁI NGƯỢC với thông tin trong
audio
Ví dụ:
Đáp án A: “I feel happy about what I have achieved”
Thông tin trong bài nghe: “I don’t feel happy about what I have achieved”
Thông tin ở A trái ngược với thông tin trong bài nghe nên không thể là đáp án
Trường hợp 2: Khi thông tin trong lựa chọn KHÔNG ĐƯỢC NHẮC TỚI trong
audio
Ví dụ:
Đáp án A: “I feel happy about what I have achieved”
Thông tin trong bài nghe: “I win a high prize that I have desired for a long time"
→ A không phải là đáp án vì trong bài nghe không đề cập đến cảm xúc vui hay
không.
→ Có thể nói cách loại trừ đáp án của Multiple choice trong Listening khá giống các
làm dạng bài True/ False/ Not given trong Reading. Để chứng minh đáp án này là
đúng thì bạn cần chứng minh đáp án kia là sai hoặc không được nhắc đến.

Cách làm dạng Multiple Choice Questions
Bước 1: Gạch chân keyword của câu hỏi và từng lựa chọn
Mục đích là để XÁC ĐỊNH ĐƯỢC Ý CHÍNH của câu hỏi và từng lựa chọn cũng như
sự khác nhau giữa mỗi sự lựa chọn là gì, chứ không phải mong đợi từ keyword đó
được xuất hiện trong audio
Thường bài nghe chỉ cho 20 đến 30 giây để đọc trước câu hỏi, nhưng câu hỏi ở Section
3 và Section 4 rất dài và khó về cả ngữ pháp và từ vựng. Vậy nên người nghe nên
tranh thủ thời gian còn thừa cho quá trình đọc câu hỏi và kiểm tra đáp án ở phần
Section 1 và 2 để đọc trước câu hỏi ở Section 3 và 4
Bước 2: Nghĩ đến một vài cách mà từng lựa chọn được diễn đạt trong bài nghe như
thế nào
Mục đích là để PHẢN ỨNG NHANH hơn khi nghe audio
C. 8 hours per year
Đáp án A có thể được diễn đạt là one hour on weekday and another hour on weekend
Đáp án B có thể được diễn đạt là no more than a day every month/ monthly

Bước 3: Nghe audio và chọn đáp án
- Bạn cần chú ý giọng của người nói tương ứng với tên nào, vì trong câu hỏi có khi sẽ
có những cụm như According to Anna (thì bạn phải nghe thông tin/ ý kiến Anna đưa
ra) hoặc What did John agree to do in the introduction of the presentation? (Thì câu
trả lời sẽ nằm ở đoạn thông tin mà John cung cấp)
- Bạn nên luyện tập kỹ năng Note-taking với dạng câu hỏi này, tức là vừa nghe vừa
viết nhanh những thông tin tóm tăts bạn nghe được. Lưu ý là các bạn chỉ nên viết
xuống thật nhanh các từ keywords (từ có liên quan đến nội dung câu hỏi và các lựa
chọn), và hãy tự tạo cho mình một bảng từ vựng viết tắt để giảm thiểu thời gian note
nhất có thể. (Ví dụ: students = stds, confident = conf, amount = amt, expensive =
expen…...)
Mục đích là có thông tin để ĐỐI CHIẾU với từng lựa chọn sau khi audio phát xong.
Một vài câu hỏi chúng ta có thể xác định được ngay đâu là đáp án, nhưng một vài
câu hỏi khó chúng ta cần có thêm thời gian để so sánh đối chiếu. Vì vậy, bản ghi chú
nhanh này sẽ là công cụ hỗ trợ đắc lực giúp bạn tìm đáp án cho các câu hỏi khó.

Exercise 1:
Listen and answer the questions about John and Sam’s holiday
1. Where does Sam recommend going for dinner?

A. Joe’s Cafe
B. The Captain’s Table
C. Mangan’s
2. Who is going to reserve the table?

A. John
B. Sam
C. The hotel receptionist
Exercise 2:
Questions 5-6
5. Why does a ticket for the museum cost £10?

A. The money is needed to fix parts of the building
B. The collection of Latin American art is unique
C. It is the only art museum in Europe
6. The tourist office assistant suggests going to the next town for a good restaurant
because
A. They overlook the sea
B. The restaurants are bigger
C. There are more restaurants to choose from
Source: Listening for IELT

Exercise 3:
Questions 1-2
Listen and choose TWO letters (A-E) to answer the question
Which of the following are myths about upper class Victorian families?
A. Families lived with servants

B. Children were mainly home schooled
C. Fathers occasionally taught their children Latin
D. The Victorians were not generous to the poor
E. Parents were strict with their children

Exercise 4:
You are going to hear a reviewer talking about films.

Listen and choose the correct answer A, B or c
1. What Happens in the Night is based on

A. Story the director was told
B. The director’s childhood
C. A comic book
2. The reviewer thinks What Happens in the Night is

A. the best horror film this year
B. visually stunning
C. difficult to understand
3. In real life, the stars of Happy as Larry

A. didn’t get on
B. fell in love
C. are best friends
4. The reviewer recommends you watch Happy as Larry if

A. you are a woman
B. you like romantic films
C. you liked Sonya’s other films

Exercise 5:
Now listen and answer questions 1-5

Choose the correct letter A, B and C
1. How long will it take to get to Paris?

A. About one hour
B. About three hours
C. About four hours
2. What should passengers do with their passports?

A. leave them with their steward
B. lock them away
C. carry them at all times
3. When should passengers be in the restaurant car for dinners?

A. 7.45 pm
B. 8.00 pm
C. 8.15 pm
4. What will the passengers do when the train gets to the Italian borders?
A. Change trains
B. Go on a tour
C. Have lunch in a local cafe
5. What should passengers not do?

A. Eat their own food on the train
B. Open their cabin window
C. Leave the train before it gets to Italy

Exercise 6:
Questions 1-3
Choose THREE letters A-F
Give three reasons why the Yellow Plaque scheme was started
A. to boost tourism
B. to raise awareness of local history
C. to increase knowledge of famous people
D. for publicity
E. for architectural preservation
F. to raise national awareness
Questions 4-6
Choose the correct letter A, B or C
4. The scheme has had the most success in

A. increasing the amount of tourism in the area
B. raising the profiles of the famous people featured
C. raising historical awareness
5. Successful Yellow Plaque nominees have to

A. have a nomination and 50 signatures
B. be approved by a central panel
C. have done something remarkable
6. The scheme is mainly funded by

A. the community
B. local councils
C. the tourist board

Exercise 7:
You are going to hear a writer talking about fame

Listen and answer the questions
How has fame changed? List THREE ways from below

A. The public now know almost everything about famous people
B. Famous people have lost their mystery
C. More people are famous nowadays
D. Fame is more short-lived
E. Talent is irrelevant in becoming famous
Who are the losers in fame? List THREE from below

A. Celebrities
B. Photographers
C. Executives
D. The public
E. Writers

Exercise 8:
Questions 11-16
Anglia Sculpture Park

11. The land where the Sculpture Park is located was previously
A. completely covered by forest
B. the site of a private house
C. occupied by a factory
12. What is unusual about the Anglia Sculpture Park?

A. Artists have made sculptures especially for it
B. Some of its sculptures were donated by the artists
C. It only shows contemporary sculptures
13. What is the theme of Joe Tremain’s burnt sculptures?

A. The contrast between nature and urban life
B. The effect of man on the environment
C. The violence of nature
14. The path by the Lower Lake

A. is rather wet in some places
B. has recently been repaired
C. is difficult to walk on
15. What does the speaker say about the Visitor Centre?
A. It is being enlarged at present
B. It has received an international award
C. It was designed by a Canadian architect
16. Today, visitors can buy snacks and sandwiches

A. at the kiosk
B. in the Terrace Room
C. at the Lower Lake Café

Exercise 9:
Questions 11-14
Choose the correct letter A, B and C
11. The next event at the hotel will be a

A. Trade fair
B. Wedding
C. Party
12. The number of guests will be

A. Less than 50
B. From 50 to 100
C. More than 100
13. Guests will start arriving at

A. 7.15
B. 7.30
C. 7.45
14. The entertainment will be at

A. live band
B. comedian
C. magician

Exercise 10:
Questions 11-12
Choose TWO letters A-E
Which TWO tasks will the volunteers in Group A be responsible for?
A. Widening pathways
B. Planting trees
C. Picking up rubbish
D. Putting up signs
E. Building fences
Questions 13-14
Which TWO items should volunteers in Group A bring with them?
A. Food and water
B. Boots
C. Gloves
D. Raincoats
E. Their own tools

Exercise 11:
Questions 21-26
Marketing report
21. Why did Leo choose instant coffee as the topic for his marketing report?
A. He found plenty of material on the topic
B. He had some practical experience in the area
C. He had an idea of a brand he wanted to target
22. Leo discovered that in Australia, recent technological developments

A. Are producing less healthy types of instant coffee
B. Are reducing the demand for instant coffee
C. Are improving the quality of instant coffee
23. What do the speakers agree about Leo’s table of coffee products?
A. It needs more explanation in the text
B. It is factually inaccurate in some places
C. It would be best to put this in the appendix
24. What do they decide about the description of Shaffers coffee as a market
followers?
A. Leo needs to define his terms
B. Leo needs to provide some more evidence
C. Peop need to put it in a different section
25. What does Anna say about originality in someone’s first marketing report?
A. Clear analysis of data can be considered original
B. Graphs and diagrams should be original, not copied
C. Reports should contain some original date collected by the student
26. What difference between his school assignments and this report has surprised
Leo?
A. Not knowing the criteria for getting a good mark
B. Being required to produce work without assistance
C. Having to do a great deal of research

Exercise 12:
Questions 9-10
Choose the letters A-E
Which TWO points does the lecturer give as disadvantages for living alone?
A. People living alone will need help from the community

B. It is more likely to foster a fragmented population
C. It creates an accommodation shortage
D. It is more expensive for an individual to live alone
E. People may have children too late

Exercise 13:
Questions 21-25
Food Waste
21. What point does Robert make about the 2013 study in Britain?
A. It focused more on packaging than wasted food
B. It proved that households produced more waste than restaurants
C. It included liquid waste as well as solid waste
22. The speakers agree that food waste reports should emphasise the connection
between carbon dioxide emissions and
A. food production
B. transport of food to landfill sites
C. distribution of food products
23. Television programmes now tend to focus on

A. the nutritional value of food products
B. the origin of food products
C. the chemicals found in food products
24. For Anna, the most significant point about food waste is
A. the moral aspect
B. the environmental impact
C. the economic effect
25. Anna and Robert decide to begin their presentation by

A. handing out a questionnaire
B. providing statistical evidence
C. showing images of wasted food

Exercise 14:
Questions 21-30
21. Dave Hadley says that the computer system has

A. Too many users
B. Never worked well
C. Become outdated
22. The main problem with the computer system is that it

A. is too slow
B. stops working
C. displays incorrect data
23. Timetabling has become an issue because

A. there is not enough time for anyone to do it
B. the system does not handle course options
C. the courses are constantly changing
24. To solve the timetabling issues, Randhir suggests that

A. students should create their own timetables
B. Dave should have someone assist him
C. the number of courses should be reduced
25. Randhir says that a new system may

A. need to be trialled
B. still have problems
C. be more economical
26. Improving the existing system will take

A. a few weeks
B. four to five months
C. nine months

Exercise 15:
Questions 21-25
21. Why has James chosen to do a case study on the company Furniture Rossi?
A. It has enjoyed global success
B. It is still in a developmenta phase
C. It is an example of a foreign company being rebranded for Australia
22. According to James, why did Luca Rossi start a furniture company?
A. Furniture-making was already a family occupation
B. Rossi saw a need for hand-crafted furniture
C. The work Rossi had done previously was unrewarding
23. What gave Firniture Rossi a competitive advantage over other furniture
companies?
A. its staff
B. its lower prices
C. its locally sourced products
24. What does the tutor recommend James does when writing the second draft of his
case study?
A. Provide more detailed references
B. Check for written accuracy
C. Add his own views
25. What do the tutor and James agree was wrong with James’ last presentation?
A. It was too short
B. It focused too much on statistics
C. There was not enough interaction with the audience

Exercise 16:
Questions 21-26
Presentation on the problems and potential of biofuels

21. Mike suggests they begin their presentation by
A. explaining what kind of harm is caused by fossil fuels
B. pointing out that biofuels were in use before fossil fuels
C. ensuring students know the difference between fossil fuels and biofuels
22. Karina doesn’t want to discuss the production of ethanol because

A. other students will already be familiar with the process
B. there will not be time to cover more important information
C. they many not provide an accurate description
23. Which source of biofuels do the students agree is least environmentally friendly?
A. Sugar cane
B. Corn
C. Canola
24. What is the main problem facing the development of the biofuel industry in the
USA?
A. Inadequate infrastructure for transporting ethanol
B. Not enough farmers growing biofuel crops
C. Little government support of biofuel development
25. Karina doubts that sugar cane production in Brazil will

A. lead to the loss of wildlife habitats
B. create a large number of jobs in the biofuel sector
C. continue to provide enough energy for the country’s needs
26. Karina and Mike conclude that in order to increase the use of biofuels
A. the price of fossil fuels must go up
B. more machinery must be adapted to use them
C. production methods must be more energy-efficient

Exercise 17:
Questions 35 and 36
Which does the speaker believe are TWO real benefits of online social networking?
A. People can gain higher self-esteem

B. People can access useful medical information
C. People can form relationships more quickly
D. People can improve academic performance
E. People can be reliably informed about current affairs
Questions 37-38
Which TWO problems related to online social networking will increase, according to
the speaker?
A. Criminal activity
B. Poorer grades at school
C. A decline in physical fitness
D. Less work done by employees
E. Loss of career prospects
Questions 39 and 40
Which TWO claims are made by Robin Dunbar about social networking sites?
A. They are not helpful for developing certain social skills

B. They cannot fully reveal a person’s real character
C. They are not a good starting point for building new relationships
D. They do not encourage people to widen their social circle
E. They will not retain their popularity with the young generation

Dạng 8: Matching
Matching có nghĩa là nối - nối giữa các đáp án được cho với câu hỏi để trùng khớp với
thông tin bài nghe. Matching cũng có thể hiểu là dạng phức tạp hoá của Multiple
choice - tức nó có phần khó hơn Multiple choice
a. Kiến thức
Một số đặc điểm của dạng Matching
- Matching xuất hiện rải rác khắp các section của một bài nghe, nhưng phổ biến
nhất là section 2 và section 4
- Là dạng câu hỏi nối các lựa chọn tương đương với từng câu hỏi. Đôi khi số lượng
đáp án được cung cấp nhiều hơn số lượng câu hỏi nên sẽ có một số đáp án không được
sử dụng mà chỉ đưa ra có mục đích làm nhiễu thông tin người nghe. Nhưng cũng có
tình huống số lượng đáp án bằng số lượng câu hỏi và mỗi đáp án sẽ được sử dụng duy
nhất 1 lần.
- Yêu cầu của Matching khá đa dạng, đôi khi có thể nối tên người với việc họ làm,
hoặc tên địa điểm với hoạt động xảy ra ở đó, hoặc tên một hoạt động nào đó với
những đặc điểm của nó ...... Hãy đọc kỹ câu hỏi để nắm bắt yêu cầu của dạng
Matching

Ví dụ của Matching xuất hiện ở section 1, tương ứng với 3 câu hỏi và có 3 sự lựa chọn
→ Thường thì mỗi sự lựa chọn sẽ là đáp án của 1 câu hỏi. Bạn cần nói các thiết bị/
cơ sở vật chất của một khách sạn với tình trạng sử dụng của nó (khách sạn có cung
cấp hay không, có phải trả thêm tiền để sử dụng hay không)
Questions 8 - 10
What is said about using each of the following hotel facilities?
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A, B or C,
next to questions 8 - 10
Availability
A. included in cost of hiring room
B. available at extra change
C. not available
Hotel facilities
8. outdoor swimming pool ............
9. gym ............
10. tennis courts ............

Ở ví dụ này, Matching xuất hiện ở section 2 với 7 sự lựa chọn nhưng lại chỉ có 6 câu
hỏi, vậy nên có lẽ sẽ có 1 đáp án không được sử dụng. Bạn được cho khá nhiều tên
của các tình nguyện viên và bạn cần nối tên với hoạt động họ đã làm để giúp mọi
người.
Questions 15 - 20
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A - G, next to
Questions 15-20.
What volunteers have helped people to do

A. overcome physical difficulties
B. rediscover skills not used for a long time
C. improve their communication skills
D. solve problems independently
E. escape isolation
F. remember past times
G. start a new hobby
Volunteers
15. Habib ............
16. Consuela ............
17. Minh ............
18. Tanya ............
19. Alexei ............
20. Juba ............

Ví dụ số 3 là sự xuất hiện của Matching ở section 3, trong đó có 6 câu hỏi và 8 sự lựa
chọn nên sẽ có hai sự lựa chọn không được sử dụng để nối với câu hỏi nào. Các câu
hỏi tương ứng với các phần khác nhau trong một bài diễn thuyết và sự lựa chọn từ
A đến H nhắc đến các hoạt động khác nhau mà sinh viên phải làm cho mỗi phần, và
người nghe phải nối thông tin phù hợp.
Questions 25 - 30
What action will the students take for each of the following sections of their
presentation?
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A - H, next to
Questions 25 - 30
Actions
A. make it more interactive
B. reduce visual input
C. add personal opinions
D. contact one of the researchers
E. make detailed notes
F. find information online
G. check timing
H. organise the content more clearly
Sections of presentation
25. Introduction . ...........
26. Discovery of the mammoth tooth ............
27. Initial questions asked by the researchers ............
28. Further research carried out on the island ............
29. Findings and possible explanations ............
30. Relevance to the present day ............

Ví dụ tiếp theo là sự xuất hiện của dạng Matching trong section 4 với 6 câu hỏi
nhưng chỉ có 3 sự lựa chọn, nên chắc chắn sẽ có sự lựa chọn A, B, C được sử dụng đến
lần thứ 2 hoặc thậm chí lần thứ 3. Đề bài yêu cầu nối những đặc điểm nghệ thuật
khác nhau với phong cách tương ứng.
Questions 31 - 36
Australian Aboriginal Rock Paintings

Which painting styles have the following features?
Painting Styles
A. Dynamic
B. Yam
C. Modern
Features
31. figures revealing bones .............
32. rounded figures .............
33. figures with parts missing .............
34. figures smaller than life size .............
35. sea creatures .............
36. plants .............

Cách làm dạng Matching
Bước 1: Tìm hiểu câu hỏi
- Bài nghe nói về điều gì? Bạn có thể nhìn vào tiêu đề của các câu hỏi và đáp án để
biết nội dung cơ bản của bài nghe
- Liệu có đáp án nào thừa? Hoặc có đáp án nào được sử dụng quá 1 lần không? Bạn
có thể so sánh số lựa câu hỏi và số sự lựa chọn để trả lời thông tin trên.
Bước 2: Nên đọc hiểu thật kỹ các sự lựa chọn hoặc câu hỏi và nghĩ xem chúng có thể
được diễn đạt như thế nào trong bài nghe. Mục đích là giúp bạn phản ứng nhanh hơn
khi nghe
Ví dụ

(các tình nguyện viên đã giúp mọi người làm gì)
A. overcome physical difficulties (vượt qua những khó khăn về thể chất)
B. rediscover skills not used for a long time (khám phá lại những kỹ năng
không sử dụng trong một thời gian dài)
C. improve their communication skills (cải thiện kỹ năng giao tiếp)
D. solve problems independently (giải quyết vấn đề một cách độc lập)
E. escape isolation (thoát khỏi sự cô lập)
F. remember past times (nhớ lại khoảng thời gian trong quá khứ)
G. start a new hobby (bắt đầu một sở thích mới)

Nghĩ đến một vài cách các lựa chọn có thể được paraphrase ví dụ như:
- overcome physical difficulties ≈ go through health problems/ manage to deal with

difficulties in physical health
- rediscover skills not used for a long time ≈ develop skills that have been no longer
used
- improve their communication skills ≈ develop the ability of expressing opinions
- solve problems independently ≈ deal with issues on their own/ handle problems by
themselves
- escape isolation ≈ get out of being alone/ don’t feel isolated
- remember past times ≈ recall the past/ remember the youth
- start a new hobby ≈ take up a new interest/ try a new thing that gets interested

- Tương tự như Multiple choice, bạn cũng nên học kỹ năng Note-taking khi thực
hiện dạng câu hỏi này. Vừa nghe, vừa ghi lại nhanh nhất một số thông tin chính của
bài nghe để đối chiếu phân tích và chọn đáp án
- Matching chính là dạng phức tạp hơn của Multiple choice.
Questions 15 - 20
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A - G, next to
Questions 15-20.

A. overcome physical difficulties
B. rediscover skills not used for a long time
C. improve their communication skills
D. solve problems independently
E. escape isolation
F. remember past times
G. start a new hobby
Volunteers
15. Habib ..............
16. Consuela ..............
17. Minh ..............
18. Tanya ..............
19. Alexei ..............
20. Juba ..............
Để chọn đáp án cho câu 15, bạn phải chọn 1 trong số 7 sự lựa chọn.
Để trả lời câu 16, bạn tiếp tục chọn 1 trong số 6 lựa chọn còn lại
Nếu muốn trả lời đúng câu 17, tiếp tục chọn 1 đáp án đúng trong số 5 đáp án còn lại
→ Hãy phân tích và chọn đáp án thật cẩn thận, vì nếu bạn chọn sai đáp án câu 15,
rất có thể bạn sẽ tiếp tục sai ở các câu hỏi sau.

https:/ drive.google.com/drive/folders/1uCwewZq0oshS-j2rMxSnkaHXQN3E-dEu
Exercise 1:
Listen to the conversation bettween a customer and a travel agent

Match the hotels to the facilities they offer
Write A-D next to questions 1-4
A. Fitness facilities
B. Business facilities
C. Training courses for water sports
D. Entertainment facilities
1. Hotel Sunshine ..................

2. The Highland Hotel ..................
3. Hotel Carminia ..................
4. The Royal ..................

Exercise 2:
Questions 7-10
Match the restaurants with their descriptions
Write ONE letter A-E next to questions 7-10
A. It is visited by famous people who work in entertainment

B. This restaurant has recently been bought by a new family
C. One family has managed the restaurant for over 100 years
D. It is expensive but serves high quality food
E. It has been decorated in a modern style
7. The Belleview ..................

8. The Lighthouse Cafe ..................
9. Harvey’s ..................
10. Stonecroft House ..................

Exercise 3:
Questions 4-6
In which city A-C are the company’s functions in 4-6 located?
A. Sydney
B. Perth
C. Melbourne
4. Marketing ..................
5. Staff training ..................
6. Administration ..................
Exercise 4:
Questions 7-10
Match the plaques to the people they represent
Write ONE letter A-F next to questions 7-10
A. Political figures
B. Charitable figures
C. Business people
D. Sporting figures
E. Artists
F. Writers
7. Red Plaque ..................

8. Grey Plaque ..................
9. White Plaque ..................
10. Green Plaque ..................

Exercise 5:
Questions 18-20
What does the guide say about each attraction?
questions 18-20
A. Aquarium
B. Crocodile Cave
C. Penguin Park
D. Seal Centre
E. Turtle Town
18. must not miss ..................

19. temporarily closed ..................
20. large queues ..................

Exercise 6:
Questions 15-17
Who will be responsible for the following jobs as the guests arrive?
questions 15-17
A. Susan
B. Ahmed
C. Gary
D. Olav
E. Monica
15. offer drinks to guests ..................

16. take guests’ coats and hats ..................
17. show guests where to go ..................

Exercise 7:
Questions 16-20
What comment does the speaker make about each of the following tracks?
Write the correct letter A, B or C next to questions 16-20
Track
16. North Point .................. A. It is possible to get lost here
17. Silver River .................. B. It only offers basic accommodation
18. Valley Crossing .................. C. It requires physical strength
19. Stonebridge ..................
20. Henderson Ridge ..................
Exercise 8:
Questions 16-20
Which crime prevention measure is proposed for each area affected by crime?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter A-G next to
questions 16-20
Proposed crime prevention Areas affected by crime

measures
A. Install more lighting 16. skate park ...............
B. Have more police officers on patrol 17. local primary schools ...............
C. Remove surrounding vegetation 18. Abbotsford street ...............
D. Contact local police 19. shops on Victoria Street ...............
E. Fix damage quickly 20. supermarket car park ...............
F. Change road design
G. Use security cameras

Exercise 9:
Questions 4-6
Match the areas of New York to the reasons affecting population change A-D in the
box
Choose ONE option for each question 4-6
4. Manhattan .................. A. Political reasons

5. Brooklyn .................. B. Economic reasons
6. Queens .................. C. Employment reasons
D. Cultural reasons
Exercise 10:
Questions 26-30
What advantages do the speakers identify for each of the following projects?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter A-G next to
questions 26-30
Advantages Projects
A. It should save time 26. edible patch ..........
B. It will create new jobs 27. ripeness sensor ..........
C. It will benefit local communities 28. waste tracking technology ..........
D. It will make money 29. smartphone application ..........
E. It will encourage personal responsibility 30. food waste compositing ..........
F. It will be easy to advertise
G. It will involve very little cost

Exercise 11:
Questions 21-27
What helped Stewart with each of the following stages in making his training film
for museum employees?
Choose SEVEN answers from the box and write the correct letter A-I next to
questions 21-27
What helped Stewart Stages in making the training

film for museum emplyees
A. Advice from friends 21. finding a location ..........
B. Information on a website 22. deciding on equipment ..........
C. Being allowed extra time 23. writing the script ..........
D. Meeting a professional film maker 24. casting ..........
E. Good weather condition 25. filming ..........
F. Getting a better computer 26. editing ..........
G. Support of a manager 27. designing the DVD cover ..........
H. Help from a family member
I. Work on a previous assignment

Exercise 12:
Questions 4-7
Who will cover the following weather conditions?
A. Alex
B. Emma
C. Tom
D. None of them
Write the correct letter A, B, C or D next to questions 4-7
4. blizzards .............
5. floods .............
6. drought .............
7. cyclones .............

Exercise 13:
Questions 26-30
In what time period can data from the float project help with the following things?
A. At present
B. In the near future
C. In the long-term future
26. understanding of El Nino ............

27. understanding of climate change ............
28. naval rescues ............
29. sustainable fishing practices ............
30. crop selection ............

Exercise 14:
Questions 23-26
What do the students decide about each topic for the geography presentation?
23. Geographical Location .............

24. Economy .............
25. Overview of Education System .............
26. Role of English Language .............
A. They will definitely include this topic

B. They might include this topic
C. They will not include this topic

Dạng 9: Summary Completion
Summary tức là 1 đoạn văn ngắn hơn so với bài nghe, tóm tắt lại những ý chính điển
hình nhất trong bài nghe. Dạng Summary Completion dạo gần đây thường xuất
hiện với tần suất ít hơn trong các bài thi IELTS Listening, nhưng khi đã xuất hiện
thì nó tập trung chủ yếu ở Section 3 và 4 và có độ khó khá cao.
a. Kiến thức
Một số đặc điểm của Summary Completion
- Là dạng câu hỏi điền từ còn thiếu vào chỗ trống với giới hạn từ cho trước (thường
dao động từ 1 đến 3 từ). Giới hạn từ sẽ được khẳng định ngay ở phần đầu của câu hỏi
- Thường xuất hiện trong Section 3 và Section 4 của bài thi IELTS Listening nên có
thể được xếp vào nhóm câu hỏi khó của IELTS Listening
- Bài Summary Completion sẽ có một tiêu đề giúp bạn nắm bắt được nội dung chính
của bài tóm tắt là gì.
- Giống như các dạng câu hỏi khác, thứ tự thông tin trong bài nghe sẽ trùng với thứ
tự câu hỏi.
Ví dụ Summary Completion xuất hiện trong Section 3 của bài thi IELTS Listening,
với giới hạn từ là không quá 2 từ cho 1 vị trí trống. Tên của bài tóm tắt là George's
experience of university nên ta đoán được Section 3 này sẽ nói về những trải nghiệm
của George khi đi học đại học.
Complete the summary below

George’s experience of university

George is studying Mechanical Engineering which involves several disciplines.
He is finding 23........ the most difficult. At the moment, his course is mainly
24.......... He will soon have an assignment which involves a study of 25 .............
He thinks there are too many 26............and would like less of them.

Dạng Summary Completion xuất hiện trong Section 4 của bài thi IELTS Listening
nhưng giới hạn chỉ là 1 từ duy nhất vào 1 vị trí trống. Tiêu đề của bài nghe là Health
and Hair, tức bài nghe sẽ nói về mối tương quan giữa tóc và sức khoẻ.

Health and Hair

Changes in diet will take longer to affect your hair than your 39..........
Vitamins C, D and E are all important for healthy hair and 40......... are one of
the best sources of Vitamin C.
Nguồn: The Official Guide to IELTS
- Đôi khi Summary Completion sẽ có một danh sách từ cho trước và bạn cần hoàn
thành vào chỗ trống bằng những từ được cho ở danh sách. Những từ vựng cho trước
này, hoặc được nhắc đến y hệt ở bài nghe, hoặc được diễn đạt bằng từ đồng nghĩa
trong bài nghe.
Note: Sự khác biệt giữa Summary Completion và Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion
Dạng Summary Completion về mặt hình thức giống với dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence
Completion hay thậm chí giống cả Form Completion nữa. Chúng đều yêu cầu người
nghe hoàn thành vào vị trí trống với từ vựng thích hợp.
Sự khác nhau ở đây là:
- Dạng Note/ Table/ Sentence Completion thì mỗi câu hỏi trong một đoạn Note/
Table/ Sentence là một câu riêng rẽ, hoặc thậm chí chỉ là một cụm từ tóm tắt lại ý
chính của bài nghe. Những thông tin liên quan với mỗi chỗ trống sẽ ít hơn, ngắn gọn
hơn.
- Dạng Summary Completion là một đoạn tóm tắt lại các ý chính của một phần
trong audio, vì vậy câu nọ liên kết với câu kia để tạo thành một đoạn văn hoàn
chỉnh. Vì thế, người nghe phải ghi nhớ nhiều thông tin hơn khi làm Summary Com-
pletion và khó khăn khi xác định từ cần điền là gì.

Cách làm dạng Summary Completion
Bước 1: Xác định giới hạn từ cần điền vào mỗi chỗ trống
- Giới hạn từ cần điền thường dao động trong khoảng 1 - 3 từ

- Xác định giới hạn từ giúp bạn tránh được lỗi điền thừa/ thiếu thông tin vào câu trả
lời
Bước 2: Phân tích thông tin có sẵn
- Đọc tiêu đề của bài Summary để biết đại ý chính của bài nghe
- Gạch chân keywords (từ khóa) giúp hiểu nội dung chính của câu hỏi và giúp dễ
dàng
bắt được vị trí chứa thông tin cho một câu hỏi. Từ khoá chính ở đây thường là danh
từ, động từ, tính từ mang ý nghĩa đặc trưng nhất của đoạn văn.
- Rất nên chú ý đến những từ khoá sẽ không bị diễn đạt lại bằng từ đồng nghĩa trong
bài nghe, như tên riêng, thuật ngữ chuyên ngành, thời gian ….. vì những từ vựng này
sẽ là cột mốc giúp bạn định hình bài nghe đang nói chỗ nào, nói về cái gì.
Bước 3: Phân tích câu trả lời
- Bạn nên chia nhỏ bài Summary thành nhiều câu văn nhỏ để phân tích dễ hơn
- Xác định từ loại (danh từ, động từ, tính từ ... ) và loại thông tin vào mỗi chỗ trống.
Việc xác định như vậy giúp bạn dễ dàng trong việc nghe hiểu và bắt được từ cần điền
vào mỗi câu hỏi hơn.
- Cố gắng đoán những đáp án khả dụng. Liệu rằng thông tin cần điền sẽ là cái gì,
nơi chốn, sự vật, sự việc hay con người …. để bạn nghe có định hướng hơn.

Ví dụ:

Looking for Asian honey bees

Birds called Rainbow Bee Eaters eat only 25............. , and cough up small bits
of skeleton and other products in a pellet.
Researchers go to the locations the bee eaters like to use for 26............. They
collect the pellets and take them to a 27............. for analysis.
Here 28............. is used to soften them, and the researchers look for the 29
............. of Asian bees in the pellets.
The benefit of this research is that the result is more 30............. than searching
for live Asian bees.
Nguồn: Cambridge 8 - Test 2
Đề bài viết Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer nên với mỗi chỗ trống/ câu hỏi,
chỉ được phép điền 1 từ duy nhất.
Câu 25: Birds called Rainbow Bee Eaters eat only 25......, and cough up small bits of
skeleton and other products in a pellet.
- Từ Rainbow Bee Eaters sẽ không được paraphrase khi nghe nên chúng ta có thể
bám vào từ này để định vị vị trí đáp án câu 25 trong bài nghe.
- Nhờ có từ eat only ...... nên ta sẽ biết ở vị trí 25, ta cần điền 1 danh từ chỉ một món
ăn nào đó của con Rainbow Bee Eaters, ví dụ như nó chỉ ăn thịt, ăn côn trùng, ăn
sâu, ......
- Thông tin cough up small bits of skeleton and other products in a pellet giúp hoàn
thiện câu, nhưng không có chứa đáp án nên bạn có thể không cần quá chú ý.

Câu 26: Researchers go to the locations the bee eaters like to use for 26..........
- Từ locations là nội dung chính, lúc nào bài nghe nhắc tới địa điểm mà các nhà khoa
học đi tới thì ta sẽ cần chú ý để chọn thông tin thích hợp câu 26.
- the bee eaters like to use for…. đóng vai trò bổ sung mô tả cho locations, có thể là
những địa điểm con Rainbow Bee Eaters thích đến để ăn/ ngủ/ đẻ trứng/.......... nên
vị trí 26 hoặc sẽ là một danh từ, hoặc khả năng câu hơn là động từ ở dạng V-ing
Câu 27: They collect the pellets and take them to a 27.......... for analysis.
- Ý chính của câu này là collect the pellets và đây cũng là cụm từ giúp bạn xác định
vị trí thông tin liên quan đến câu 27
- Sau khi các nhà nghiên cứu thu thập pellets, họ sẽ mang đến một nơi nào đó để
phân tích, vậy nên câu 27 chắc chắn cần 1 danh từ chỉ nơi chốn, ở dạng số ít. Thường
thì để phân tích, mình sẽ đưa mẫu đến phòng thí nghiệm (laboratory) hoặc phòng
nghiên cứu (research room).....
Thực hiện tương tự với các vị trí trống tiếp theo
Bước 4: Nghe audio và điền đáp án
- Song song với việc nghe, bạn cần đồng thời đối chiếu từ đồng nghĩa giữa bài nghe
và phần Summary.
Ví dụ khi đang nghe thông tin câu 25, bài nghe nhắc đến: The unique food for these
bees is …. thì bạn cần nhanh chóng nhận ra rằng: the unique food = eat only
- Nếu bạn nghe được 1 từ có thể là đáp án và/hoặc bạn biết nghĩa tiếng Việt của từ
này nhưng chưa nhận ra các đánh vần của nó, hãy nhanh chóng ghi lại nghĩa/ cách
phát âm của đáp án đó. Bạn sẽ có thời gian kiểm tra lại đáp án cuối mỗi section.
- Đáp án điền vào mỗi chỗ trống cần phù hợp về cả ngữ pháp và ngữ nghĩa với bài
tóm tắt

Exercise 1:
Questions 1-4
Summary
Paul was interested in the 1.................. so took an ecology course at university. The
course included a section on 2.................... and an interesting lecture caused him to
quickly change his degree.
Paul says working in palarontology can be difficult and he describes the conditions
as 3................. However, the discovery of a 4.................... from an ancient animal
made him realise he had made the right choice.

Exercise 2:
Questions 31-34
Sundials
With the sundial, daylight was measured in twelve 31.................. which were longer
and shorter depending on the seasons. The first known sundial is a 32...............
sundial from Egypt. After some development, sundial could measure time accurately
despite seasonal changes and 33............ People have sundials today as 34...............
items in their gardens.

Exercise 3:
Questions 7-10
Benchmark Consulting – company vision for the future

Over the next five years, Benchmark Consulting will create two 7..............................
companies in order to increase business with European and Asian organisations. In
all departments, more 8...................... will be recruited over the next year, and to
ensure Benchmark Consulting is a good choice for potential employees, salaries for
staff will be raised by 9......................... Staff who will have to move to a different city
following the restructure will receive a 10............................. to assist with expenses.
Exercise 4:
Questions 1-4
Listen and complete the summary
Fire evacuation summary

If the fire alarm is activated, all staff should exit the building using the main stairs
unless it sounds at 11.00 am on Tuesday, in which case it is 1............................... Do
not waste time by picking up any bags or 2.............................. Once outside the
building, staff should follow the 3......................... who will direct them to the waiting
area at the back of the building. Each department has an appointed fire safety
officer who is responsible for checking all their staff have left the office. This person
must then report any 4........................ to the fire safety manager. The fire safety
manager will notify people when it is safe to return.

Exercise 5:
Questions 8-10
Complete the summary below using words from the box
Write ONE option A-H next to 8-10
Project content summary

The alternative energy project will cover 3 main areas: a comparison, a price
8.................. and an analysis. The students will use information given to them by
their tutor and government 9.......................... Using a system of comparison between
the data sets they will 10................. any discrepancies for further analysis
A data D demonstrate G reduction

B highlight E prediction
C statistics F evaluate

Exercise 6:
Questions 1-5
Complete the summary below with the correct words a-l
Write ONE option a-l next to 1-5
The students are preparing for their 1........................... discussion by discussing the
various theories presented by academics in the fields of 2........................ energy.
Overall, they agree with the academics that the most sustainable long term
3........................ energy source is nuclear but they are concerned about the
4........................ based on past disasters around the world. The students are unable to
agree on the cost-to-benefit ratio of sources such as wind and solar because the
academic 5........................ appears to be inconclusive.
a. dangers b. price c. alternative d. cost effectice

e. problems f. evidence g. different h. nuclear
i. research j. benefits k. tutorial l. seminar

Exercise 7:
Questions 21-25
The school of Education Libraries
The libraries on both sites provide internet access and have a variety of 21...................
materials on education.
The Castle Road library has books on sociology, together with 22.................. and other
resources relevant to the majority of 23..................... school subjects.
The Fordham library includes resources for teaching in 24..................... education and
special needs
Current issues of periodicals are available at both libraries, although 25........... issues are
only available at Fordham.

Exercise 8:
Questions 26-30
Business centre
The Business Resource Centre contains materials such as books and manuals to be
used for training. It is possible to hire 26.................... and 27....................
There are materials for working on study skills (eg. 28.....................) and other
subjects include finance and 29.....................
30...........................membership costs £50 per year.
Exercise 9:
Questions 25-30
Looking for Asian honey bees

Birds called Rainbow Bee Eaters eat only 25..................., and cough up small bits of
skeleton and other products in a pellet.
Researchers go to the locations the bee eaters like to use for 26.................. They
collect the pellets and take them to a 27.................... for analysis. Here 28
.................... is used to soften them and the researchers look for the 29.................. of
Asian bees in the pellets
The benefit of this research is that the result is more 30.................. than searching
for live Asian bees.

Exercise 10:
Questions 31 – 34
The ‘weak-tie’ theory: how friends-of-friends influence us

In 1973, Mark Granovetter claimed that the influence of ‘weak-ties’ can affect the
behavior of populations in the fields of information science, politics and
31.................... Although friends-of-friends may be unlike us, they have similar
enough 32................. to have a beneficial effect on our lives. An example of this
influence is when we hear about 33 .................... because information about them is
provided by weak-ties. Since Granovetter proposed his theory, other studies have
shown that weak-tie networks also benefit our 40.......................
Exercise 11:
Questions 23-26
George’s experience of university

George is studying Mechanical Engineering which involves several disciplines. He is
finding 23………….….. the most difficult. At the moment, his course is mainly
24………..……. He will soon have an assignment which involves a study of
25……….……… He thinks there are too many 26…………..… and would like less
of them

Sau khi đã luyện tập 4 kỹ năng theo dạng câu hỏi và nắm vững cách làm bài, bạn
cần làm gì tiếp theo?
Luyện đề
Đây là giai đoạn bạn tiếp xúc với bài thi thật, làm chúng trong thời gian quy định,
sau đó kiểm tra trình độ của mình và rút kinh nghiệm thật nhiều.
Bạn có thể sử dụng bộ sách chuyên sâu mình biên soạn cho quá trình luyện đề như
sau:
https:/ ielts-thanhloan.com/san-pham/ebook-luyen-ielts-reading/ https:/ ielts-thanhloan.com/san-pham/ebook-luyen-ielts-writing/ https:/ ielts-thanhloan.com/san-pham/ebook-luyen-ielts-speaking/ https:/ ielts-thanhloan.com/san-pham/ebook-luyen-ielts-vocabulary/
Cảm ơn sự ủng hộ của bạn!
Thanh Loan

KEY
DẠNG 1: LETTERS AND NUMBERS
Exercise 1:
1. Barbara Cooper 5. Martha Hunt

2. John Murphy 6. James Black
3. Step hen 7. Greenwich
4. Adelaide 8. Terry Fisher
Transcript
1. My name is Barbara Cooper. I’ll spell it for you Barbara, B-A-R-B-A-R-A, Cooper,
C-O-O-P-E-R. Did you get it? I’m Barbara Cooper.
2. Do you need my full name? My first name’s John, J-O-H-N. Yes, J-O-H-N. And my
surname’s Murphy, M-U-R-P-H-Y.
3. A: MY Christian name is Stephen
B: Now, there are different ways of spelling that, aren’t there?
A: Yes, Mine’s P-H
B: Pardon?
A: You spell it S-T-E-P-H-E-N
B: Thank you
4. A: Place of birth, please madam
B: Adelaide. A-D-E-L-A-I-D-E. Would you like me to spell it again?
A-D-E-L-A-I-D-E
5. A: Hello. I’d like to order a book by Martha Hunt.
B: Hello? It’s not a very good line, is it?
A: Martha Hunt, M-A-R-T-H-A H-U-N-Y. That’s it. The title of the book is Slight.
6. Hello, er… I have a reservation. The name’s James, James Black.
7. A: Where do you live?
B: A suburb of London called Greenwich
A: Gren
B: No, no. G-R double E-N-W-I-C-H, Greenwich
8. A. Hello, I have an appointment with Miss Parker
B. Your name, please?
Terry Fisher. That’s T-E-R-R-Y, Terry, F-I-S-H-E-R, Fisher
Thank you

Exercise 2:
1. EDINBURGH 11. SHEFFIELD

2. GLASGOW 12. LEICESTER
3. ABERDEEN 13. LIVERPOOL
4. DUNDEE 14. BIRMINGRAM
5. CARDIFF 15. NOTTINGHAM
6. SWANSEA 16. COVENTRY
7. NEWPORT 17. BRISTOL
8. BELFAST 18. BRADFORD
9. MANCHESTER 19. LONDON
10. LEEDS 20. BRIGHTON
Exercise 3:
1. make a person-to-person call to Leeds

2. David Barker
3. 5027745
Transcript
Operator: Long distance. May I help you?
Caller: Yes. I want to make a person-to person call to Leeds, please Q1
Operator: What is the name of the person, please?
Caller: David Barker
Operator: How do you spell that? Q2
Caller: It’s B-A-R-K-E-R
Operator: And what is the number?
Caller: It’s 5027745, but I don’t have the area code. Q3
Operator: Just a minute, please

Exercise 4:
1. Manchester
2. John Able
3. 2418 Grestone Road
4. 3659783
Transcript
Enquirer: Manchester. I’d like to have the telephone number of Mr. John Q1
Abel, please. Q2
Operator: Yes, ma’am. How do you spell his last name?
Enquirer: It’s A-B-E-L, Abel.
Operator: Thank you. and could you tell me his address?
Enquirer: It’s 2418 Grestone Road Q3
Operator: The number is 3659783. Q4
Enquirer: 3659783. Thank you very much
Operator: You’re welcome. Have a good day.

Exercise 5:
Name Where from Subject
Charles Leeds Music

Liz 1. Finland 2. Computer science
Chris 3. The United States 4. Engineering
Paulo 5. Japan 6. English
Transcript
Example: My name is Charles Chang from Leeds. I’m studying music here.
1. I’m Elizabeth Sheen from Finland. You can call me Liz. It is spelled L-I-Z, Q1
easy to remember. I’m studying computer science. Q2
2. I’m Chris, C-H-R-I-S, from the United States. I’m studying engineering. Q3-Q4
3. My name is Paulo White and I come from Japan, and I’m studying English. Q5-Q6
Exercise 6:
1. 46 4. 40 7. 43 10. 87
2. 13 5. 29 8. 38
3. 26 6. 18 9. 12
Transcript
1. The sweater costs 46 pounds
2. Tom bought 13 books yesterday.
3. Mary is 26 years old.
4. Janet was 40 minutes late.
5. There are 29 students in my class.
6. My grandfather has 18 grandchildren.
7. Bill was size 43.
8. The temperature was 38oC yesterday.
9. The train arrived at 12 o’clock.
10. I got 87 on my English test.

Exercise 7:
1. Edinburgh
2. Diana Paxton
3. 932 Beach Road
4. 4023685
Transcript
Enquirer: Edinburgh. I want to have the telephone number of Mrs. Diana Q1
Paxton, please. Q2
Operator: Yes, ma’am. Could you spell her last name, please?
Enquirer: Yes. It’s P-A-X-T-O-N, Paxton
Operator: Thank you, and her address?
Enquirer: 932 Beach Road. Q3
Operator: The number is 4023685 Q4
Enquirer: 4023685. Thank you very much.
Operator: You’re welcome.

Exercise 8:
1. WILLIAMS
2. Peter
3. Canada
4. 25
5. 9 Crew Street RC4
6. 2342965
Transcript
Secretary: Good morning. Can I help you?
Student: Yes. I’d like to enroll for the course.
Secretary: Certainly. What’s your surname please?
Student: Williams. Q1
Secretary: Could you spell that for me?
Student: Yes. It’s W-I-L-L-I-A-M-S
Secretary: Thank you. What’s your first name?
Student: Peter. That’s spelled P-E-T-E-R Q2
Secretary: Thanks. Where are you from, Mr. Williams?
Student: Canada Q3
Secretary: I see. Where do you live now?
Student: I live at 9 Crew Street RC4 and my telephone number is Q5
2342965 Q6
Secretary: Your number is 2342965
Student: Yes, that’s right
Secretary: Thank you. How old are you?
Student: 25 Q4
Secretary: Thanks

Exercise 9:
1. TURNBALL
2. Gill
3. Australia
4. 23
5. 32 Broadway SE23
6. 2073346
Transcript
Secretary: Good morning. Can I help you?
Student: Turnball Q1
Student: Yes. It’s T-U-R-N-B-A-L-L
Student: Gill. That’s spelled G-I-L-L Q2
Secretary: Thanks. Where are you from, Ms. Turnball?
Student: I come from Australia Q3
Secretary: I see. Where do you live now?
Student: Now I live with my sister. Her address is 32 RoadWay SE23. Q5
Her telephone number is 2073346. Q6
Secretary: Thank you. How old are you?
Student: 23 Q4
Secretary: Thank you

Exercise 10:
1. POTTERS
2. Mike
3. The United States
4. 27
5. 45 Hardcourt Lane E24
6. 3653241
Transcript
Secretary: Good afternoon. Can I help you?

Student: Potters Q1
Student: Yes. It’s P-O-T-T-E-R-S
Student: Mike. That’s spelled M-I-K-E Q2
Secretary: Thanks. Where are you from?
Student: The United States Q3
Secretary: I see. How old are you?
Student: 23 Q4
Secretary: Good. Where do you live now?
Student: I live in 45 Hardcourt Lane E24. Q5
Secretary: I see…. and do you have a telephone number?
Student: Yes, 3653241 Q6
Secretary: Thanks.

Exercise 11:
1. 2:45 6. 12:30
2. 5:20 7. 11:05
3. 7:30 8. 17:40
4. 6:20 9. 22:50
5. 8:00 10. 15:30
Transcript
1. A: Excuse me. Can you tell me the time, please
B: Yes. It’s a quarter to three
2. A: Do you have the right time, please?
B: I think it’s twenty past five
3. A: Do you know what time the next bus is, please?
B: Yes. It’s half past five.
4. A. What time do you finish your work today?
B. Twenty past six.
5. A: When do the shops open, please?
B: At eight o’clock
6. A: What time does the London train leave, please?
B. Twelve thirty
7. A: What’s the next train to Birmingham, please?
B: Seventeen forty
8. A: Excuse me, please. What time does the Liverpool train arrive?
B: Twenty-two fifty
9. A: When does the Paris flight leave, please?
B: Twenty-two fifty
10. A: What time’s the next flight to Amsterdam, please?
B: Fifteen thirty

Exercise 12:
1 9:30; 11:30
2. 50
3. 10:30
4. 15
5. an hour
Transcript
A: Have you got your timetable?
B: Yes, I have
A: When do we have Dr. Kent’s lecture?
B: Monday morning at nine thirty and then at eleven thirty, Q1
mm… also Friday morning at ten thirty. Q3
A: How long do they last?
B: An hour Q5
A: Which rooms are they in?
B: The Monday morning lectures take place in Room 50. The Friday Q2
morning one is in Room 15. Q4
Vocabulary:
- Timetable (noun): thời gian biểu

Meaning: a list showing the times at which particular events will happen

Exercise 13:
Platform No. Time Destination
1. 4 13:30 Cambridge
2. 2 14:20 Bimingham
3. 3 16:40 Liverpool
4. 1 7:30 London
5. 5 9:10 Leeds
6. 2 10:30 Oxford
7. 5 11:05 Leeds
8. 3 11:30 Manchester
Transcript
1. The train now standing at Platform 4 is the 13:30 to Cambridge.
2. The express train the Birmingham is now due in on Platform 2 at 14:20.
3. The next train to arrive at Platform 3 is the 16:40 to Liverpool.
4. The next train to London will depart from Platform 1 at 7:30.
5. British Rail apologises for the delay to Leeds. It will now depart at 9:10 from
Platform 5.
6. The next train to Oxford will depart from Platform 2 at 10:30.
7. The train now standing at Platform 5 is the 11:05 to Leeds.
8. British Rail apologises for the delay to the Manchester train. It will now depart at
11:30 from Platform 3.
Vocabulary:
- Depart (verb): khởi hành

Meaning: to leave a place, especially to start a trip
- Apologise (verb): xin lỗi

Meaning: (to somebody) (for something) to say that you are sorry for doing
something wrong or causing a problem

Exercise 14:
Area People/sq km
UK 234
European Community 143
England 364
Greater London 4263
Scotland 56
Wales 138
Northern Ireland 112
City Area (sq kms) Population (thousand)
Greater London 1580 6735.4

Birmingham 264 993.7
Leeds 562 709.6
Glasgow 198 703.2
Edinburgh 261 433.5
Manchester 116 445.9
Bristol 110 377.7
Conventry 97 306.2

TRANSCRIPT
The population density of the UK is about 234 inhabitants per square

kilometre, which is well above the European Community average of 143 per square
kilometre. England is the most densely populated member of EC with 364 people
per square kilometre (with Greater London having a density according to the latest
figure of 4263 people per square kilometre) and Scotland the least densely
populated with 56 people per square kilometre, while Wales and Northern Ireland
have 138 and 112 people per square kilometre respectively. Now let’s turn to the
figures for some of Britain’s largest urban areas.
Greater London, the first city in the list, has an area of 1580 square kilometres. It
also has a large population of 6735.4 thousand in 1988. Birmingham in the English
Midlands is 264 square kilometres in area with a population of 993.7 thousand.
Leeds, the largest city in the north of England, is 562 square kilometres with a
population of 709.6 thousand. The industrial Scottish town of Glasgow, with an area
of 198 square kilometres, has a surprisingly high population of 703.2 thousand.
Edinburgh, Scotland’s capital, with an area of 261 square kilometres, has a
population of 433.5 thousand. Manchester is 116 square kilometres with a
population of 445.9 thousand. Bristol on the southwest of England is 110 square
kilometres with a population of 377.7 thousand. In the Midlands, Conventry is the
smallest city in this list. It’s 97 square kilometres with a population of only 306.2
thousand.
Vocabulary:
- population density (noun): mật độ dân số

Meaning: a measurement of population per unit area or unit volume
- inhabitant (noun): cư dân

Meaning: a person or an animal that lives in a particular place
- densely populated (adj): dân cư đông đúc

Meaning: with a lot of things or people close together

Exercise 15:
Countries China Japan Korea Thailand
Young people (%) who agree
A woman's place is in the 12% 6. 52% 12. 39% 19. 45%

home
If a couple both earn money, 1. 93% 7. 89% 13. 80% 20. 86%
both should share the
housework
Men and women should be 2. 85% 8. 89% 14. 75% 21. 87%
paid the same for the same
job
Nursing is women’s work 3. 80% 9. 65% 15. 85% 22. 92%
Mining is men’s work 90% 10. 90% 16. 87% 23. 95%
Cooking should still be done 4. 13% 82% 17. 65% 24. 47%
by women
Washing clothes should still 5. 7% 11. 75% 18. 62% 25. 67%
be done by women

TRANSCRIPT
Researchers have done some investigation into what young people believe is a
woman’s place in society. Here is a report on some of their findings.
The Chinese are consistent supporters of sex equality with only 12% of young
people believing that a woman’s place is in the home. 93% are enthusiastic about
sharing the housework and 85% of them believe that women should be paid the
same for doing the same job. 80% think that nursing is a woman’s job and 90% of
them believe that mining is only men’s work. 13% of Chinese, an extremely low
percentage, believe cooking is solely a woman’s job and 7%, even fewer, think that
only she should do the washing.
For a more traditional view of a woman’s place, turn to the Japanese. 52% think
women belong in the home. 89% of young people believe that a couple should share
the housework and get equal pay for doing the same job. 65% of them believe
nursing is a good job for women and 90% believe that mining is solely men’s work.
75% of them believe a woman should do the washing and 82% of them think she
should do the cooking at home.
80% of Koreans believe men and women should get the same pay for the same job.
39% believe a woman’s place is in the home. 75% of them believe that housework
should be shared between men and women if both work, but there’s almost a
complete reversal when it comes to doing the washing and cooking. Here, very few
believe in sharing the work. 62% and 65% respectively believe that women should
do both. 85% of Koreans believe nursing is a woman’s job and 87% think mining is
a man’s job.
Turning to Thailand, we find a country that’s not over enthusiastic about equality:
45% of young people believe that a woman should stay at home. However, there’s an
interesting 20% gap between whether cooking and washing are solely women’s
jobs. 67% vote for women doing the washing, while only 47% feel the same way
about cooking and 86% of Thais believe that housework should be shared between
men and women. 87% of young people believe that men and women should be paid
the same for the same job. 92% think nursing is women’s work and 95% of them
believe mining should be done by men.

Vocabulary:
- investigation (noun): sự điều tra

Meaning: an official examination of the facts about a situation, crime, etc.
- sex equality (noun): sự bình đẳng giới

Meaning: the fact of being equal in gender
- enthusiastic (adjective): nhiệt tình

Meaning: feeling or showing a lot of excitement and interest about
somebody/something
- solely (adv): một mình

Meaning: only; not involving somebody/something else
- when it comes to (phrase): khi nhắc đến

Meaning: when it is a question of something
- respectively (adv): lần lượt theo thứ tự

Meaning: in the same order as the people or things already mentioned

DẠNG 2: FORM COMPLETION
Exercise 1:
1. Clarice Willard 6. town centre

2. 01928734566 7. 350
3. family member 8. bills
4. flat/apartment 9. 57 Thorney Leys
5. 2/two 10. email/e-mail
Transcript
Man: Hello. Good Moves Accommodation Agency. Ben speaking. How can I
help?
Woman: Good morning. I’m calling about an apartment on your website, and was
wondering if I could have some more information.
M: Certainly. Can I take your details before we get started?
W: Sure.
M: Right, what’s your name, please?
W: OK, my name is Clarice Willard. Clarice is C-L-A-R-l-C-E. And Willard, Q1
W-l-L-L-A-R-D.
M: And have you got a contact number?
W: Yes, I’ll give you my mobile, which is 0192 8734566. Q2
M: That’s great, thanks. And can I ask how you found us?
W: Of course. A family member used you last year and recommended you. So, Q3
I had a look at your website and. well, that’s why I’m calling now.
M: OK, so, which property are you interested in?
W: The apartment on Statham Street, the one on the 3rd floor. Q4
M: Let me see. Ah, I’m afraid that flat’s no longer available.
W: No?
M: No. it went this morning. It’s in a really popular part of town. We do have
a house on the same street, if you’re interested. It’s £950 a month.
W: Er, no, I think that’s much too expensive. I think an apartment is all we
can afford.

M: Oh, so it’s not just for you?
W: No, me and a friend. We’re both starting work in the town next month.
M: Oh right, so it’s two of you. So, let’s see. Do you have any preferences in terms Q7
of location?
W: Both our jobs are in the town centre, so it would be good to be within Q6
walking distance of that, or perhaps a short bus journey away. Neither of
us have a car, so we’d be relying on public transport.
M: And what’s your budget?
W: I’m sorry?
M: How much can you pay a month?
W: Let me see, er, £700 a month is probably our limit.
M: Each?
W: No, that would be for the both of us. We wouldn’t be able to pay more than
M: £350 each. Oh, and that would have to include bills. Not phone bills, Q7-Q8
obviously, but things like electricity, gas and water.
W: Hmm, OK, well, we do have a place in the Bampton district, which is about ten
minutes by bus from town. It’s a two-bedroom apartment, and it’s less than
your budget, at £600 a month. Bills would be extra, unfortunately, but that
should still work out at less than £700. Although remember that electricity and
gas prices are going up all the time, so I can’t guarantee that.
M: Do you have an address?
W: I do. The apartment number is 3, and it’s at 57 Thorney Leys Road … Q9
M: Hang on, let me just make a note of that. 57 …
W: Thorney Leys Road. Thorney is T-H-O-R-N-E-Y and Leys is L-E-Y-S. And the
district is called Bampton. Do you have an email address? Q10
M: Yes.
W: In that case, I can send you the details, and then you can think about it. And if
you’re interested, I could arrange for a visit so you can see the place for
yourself. How does that sound?
W: Oh, that would be really helpful. It’s clarice_willard@... [fade]

Vocabulary:
- property (noun): tài sản

Meaning: a thing or things that are owned by somebody; a possession or possessions
- no longer (adverb): không còn nữa

Meaning: used to say that something which was possible or true before, is not now
- within walking distance of (adjective): gần

Meaning: near something
- budget (noun): ngân sách/thu nhập/túi tiền

Meaning: the money that is available to a person or an organization
- guarantee (verb): đảm bảo

Meaning: something that makes something else certain to happen

Exercise 2:
1. Wallace 3. OX13 3NJ 5. Work 7. Saturday May

2. 14 Rose Hill 4. 08723449162 6. 5.30
Transcript
Advisor: Good morning. International Book Fair ticket office. How can I help?
Caller: Oh, hello, I’d like to book some tickets for the fair, please. And I have a
few questions about the event as well, if that’s Ok.
A: Certainly. Well, let’s deal with the tickets first. Er, can I just take your
details first?
C: Sure
A: Let’s start with your name and address
C: OK, it’s Wallace. Augus Wallace Q1
A: Could you spell your surname for me, please?
C: Of course. It’s W-A-L-L-A-C-E
A: Sorry, was that one L or two?
C: Two, er, double L
A: Thanks, and your address?
C: OK, that’s 14 Rose Hill… Q2
A: 14, Rose Hill, is that “rose”, like the flower?
C: That’s right, and it’s in Wallington
A: Oh, I know Wallington, it’s just outside Oxford, isn’t it?
C: That’s right. And the postcode is OX13 3NJ Q3
A: OX30 3NJ
C: No, it’s OX13, and it’s N for November, not M for Mike.
A: Sorry, OX13 3NJ. Thank you. Do you have a contact number?
C: I do, it’s 0872 344 9162 Q4
A: 0872 344 9162
C: Right. That’s my home number. If I’m not in, I can be contacted at work, Q5
on 0872 298 1191. I’m usually there from 9 in the morning until 5.30 in Q6
the evening.
A: And how many tickets would you like?
C: Two, please. For the Saturday
A: Two for Saturday May 7th Q7
C: C: That’s right

Exercise 3:
1. Malaysian 3. 0404229160
2. 13 Anglesea 4. economist
5. dancing
Transcript
Don: Hello. Come in and take a seat

Jenny: Oh, thanks
D: Good, how can I help you?
J: Well, I’d quite like to join this International Social Club and I was
D: shopping you can help me.
J: Yes, no problem. Let’s me just get the form up my screen and I’ll fill in
your details. Let’s see… yes, here we are. Ok, the first think we need is
your name
D: Foo, that’s F-double O
J: OK, great and can you tell me how old you are, Jenny?
D: I'm 21 . D Great and how long have you been here in Australia, by the
way?
J: I arrived just last month, two weeks before the start of the academic year,
just to sort things out and settle in a bit.
D: Good idea. Where are you from originally?
J: I'm from Kuala Lumpur - that's where I was born and brought up.
D: So, you're Malaysian, are you? Q1
J: That's right, though I lived in the United States for a couple of years when
I was a teenager - we went there for my father's Job.
D: Right. And can you tell me your current address, please?
J: Sure. Just at the moment I'm lodging with a family at 13 Anglesea Road Q2
in Bondi.
D: OK, let me just type that in. Er, how do you spell Anglesea , by the way?
J: It's spelled A- N-G- L- E- S-E-A
D: Thanks. That's quite a long way from the city centre, isn't it? Is it a
problem getting into the city centre?
J: Not really, because the buses are good, and it's a nice, quiet area to live
in.

D: Mm. that's true. So I guess you must have a cell-phone number you can
give me so we can keep you informed of events and so on.
J: Yes. Let me just have a look - it's a new one, so I haven't learned the
number yet. Ah, here it is. It's 040 422 9160 Q3
D: ... 9160. OK, good. And you like the family you're living with?
J: Sure. They've got a little boy, who is quite noisy, but he's really no
trouble.
D: Fine. Now, let's see, what's next? Er, yep. Can you tell me what you do - Q4
I mean, are you working or studying?
J: Well, at the moment I'm doing a temporary job with a company here in
Sydney– I'm an economist in fact
D: OK - and how long do you think you'll be here in Sydney?
J: At least a year. I may look for work here afterwards.
D: Great. Now, you want to join the International Social Club, and it would
be good to know a bit about your free-time interests as well. What do you
like doing?
J: Well. I'm quite musical and I really enjoy singing.
D: Mm-hm.
J: Back home. I sang with a band-just you know, for fun. But for me, what I
like best is dancing. You know, the modern sort? I really love it Q5
Vocabulary:
- settle in (verb): định cư ở đâu

Meaning: to place in
- lodge (verb): sống tạm ở đâu

Meaning: to live in a place contemporarily
- temporary (adj): tạm thời

Meaning: lasting or intended to last or be used only for a short time; not permanent

Exercise 4:
1. Dress Your Best 3. 09356 788 545

2 Kirby 4. (extra) charge
5. American Express
Transcript
Man: Good afternoon, KT Furniture. Can I help you?
Woman: Oh. hello, yes. Um, I'm setting up a new office and I don't have Internet
access yet. But I'd like to place an order for some furniture
M: That's fine. You can do it over the phone. And I can fill in the form for you
this end.
W: Oh great, thanks
M: I just need to take a few customer details first if that's OK?
W: Yes, fine
M: What name is it?
W: My name?
M: Yes
W: Oh, it's Sue Brown
M: Sue Brown -thanks. And what's the name of your company, Ms. Brown?
W: It's a clothing company, er... it's called 'Dress your best'. Q1
M: OK. I'll just note that down 'Dress- for- best'.
W: No - 'your best'.
M: Oh right, got it. So you make smart clothes?
W: Yes, formal dress for weddings and special occasions. We also repair
and alter clothes.
M: I see. And where are you located - what's your postal address?
W: Right - well. We're on Kirby Trading Estate.
M: Kirby - how do you spell that? Q2
W: It's K-1-R-B-Y.
M: Oh. I know that area. It's New Hampton Road, isn't it?
W: Yes. that's right, number 210 - in South Down.
M: OK. And can I have a contact number for our delivery man?
W: Sure – it's probably best if I give you my mobile number
M: OK.

W: The number's 09356 788 545 . Q3
M: OK, double 7 8 .
W: No - 7 double 8. 5-4-5.
M: Ah ... OK. That's great. Now just a couple more questions before I take your
order …
W: Fine.
M: We have two delivery dates this month, and you should be able to have either.
W: When are they?
M: Well, there's one on the 16th of the month, but there's a charge of 40 dollars
for that one.
W: Oh. That's a lot!
M: Mmm. Or there's option 2 which is the end of the month . . . I'll have to confirm
the date later. And that's a free delivery.
W: I'll take option 2. Thanks. I don't want to pay a charge . Q4
M: OK - I'll note down 'no charge'.
W: We haven't organised the office yet. So there should be plenty of time.
M: Mm-hm. And lastly, you don't have an account with us .. so how would you like
to pay?
W: Oh- I'll pay by credit card.
M: OK - w1ll that be Visa?
W: Is American Express OK? Q5
M. Absolutely fine.
Vocabulary:
- formal dress (compound noun): quần áo trang trọng

Meaning: the clothes which are worn in special occasions
- alter (verb): thay đổi

Meaning: to become different; to make somebody/something different

Exercise 5:
1. 23rd July/ 23/7/ 7/23 3. 07968 355630

2. HEPWORTH 4. electricity
5. drain/ sewer
Transcript
Narrator: You will hear a woman talking in the phone to a campsite manager.
Man: Hi, Lake Pane Campground. Can I help you?
Woman: Oh, hi, yes, um. I wonder if we could book a site on your campground?
M: Sure. My computer’s down at the moment, so I just need to get a form.
OK – how many nights would you like to stay for?
W: Um, well, ideally, we’d like to stay for five.
M: Five nights, OK. So when are you planning to arrive?
W: Well, we’ll be travelling around the area from mid-July and we think we’ll be at Q1
the lake by about the 24th
M: Let’s see. July’s a busy time. We could probably fit you in, but to be honest, if Q1
you want five nights, it would be better to get here a day earlier. We’ve got a big
group coming at the end of the month.
W: OK – the 23rd’s fine. We weren’t sure so… Q1
M: Great. Do you just want somewhere to park and pitch a tent, or do you have an
RV?
W: An RV?
M: Yeah – you know, a recreational vehicle… a camper van
W: Oh right, yes, we’re driving a van, so…
M: OK, that’s fine. So, um, what name is it, please?
W: It’s Hepworth, that’s H-E-P-W-O-R-T-H Q2
M: OK thanks. I’ve heard that name before.
W: Well, it’s quite common in England – particularly in Yorkshire. That’s where
we’re from.
M: I was going to ask you if you were in the UK. It’s a really good line, isn’t it?
W: Yes
M: Would this be your contact number?
W: Yes – it’s 07968355630 Q3

M: Great, thanks
W: Do you want my home number as well?
M: No, that’s fine
W: OK
M: We supply a number of facilities. I don’t know if you’re familiar with the way
campgrounds work here.
W: It would be good if you could explain.
M: Well, you’re coming in the RV, so would you like to hook up to our electricity?
W: Oh yes, please
M: You can also attach your vehicle to the water taps here
M: I hope it’s all easy to do
M: Yeah – you just plug into the electricity and switch on the water. The people who Q4
hire our the RVs will explain it all.
W: OK – and what about waste water?
M: Sure – you can have a site with a sewer – or I think you guys call it a drain – Q5
that’s a bit extra. Not all campground have that facility, you see.
W: Fine, we’ll have it. So what’s the total and….
Vocabulary:
- campground (noun): khu vực cắm trại

Meaning: a place for a camp or for a camp meeting
- pitch (verb): dựng, cắm lên (dựng trại, lều…)

Meaning: to erect or set up (a tent, camp)
- recreational (adjective): mang tính giải trí

Meaning: of or relating to recreation
- camper van (noun): xe tải có mui

Meaning: a motor caravan
- sewer (noun) = drain (noun): cống thoát nước

Meaning: an artificial conduit, usually underground, for carrying off waste water
and refuse

Exercise 6:
1. 27 Bank Road 6. Paynter

2. (a) dentist 7. brother-in-law
3. Sable 8. (travel/traveling) (to) work
4. Northern Star 9. Red Flag
5. stolen 10. 450
Transcript
WOMAN: Hello… motor insurance department…
MAN: Oh hello… I’d like to ask about insurance for my car.
WOMAN: Yes, of course. I’ll just take a few details. What’s your name?
MAN: Patrick Jones.
WOMAN: And your address?
MAN: It’s 27 Bank Road. Q1
WOMAN: 27 Bank Road. Is that in Greendale?
MAN: Yes.
WOMAN: And what’s your daytime phone number?
MAN: My work number is 730453.
WOMAN: And could I ask what your occupation is?
MAN: Dentist. Q2
WOMAN: OK… now a few details about your car… What size is the engine?
MAN: It’s 1200 CCS.
WOMAN: Thank you… and the make and model?
MAN: It’s a Hewton Sable.
WOMAN: Could you spell the model name please?
MAN: Yes… S-A-B-L-E. Q3
WOMAN: Ah yes.., thanks. And when was it made?
MAN: 1997.
WOMAN: Lovely… right… I presume you’ve had a previous insurer?
MAN: Yes.
WOMAN: Right… we need to know the name of the company.
MAN: Yes… it was Northern Star. Q4
WOMAN: Thank you, and have you made any insurance claims in the last five
years?
MAN: Yes… one in 1999.

WOMAN: And what was the problem?
MAN: It was stolen … but… Q5
WOMAN: That’s fine, Mr. Jones… that’s all we need to know at the moment…
WOMAN: And will there be any other named drivers?
MAN: Just the one…
WOMAN: And his name?
MAN: Simon Paynter . Q6
WOMAN: Could you spell the surname please?
MAN: P-A-Y-N-T-E-R.
WOMAN: OK thank you… And what relationship is he to you?
MAN: He’s my brother-in-law. Q7
WOMAN: And what will you or Mr. Paynter be using the car for?
MAN: Well… mainly for social use…
WOMAN: Social use. Will you be using it to travel to work ? Q8
MAN: Yes… sometimes.
WOMAN: …Anything else?
MAN: No. That’s it…
WOMAN: And finally… when would you like to start the insurance?
MAN: I’ll need it from the 31st of January.
WOMAN: Right… Mr. Jones… I’m getting a couple of quotes coming up on the
computer now… and the best bet looks like being with a company
called Red Flag. Q9
MAN: Yeah.
WOMAN: And that comes out at $450 per year… Q10
MAN: Well… that seems OK… it’s quite a bit lower than I’ve been paying up
to now…
WOMAN: Great… so would you like me to go ahead with that?
MAN: Sure… why not?
WOMAN: How would you like to pay?
Vocabulary:
- presume (verb): đoán
Meaning: to guess
- insurer (noun): bên bảo hiểm
Meaning: a person or company that contracts to indemnify another in the event of
loss or damage

Exercise 7:
6. International House 8. (an) office assistant

7. B659 9. answer (the) phone
10. 11.30
Transcript
AGENT: Now, what’s your name again?
STUDENT: Anita Newman—that’s N-E-W-M-A-N.
AGENT: And your address, Anita?
STUDENT: I’m in one of the Halls of Residence for post-graduate students, you
know, International House. Q6
AGENT: OK—that’s easy. What’s your room number there?
STUDENT: Room B569 – no sorry B659. I always get that wrong. I haven’t been Q7
living there very long.
AGENT: Do you have any other skills? Typing, languages, that sort of thing?
STUDENT: Well, I speak some Japanese.
AGENT: Right, I’ll make a note of that. Now—let’s see what else is available.
What do you think of administrative work? There is a position for an Q8
Office Assistant at the English Language Centre.
STUDENT: That sounds interesting.
AGENT: It’s for 3 days a week—Monday, Friday and Saturday mornings.
Interested?
STUDENT: Mmm. I was hoping to have Saturdays free. But I need the work so …
can you tell me what the job involves?
AGENT: Yes, sure. It says here that you’ll be required to deal with student
enquiries and answer the phone. Q9
AGENT: I’m sure I can handle all that without a problem.
Great. Well, would you like me to arrange an interview for you? Say,
Friday morning, around ten?
STUDENT: Could we make it a bit later? Unfortunately, I’ve got something to do
at ten. Would that be OK?
AGENT: Not a problem. How about eleven thirty? Hope it works out for you Q10
Anita.
STUDENT: Me too. And thanks for all your help.

Vocabulary:
- deal with (verb): xử lý, giải quyết

Meaning: to solve problems or issues
- enquiry (noun): sự thắc mắc, ý kiến

Meaning: a seeking or request for truth, information, or knowledge
- handle (verb): xử lý
Meaning: to deal with a situation, a person, an area of work or a strong emotion

Exercise 8:
3. 48 North Avenue 7. (the/a) pianist/piano player

4. WS6 2YH 8. 10.50
5. 01674 553242 9. 4
6. (free) refreshment(s)/ drink(s) 10. 50%
Transcript
NINA: So will you fill in the form or shall I?
GEORGE: I’ll do it. Name: George O’Neill. Address: 48 North Avenue, Westsea. Q3
Do you remember our new postcode? Still can’t remember it.
NINA: Just a minute – I’ve got it written down here. WS6 2YH. Do you need the Q4
phone too?
GEORGE: Please. I’m really bad at numbers.
NINA: 01674 553242. So, let’s book two tickets for Guitarrini. Q5
GEORGE: Okay. If you’re sure ￡7.50 each is all right. How do you feel about the
singer?
NINA: I haven’t quite decided. But I’ve noticed something on the booking form
that might just persuade me!
GEORGE: What’s that then?
NINA: Free refreshments! Q6
GEORGE: Really?
NINA: Yes, look here. Sunday 17th of June. Singer, ticket ￡6.00 includes Q6
drinks in the garden. Sounds like a bargain to me!
GEORGE: Yes, let’s book two tickets for that. So, what else? I’m feeling quite keen
now! How about the pianist on the 22nd of June? Q7
GEORGE: Anna Ventura? I’ve just remembered that’s my evening class night.
That’s okay. I’ll just have to go on my own – but we can go to the
Spanish dance and guitar concert together, can’t we?
GEORGE: Yes – I’m sure Tom and Kieran would enjoy that too. Good heavens – ￡
10.50 a ticket! I can see we’re going to have to go without food for the Q8
rest of the week – we’ll need to book four ! Q9
NINA: Wish we were students – look! Children, Students and Senior Citizens
get a 50% discount on everything. Q10
GEORGE: If only!

Vocabulary:
- refreshment (noun): food or drink

Meaning: something to eat or drink like food or drink
- bargain (noun): món hời

Meaning: an advantageous purchase, especially one acquired at less than the usual
cost
- discount (noun): sự giảm giá

Meaning: an amount deducted from the usual list price

Exercise 9:
1. waiter(s) 6. jacket
2. day off 7. 28 June
3. break 8. Urwin
4. (free) meal 9. 12.00 (pm)/noon/mid-day
5. dark (colored/coloured) 10. reference
Transcript
WOMAN: Hello, West Bay Hotel. Can I help you?
MAN: Oh, good morning. I’m ringing about your advertisement in the Evening
Gazette.
WOMAN: Is that the one for temporary (Example) staff?
MAN: That’s right.
WOMAN: Yes. I’m afraid the person who’s dealing with that isn’t in today, but I can
give you the main details if you like.
MAN: Yes, please. Could you tell me what kinds of staff you are looking for?
WOMAN: We’re looking for waiters at the moment. There was one post for a cook, Q1
but that’s already been taken.
MAN: Oh right. Erin, what are the hours of work?
WOMAN: There are two different shifts – there’s a day shift from 7 to 2 and a late
shift from 4 till 11.
MAN: And can people choose which one they want to do?
WOMAN: Not normally, because everyone would choose the day shift I suppose.
You alternate from one week to another.
MAN: Okay. I’m just writing all this down. What about time off?
WOMAN: You get one day off and I think you can negotiate which one you want, Q2
it’s more or less up to you. But it has to be the same one every week.
MAN: Do you know what the rates of pay are?
WOMAN: Yes, I’ve got them here. You get £5.50 an hour, and that includes a break. Q3
MAN: Do I have to go home to eat or…
WOMAN: You don’t have to. You can get a meal in the hotel if you want to, and Q4
there’s no charge for it so you might as well.
MAN: Oh good. Yes, so let’s see. I’d get er, two hundred and twenty one, no,
two hundred and thirty one pounds a week?

WOMAN: You’d also get tips-our guests tend to be quite generous.
MAN: Ern, is there a uniform? What about clothes?
WOMAN: Yes, I forgot to mention that. You need to wear a white shirt, just a plain Q5
one, and dark trousers. You know, not green or anything like that. And
we don’t supply those.
MAN: That’s okay, I’ve got trousers, I’d just have to buy a couple of shirts.
What about anything else? Do I need a waistcoat or anything? Q6
WOMAN: You have to wear a jacket , but the hotel lends you that.
MAN: I see. Er, one last thing – I don’t know what the starting date is. Q7
Just a minute, I think it’s sometime around the end of June. Yes, the 28th,
in time for the summer.
MAN: That’s great. I’m available from the 10th.
WOMAN: Oh good. Well, if you can call again you need to speak to the Service Q8
Manager. Her name’s Jane Urwin, that’s U-R-W-I-N, and she’ll
probably arrange to meet you.
MAN: Okay. And when’s the best time to ring?
WOMAN: Could you call tomorrow? Um, she usually starts checking the rooms at Q9
midday, so before then if you can, so she’ll have more time to chat. I’ll
just give you her number because she’s got a direct line.
MAN: Thanks.
WOMAN: It’s 832 double – 0 9.
MAN: 823 double -0 9?
WOMAN: 832
MAN: Oh, okay. Yes, I’ll do that. Q10
WOMAN: And by the way, she will ask you for a reference, so you might like to be
thinking about that. You know, just someone who knows you and can
vouch for you.
MAN: Yes, no problem. Well, thanks very much for your help.
WOMAN: You’re welcome. Bye.
MAN: Bye.

Vocabulary:
- shift (noun): ca
Meaning: a period of time worked by a group of workers who start work as another
group finishes
- alternate (verb): thay đổi

Meaning: (of two things) happening or following one after the other regularly
- negotiate (verb): thương thuyết

Meaning: (with somebody) (for/about something) to try to reach an agreement by
formal discussion
- vouch for (verb): xác nhận

Meaning: (formal) to say that you believe that something is true or good because you
have evidence for it

Exercise 10:
1. answer(ing) (the) phone 6. after 11 (o’clock)

2. Hillsdunne Road 7. clear voice
3. library 8. think quickly
4. 4.45 9. 22 October
5. national holidays 10. Manuja
Transcript
WOMAN: Good evening. King’s Restaurant.
MAN: Good evening. I’m ringing about the job I understand you have vacant.
WOMAN: Oh yes.
MAN: I’d like to find out a few more details, if I may.
WOMAN: Yes, of course. Can I take your name?
MAN: It’s Peter Chin.
WOMAN: Okay Peter. Well, if you want to ask about the job and then if we’re both
still interested, we could arrange for you to come for an interview.
MAN: Great, thanks. I’m afraid I missed the advert for the job but heard about
it from a friend.
WOMAN: That’s no problem at all. What would you like to know?
MAN: Well, um, what sort of work is it — washing up?
WOMAN: It’s answering the phone. Q1
MAN: Oh right, fine.
WOMAN: And not waiting at table.
MAN: That’d be good. And how many nights a week would it be?
WOMAN: Well, we’re really only busy at the weekend.
MAN: So two nights?
WOMAN: Three actually, so it would work out at twelve hours a week.
MAN: That’d be fine. It wouldn’t interfere with my studies.
WOMAN: Are you at the university?
MAN: Yes. First year Physics student.
WOMAN: Oh, right.
MAN: Um, and because I’m not an EU national would I need a work permit?
WOMAN: Yes you would. Just get your tutor to sign it.

MAN: That wouldn’t be a problem, if I were to get the job. Um, where exactly is
the restaurant?
WOMAN: Well, we have two branches — the one we’re recruiting for is in Q2
Hillsdunne Road
MAN: I don’t know that. How do you spell it please?
WOMAN: It’s H-I-double L-S-D-U-double N-E Road.
MAN: Got that. Thanks. Is it near a bus stop?
WOMAN: Yes. The nearest one would probably be just beside the library Q3
MAN: Oh yes, I know it. That’d be fine for me. And could I ask about the pay?
WOMAN: We’re offering Ƚ4.45 an hour. Q4
MAN: That’s very good. My last job was Ƚ3.95 an hour.
WOMAN: We feel it’s pretty good and we also offer some good fringe benefits.
MAN: Really?
WOMAN: Well, we give you a free dinner, so you eat well.
MAN: Right, better than hostel food!
WOMAN: We certainly hope so! And we also offer extra pay for working on Q5
national holidays.
MAN: Oh, that’s a really good perk, isn’t it?
WOMAN: Yes, we think so. And then because of the difficulties of getting public
transport, if you’re working after 11 o’clock we drive you home. Q6
MAN: Oh, that’s good to know.
WOMAN: Well, we’d certainly be interested in inviting you for an interview, if
you’re still interested?
MAN: Oh yes, certainly. Could I just also ask what qualities you’re looking for?
WOMAN: Well, for this particular job we want a clear voice, which you obviously Q7
do have!
MAN: Thanks.
WOMAN: And you must be able to think quickly, you know. Q8
MAN: Well, I hope I’d…
WOMAN: So, when could you come in for an interview? We’re actually quite quiet
tonight?
MAN: Sorry, I couldn’t come tonight. Or tomorrow, I’m afraid. Thursday’s
okay — that’d be 22nd of October. Q9
WOMAN: Fine, after 5 p.m.?

MAN: Yes, fine. Would 6 o’clock be okay?
WOMAN: Good. I look forward to seeing you.
MAN: Oh, by the way, who should I ask for?
WOMAN: Oh yes, of course, sorry. My name is Samira Manuja Q10
MAN: Can you spell that, please?
WOMAN: M-A-N-U-J-A.
MAN: Okay, I’ve got that. Thanks very much.
WOMAN: Look forward to seeing you…
Vocabulary:
- interfere with (verb): can thiệp vào

Meaning: to take part in the affairs of others
- recruit (verb): tuyển dụng

Meaning: to enlist (a person) for service in one of the armed forces
- fringe benefit (noun): phúc lợi

Meaning: Any of various benefits, as free life or health insurance, paid holidays, a
pension, etc.,received by an employee in addition to regular pay.
- perk (noun): đặc quyền

Meaning: the benefit

Exercise 11:
1. Bhatt 6. bedsit
2. 31 March 7. theater/theatre
3. nursing 8. mature/older
4. 2 9. town
5. meat 10. shared
Transcript
MAN: Good morning. Can I help you?
WOMAN: Yes. I’ve just been accepted on a course at the university and I’d like to try
and arrange accommodation in the hall of residence. Example
MAN: Yes, certainly. Please sit down. What I’ll do is fill in a form with you to find
out a little more about your preferences and so forth.
WOMAN: Thank you.
MAN: So first of all, can I take your name?
WOMAN: It’s Anu Bhatt. Q1
MAN: Could you spell your name please?
WOMAN: Yes. A-N-U…B-H-A double T.
MAN: Thanks, and could I ask your date of birth?
WOMAN: 31st March 1972. Q2
MAN: Thank you. And where are you from?
WOMAN: India.
MAN: Oh right. And what will you be studying?
WOMAN: I’m doing a course in nursing. Q3
MAN: Right, thank you. And how long would you want to stay in hall, do you think?
WOMAN: Well, it’ll take three years but I’d only like to stay in hall for two. I’d like to
think about living outside for the third year.
MAN: Fine. And what did you have in mind for catering? Do you want to cook for
yourself or have all your meals provided, that’s full board?
WOMAN: Is there something in between?
MAN: Yes. You can just have evening meal provided, which is half board.
WOMAN: That’s what I’d prefer.
MAN: Yes a lot of students opt for that. Now, with that in mind, do you have any
special diet, anything we should know about?

WOMAN: Yes, I don’t take red meat. Q5
MAN: No red meat.
MAN: Now, thinking about the room itself, we have a number of options. You can
have a single study bedroom or you can have a shared one. These are both
what we call simple rooms. The other alternative is to opt for a single bedsit
which actually has more space and better facilities. There’s about Ƚ20 a
week difference between them.
WOMAN: Well, actually my grant is quite generous and I think the bedsit sounds the Q6
best option.
MAN: Lovely. I’ll put you down for that and we’ll see what availability is like. Now
can I ask some other personal details which we like to have on record?
WOMAN: Yes, of course.
MAN: I wonder if you could let us know what your interests are. This might help us
get a closer match for placing you in a particular hall.
WOMAN: Ummm. Well, I love the theatre Q7
MAN: Right.
WOMAN: And I enjoy sports, particularly badminton.
MAN: That’s worth knowing. Now, what we finish with on the form is really a list
from you of what your priorities are in choosing a hall and we’ll do our
best to take these into account.
WOMAN: Well, the first thing is I’d prefer a hall where there are other mature students Q8
if possible.
MAN: Yes, we do have halls which tend to cater for slightly older students.
WOMAN: Ummm and I’d prefer to be out of town Q9
MAN: That’s actually very good for you because we tend to have more vacancies
in out-of-town halls.
WOMAN: Lucky!
MAN: Yes. Anything else?
WOMAN: Well, I would like somewhere with a shared area. A TV room, for example, Q10
or something like that. It’s a good way to socialise.
MAN: It certainly is.
WOMAN: That’s it.
MAN: Now, we just need a contact telephone number for you.
WOMAN: Sure, I’ll just find it. It’s double 67549.
MAN: Great, so we’ll be in contact with you as soon as possible…

Vocabulary:
- accommodation (noun): chỗ ở

Meaning: a place to live, work or stay in
- cater (verb): chăm sóc, phục vụ

Meaning: to provide food and drinks for a social event
- priority (noun): sự ưu tiên

Meaning: something that you think is more important than other things and should
be dealt with first
- vacancy (noun): chỗ trống

Meaning: a job that is available for somebody to do

Exercise 12:
1. Ardleigh 4. tent
2. newspaper 5. castle
3. theme 6. beach/beaches
Transcript
A: Good morning. World Tours. My name is Jamie. How can I help you?
B: Good morning. I want some information on self-drive tours in the USA. Could
you send me a brochure?
A: Of course. Could I have your name please?
B: Andrea Brown.
- Thank you. And your address?
- 24, Ardleigh Road. Q1
- Can you spell that?
- A-R-D-L-E-l-G-H Road.
- Postcode?
- BH520P
- Thanks. And can I have your phone number?
- Is a mobile alright?
- Fine.
- It's 07786643091.
- Thank you. And can I ask you where you heard about World Tours? From a
friend? Or did you see an advert somewhere?
- No. I read about you in the newspaper Q2
- OK, I'll get the brochures in the post to you but can I give you some information
over the phone. What kinds of things do you want to do on your holiday?
- I’m interested in going to California with my family. I’ve got two children and we
want to hire a car.
- OK. We have a couple of self-drive tours there visiting different places of interest
in California. The first one begins in Los Angeles and there's plenty of time to visit
some of the theme parks there. Q3
- That’s something on my children’s list so I'd want to include that.

- Good. Then you drive to San Francisco. From San Francisco you can drive to
Yosemite Park where you spend a couple of nights. You can choose to stay in a lodge
or on the campsite.
- I don't like the idea of staying in a tent. It'd be too hot. Q4
- Right. And the tour ends in Las Vegas.
- OK.
- The other trip we can arrange is slightly different. It starts in San Francisco. Then
you drive south to Cambria.
- Someone told me there’s a really nice castle near Cambria. Will we go near that? Q5
- Hearst Castle is on that road so you could stop there.
- Good. I'd like to do that. Does this trip also go into the desert?
- No, it continues to Santa Monica where most people like to stop and do some
shopping.
- We have enough of that at home so that doesn’t interest us.
- Well you could go straight on to San Diego.
- That's good for beaches isn’t it? Q6
- That’s right, that's a good place to relax and your children might like to visit the
zoo before flying home.
- I don’t think so. We want some time for sunbathing and swimming.
Vocabulary:
- campsite (noun): chỗ cắm trại

Meaning: a place where people on holiday/vacation can put up their tents, park
their caravan / camper, etc., often with toilets, water, etc.
- castle (noun): cung điện, lâu đài

Meaning: a large strong building with thick high walls and towers, built in the past
by kings or queens, or other important people, to defend themselves against attack

Exercise 13:
1. Hardie 6. lighting
2. 19 7. trains
3. GT82LC 8. safe
4. hairdresser 9. shower
5. dentist/dentist’s 10. training
Transcript
- Excuse me.
- Yes?
- I wonder if you could spare a few minutes to do a survey on transport. It won't take
long.
- No, that’s fine.
- Lovely. The survey is on behalf of the local council. They’d like to know about what
transport you use and any suggestions for improvement. Can I start by asking you
how you travelled to town today?
- Sure. I came on the bus.
- Great. Now can I get a few details about yourself?
- OK.
- What’s your name?
- It’s Luisa ....
- Yes.
- Hardie Q1
- Can you spell that, please?
- Yes, it’s H-A-R-D-l-E.
- Great. Thanks. And can I have your address?
- It’s 19, White Stone Road. Q2
- Oh, right'. I know that area. It’s Bradfield, isn’t it?
- That’s right.
- Is the postcode GT7?
- It’s actually G-T-8. 2-L-C Q3
- Great. And could I ask what your job is? Are you a student?
- I’ve actually just finished my training. I'm a hairdresser. Q4

- Oh, right. And one more question in this section. What is the reason for you coming
into town today?
- Actually it’s not for shopping today, which would be my normal reason, but to see
the dentist. Q5
- Right. Thanks.
(Pause)
- Now in this last section I’d like you to give us some ideas about the facilities and
arrangements in the city for getting to and from work, er, any suggestions you have
for improvements.
- Well, something I’ve thought about for some time is that when I do walk and I’m
doing a later shift, I think the lighting should be better. Q6
- Yes, good point.
- And of course, I think it’s a real shame they’ve been cutting down on the number
of footpaths. They should have more of those. Then people would walk more.
- Yes, right.
- And, I don’t think there are enough trains. That’s why I don’t use them - you have Q7
to wait so long.
- Thanks. And finally I’d like to ask your opinion on cycling. As you may know,
there’s a drive in the city to get more people to cycle to work.
- Right.
- But we realise that there are things which the council, but also employers, might
do to help encourage workers to cycle to work.
- Yep. Well, I have thought about it and where I work there are no safe places to Q8
leave your bikes.
- OK.
- And also, I’d have to cycle uphill and on a hot day I’d arrive at work pretty sweaty
so I think I’d need a shower somewhere at work. Q9
- Right.
- And I suppose the last thing is that I wouldn’t be all that confident about cycling
on such busy roads. I think I'd like to see you offering training for that, you know, Q10
I’d feel a lot better about starting if that was the case.
- Well, that’s very helpful. Thank you very much for your time.
- No problem. Bye.

Exercise 14:
1. 4 6. lunch
2. 46 Wombat 7. glasses
3. Thursday 8. BALL
4. 8.30 9. aunt
5. red 10. month
Transcript
- Good morning. Welcome to the Early Learning Childcare Centre. How may I help
you?
- Hi. I spoke to you last week about enrolling my daughter for next year.
- Oh, yes. I’ll just get some details from you. So, you're her mother?
- That’s right.
- And, can I have your name?
- It’s Carol, Carol Smith.
- And your daughter’s name?
- It's Kate.
- Now, we have several groups at the centre and we cater for children from three to
five years old. How old is your daughter?
- She’s three now but she turns four next month.
- I’ll put four down because that's how old she'll be when she starts. Q1
- Fine, she’s so excited about her birthday and coming to the centre.
- That’s good to hear. And what's your address?
- It’s 46 Wombat Road, that's W-O-M-B-A-T. Woodside 4032. Q2
- And what’s the phone number?
- Oh ... it’s ... 3345 9865.
- So, have you decided on the days you’d like to bring your daughter here?
- I’d prefer Monday and Wednesday if possible.
- Mmm. I'll check, Monday’s fine, but I think the centre is already full for
Wednesday. Erm. Yes. Sorry. It seems to be a very popular day. We can offer you a
Thursday or a Friday as well.
- Oh dear. I suppose Thursday would be all right because she has swimming on Q3
Friday.

- OK, got that. Because a lot of parents work, we do offer flexible start and finish
times. We are open from 7:30 in the morning until 6 o'clock at night.
- What time would you like your daughter to start?
- I need to get to work in the city by 9:00 so I'll drop her off at 8:30 . Q4
- You’re pretty close to the city here so that should give me plenty of time to get
there.
- That’s fine. Now, we also need to decide which group she'll be in. We have two
different groups and they’re divided up according to age. There’s the green group,
which is for three to four-year-olds. And then there’s the red group which is for four-
to five-year-olds.
- She’s quite mature for her age and she can already write her name and read a
little.
- Well, I’ll put her in the red group and we can always change her to the green one Q5
if there are any problems.
- That sounds fine.
- Ok. Let's move on to meals. We can provide breakfast, lunch and dinner.
- As she’s finishing pretty early, she won't need dinner, will you give her breakfast
before she comes?
- Yes, she'll only need lunch. Q6
- Now, does she have any medical conditions we need to know about? Does she have
asthma or any hearing problems for example?
- No. But she does need to wear glasses. Q7
- Oh, I'll make a note of that.
- Yes, she's pretty good about wearing them, she can’t see much without them.
- Right. OK. Now, I also need emergency contact details.
- So what sort of information do you need?
- Just the name and number of a friend or family member we can contact in case we
can’t get hold of you at any time.
- That’d better be my sister... Jenny Ball. That’s B-A-double L. Her phone number is Q8
3346 7523.
- Great. So she is the child's aunt? Q9
- Yes, that’s right.
- I’ll make a note of that as well. Now, is there anything you’d like to ask? What
about payment? - How much are the fees each term?

- Well, for two days and the hours you’ve chosen, that will be $450 altogether.
- OK, and do I have to pay that now?
- No, we send out invoices once the children start at the centre. You can choose to
pay at the end of each term or we do offer a slightly discounted rate if you pay every
month. Q10
- Oh. I’ll do that then. I find it easier to budget that way and I’m not used to the term
dates just yet.
- Good, it makes it a lot simpler for us as well. Well, that’s everything.
- Would you like me to show you around ...?
Vocabulary:
- invoice (noun): hóa đơn

Meaning: an itemized bill for goods sold or services provided, containing individual
prices, thetotal charge, and the terms.

Exercise 15:
1. Pargetter 4. morning/mornings
2. East 5. postbox
3. library 6. prices
Transcript
- Good morning. Is that Mr Thorndyke?
- Speaking. How can I help?
- I’ve got quite a few things which need painting and fixing in the flat and I wonder
whether you'd be able to do the work.
- I’m sure I’d be able to help but let me take down a few details.
- Yes, of course.
- Well, firstly, how did you hear about us?
- It was my friend Mav Hamoton ... you did some excellent work for her a couple of
years ago. Do you remember?
- Oh, yes, that was in West Park Flats, lovely lady.
- Yes, she is.
- And what’s your name, please?
- It's Edith Pargetter. Q1
- Edith ... can you spell your surname, please?
- It's P-A-R-G-E-double T-E-R.
- Double T, right. And do you live in West Park Flats as well?
- No, actually it’s East Park, Flat 4. Q2
- Oh, right, that’s over the road, I seem to remember - quite difficult to get to.
- Yes, it’s at the back of the library. Q3
- Right, I know. And what’s your phone number?
- 875934 but I’m out a great deal in the afternoons and evenings.
- So would the best time to ring you be in the morning? Q4
- Yes.
- Fine. I've made a note of that. Can I just ask, I'll be in a van and I know parking’s
rather difficult round your flats. Where would you recommend?
- Well, I always tell people in larger vehicles to park by the postbox on the other side Q5
of the road from the entrance.

- Good, thanks.
- And will you be able to give me a full itemised quote?
- Oh. yes. I'll list all the jobs separately with individual prices. Q6
- That'd be a great help.
- No problem.
Vocabulary:
- itemize (verb): ghi thành từng khoản

Meaning: to state by items; give the particulars of; list the individual units or parts
of

DẠNG 3: MAP LABELING
Exercise 1:
1. D
2. E
3. K
4. C
5. B
Transcript
OK, now, we’ve got some students here from Bardwell College who have joined
us for today’s events. Hello to you all, and welcome.
Now, before our day begins, you’ll need to get a guest badge which you’ll have
to wear while you’re on the college premises. You can get these from the
administration office. To get there from the main hall, leave the hall by the door Q1
opposite reception, turn left, and just follow the corridor to the end. The
administration office is on your right. Don’t go any further, or you’ll be in the
sports hall. If you show your guest badge in the café, by the way, you’ll get a 20%
discount on Drinks and sandwiches. To get there from the main hall, walk along Q2
the corridor between the main hall and reception and turn right. The café is
through the first door on your left. Directly opposite the café, on the same Q3
corridor, is this student common room, where you can go to relax and perhaps
meet some of our own students .
If you have any valuables that you don’t want to carry around with you. I Q4
suggest you put these in a locker. These are next to the sports hall, opposite the
administration office. You can get a key for a locker when you get your guest
badge from the administration office. And if you want to use our library, leave the Q5
main hall by the door opposite the one you came in – that’s the door by the
bicycle parking area – and walk to the end of the corridor. The library is
through the door straight ahead of you.

Vocabulary:
- badge (noun): huy hiệu

Meaning: a small piece of metal or plastic, with a design or words on it, that a
person wears to show that they belong to an organization
- administration (noun): hành chính

Meaning: the activities that are done in order to plan, organize and run a business,
school or other institution
- valuable (noun): vật có giá trị

Meaning: things that are worth a lot of money, especially small personal things such
as jewellery, cameras, etc.
- locker (noun): tủ có khóa

Meaning: a small cupboard that can be locked, where you can leave your clothes,
bags, etc. while you play a sport or go somewhere
- corridor (noun) hành lang

Meaning: a long narrow passage in a building, with doors that open into rooms on
either side

Exercise 2:
6. C 8. H
7. B 9. E
10. A
Transcript
Debbie: Now, as you're all new, I'm just going to show you a map of the hospital
and point out a few key places. Let's start with the recreation centre. At the Q6
moment, we're in the main building, that's here and if you go out of the main
entrance and just along the main road to the east you'll find the staff recreation
centre. It's this T-shaped building and there's a range of things that you can do
here to help you relax. If you get ill, we do have a health centre for all Q7
registered employees. And this is directly behind the main hospital building, So,
if you go out of the back exit, it's just in front of you. And there's a small
pharmacy next to it I'm based here and I have a few leaflets on things if you
want to come and see me. Many of you will be doing shift work, so you might like
to go to the 24-hour swimming pool and sauna. They're very close by, and it
doesn't cost much money to get in . If you walk out of the front of the main Q8
building, there's a road straight ahead of you, go down that and turn left into Tye
Road - you'll see the pool entrance at the end of that road, just beyond the line of
trees. We've talked about eating healthily, and there's a very useful store nearby Q9
that sells a large range of organic products and health-food supplements. This is
also in front of the main building, but this time you need to go beyond the turning
for Tye Road and you'll see it on the right-hand corner, directly opposite another
building. Finally, if you want a healthy meal and you have very little time to get it,
of course there's always the canteen inside the main building. But I would
recommend a place called Jenny's Restaurant. Leave the front of the main Q10
building and head for the roundabout. When you're there, take the second turning
on the left . . it's just along that road before the trees. You can get a number of
excellent dishes here at a reasonable price. Well. I think that's all that's….

Vocabulary:
- recreation centre (noun): trung tâm giải trí

Meaning: a place gathering many entertaining activities
- register (verb): đăng ký

Meaning: to record your/somebody’s/something’s name on an official list
- pharmacy (noun): dược

Meaning: a shop/store, or part of one, that sells medicines and drugs
- leaflet (noun): tờ rơi quảng cáo

Meaning: a printed sheet of paper or a few printed pages that are given free to
advertise or give information about something

Exercise 3:
15. G 18. E
16. I 19. C
17. B 20. A
Transcript
OK, group B, your turn. Does everyone have a copy of the plan? Great. OK, we’ll all
be meeting in the car park – that’s on the bottom of the plan, see? Now, if you’ve been Q15
assigned to the vegetable beds, to get there, you go out of the car park and go up the
footpath until you reach the circle of trees – there they are – in the middle of the plan,
and you see that the footpath goes all the way around them. Well, on the left-hand side
of that circular footpath, there’s a short track which takes you directly to the
vegetable beds. You can see a bamboo fence marked just above them. All right? OK,
if you’re helping out with the bee hives, pay attention. Look again at the circle of trees
in the middle of the pan, and the footpath that goes around them. On the right side Q16
of that circle – you can see that the footpath goes off in an easterly direction –
heading towards the right – hand side of the plan. And then, the path splits into two
and you can either go up and down. You want the path that heads down and at the end
of this, you see two areas divided by a bamboo fence – and as we’re looking at the
plan, the bee hives are on the right of the fence – the smaller section, I mean. Now
don’t worry – all the bees have been removed! You just need to transport the hives
back to the car park. OK, for the seating, look at the circular footpath, at the top of Q17
it, there’s a path that goes from there and takes you up to the seating area, alongside
the bicycle track and with a good view of the island, I suppose. OK, if you’re
volunteering for the adventure playground area, let’s start from the car park again Q18
and go up the footpath, but then you want the first left turn. Go up there and then you
see there’s a short path that goes off to the right – go down there and that’s the
adventure playground area. – above the bamboo fence. That fence does need
repairing. I’m afraid. Right, what else? Oh yes, the sand area. We’ve got that circular Q19
footpath in the middle – find the track that goes east, towards the right-hand side of
the plan, and where that track divides, you need the little path that goes up towards
the bicycle track. The sand area is just above the bamboo fence there. And finally, the
pond area. So it’s on the left-hand side of your plan – towards the top – just above the Q20
fruit bushes and to the left of the little path. OK, as I said already, hopefully we’ll…

Vocabulary:
- assign (verb): phân công, chỉ định

Meaning: to give somebody something that they can use, or some work or
responsibility
- track (noun): con đường

Meaning: a rough path or road, usually one that has not been built but that has
been made by people walking there
- fence (noun): bờ rào

Meaning: a structure made of wood or wire supported with posts that is put between
two areas of land as a boundary, or around a garden/yard, field, etc. to keep animals
in, or to keep people and animals out
- footpath (noun): đường mòn

Meaning: a path that is made for people to walk along, especially in the country
- circular (adj): hình tròn

Meaning: shaped like a circle; round
- adventure (noun): chuyến thám hiểm

Meaning: an unusual, exciting or dangerous experience, journey or series of events
- bush (noun): bụi rậm

Meaning: a plant that grows thickly with several hard stems coming up from the
root

Exercise 4:
11. G 13. A
12. D 14. E
15. C
Transcript
Welcome to everyone here. I hope you enjoy your stay in our village and enjoy
the local scenery. I’ll tell you a bit about the forest and mountain tracks in a
minute, but first, I’ll just give you an idea of where everything is in the village.
So we’re here in the tourist information centre, and when you come out of the
centre, you’re on Willow Lane, just opposite the pond. If you want to get to the Q11
supermarket for you supplies of food and water, go right, that’s the quickest
way, and then turn right at the top of Willow Lane, and it’s the second building
you come to, opposite the old railway station. If you’re planning on doing some
serious climbing and you need some equipment, we do have an excellent
climbing and you need some equipment, we do have an excellent climbing
supplies store just five minute’s walk away. Turn left once you’re outside the Q12
tourist information centre, take Willow Lane all the way up to Pine Street - you
want to fo left along here - then keep walking and go past Mountain Road on
your right, until you come to the next turning on the left - head down there,
and you’ll come to the climbing supplies store. If you get to the small building
that sells ski passes, you’ll know you’ve gone too far. You also need to head to Q13
Pine Street for the museum - it’s small but well worth a visit if you’re interested
in the history of the village and the old gold mining industry. So, when you
reach Pine Street from here, you’ll see the Town Hall, go down the little road Q14
that you come to just before it, and you’ll find the bike hire shop just behind the
hall. They have a good range of bikes so I’m sure you’ll find something that
suits your need. Last but not least, if you’re hungry after a long day’s trek I
can recommend our local cafe. Again, when you leave the tourist information Q15
centre, turn right and follow Willow Lane until it joins Pine Street - and right
opposite - on the far side of the railway tracks - is the cafe.

Vocabulary:
- scenery (noun): cảnh đẹp, phong cảnh

Meaning: the natural features of an area, such as mountains, valleys, rivers and
forests, when you are thinking about them being attractive to look at
- head down (verb): đi xuống

Meaning: to move down
- mining (noun): sự đào mỏ

Meaning: the process of getting coal and other minerals from under the ground; the
industry involved in this
- trek (noun): đi bộ (đặc biệt trên núi)

Meaning: a long, hard walk lasting several days or weeks, especially in the
mountains

Exercise 5:
17. E
18. C
19. F
20. A
Transcript
Now let me just tell you a bit about what you can see in the Sculpture Park. If
you look at your map, you’ll see the Visitor Centre, where we are now, at the
bottom, just by the entrance. Since we only have an hour, you might not be able
to get right around the park, but you can choose to visit some of the highlights.
You might like to take a look at the Joe Tremain sculptures which are Q17
displayed on this side of the Upper Lake, just behind the Education Centre
and near the bridge. They’re really impressive, but please remember not to let
your children climb on them.
One of our most popular exhibitions is the Giorgio Catalucci bird sculptures Q18
- they’re just across the bridge on the north side of Lower Lake. I love the way
they’re scattered around in the long grass beside the lake, looking as if they’re
just about to take to their wings.
You could also go to the Garden Gallery. It’s on this side of the Upper Lake - Q19
from the Visitor Centre you go to the Education Centre, then keep on along the
path, and you’ll see it on your right. There’s an exhibition of animal carvings
there which is well worth a look.
We also have the Long House - that’s quite a walk. From here you go to the Q20
bridge and then turn left on the other side. Soon you’ll see a winding pathway
going up towards the northern boundary of the park - go up there and you’ll
find it at the top. They have some abstract metal sculptures that are well worth
seeing if you have time.
OK well now if you’re...

Vocabulary:
- sculpture (noun): tượng điêu khắc

Meaning: a work of art that is a solid figure or object made by carving or shaping
wood, stone, clay, metal, etc.
- entrance (noun): Lối vào

Meaning: a door, gate, passage, etc. used for entering a room, building or place
- highlight (noun): điểm nhấn

Meaning: the best, most interesting or most exciting part of something
- display (verb): trưng bày

Meaning: to put something in a place where people can see it easily; to show
something to people
- exhibition (noun): cuộc triển lãm

Meaning: a collection of things, for example works of art, that are shown to the
public
- scattered (adjective): rải rác, thưa thớt

Meaning: spread far apart over a wide area or over a long period of time
- carving (noun): chạm khắc

Meaning: an object or a pattern made by cutting away material from wood or stone
- boundary (noun): biên giới, ranh giới

Meaning: a real or imagined line that marks the limits or edges of something and
separates it from other things or places; a dividing line
- abstract (adj): trừu tượng

Meaning: based on general ideas and not on any particular real person, thing or
situation

Exercise 6:
11. C
12. B
13. A
14. H
15. G
Transcript
Hello. As some of you know, I’m Elaine Marriott, the head of the college’s Learning
Resource Centre. We’ve invited all of you taking evening classes and leisure activities
to come and see the changes we’ve made to the Centre in the last month.
One major change we’ve made here on the ground floor is to the layout – as you can
see from looking around you. I’m sure you’ll recognize the desk – that’s still in the
same places, as it has to be just inside the door. But you’ll see that there are now
periodicals on the shelves in the corner behind the desk. We’ve brought them
nearer the entrance because so many people like to come in just to read magazines.
We now stock a far wider range of periodicals than we used to, so we’ve decided to
separate them from newspapers. This means the newspapers are now just the other Q11
side of the stairs, near the study area.
Now, another thing is that we’ve brought the computers downstairs – people used Q12
to complain about having to go upstairs to use them. So they’re now at the far side of
the building on the right, in the corner overlooking the car park. We’ve now got an Q13
extra photocopier, so as well as the one upstairs, there’s one down here. You can see
it right opposite the entrance, by the wall on the far side.
The biggest change, though, and one I’m sure many of you will welcome, is that we Q14
now have a café at last – we’ve been asking for one for years. If you turn right as soon
as you get past the desk, you’ll see the door ahead of you. It became possible to have
a café because the building has been extended, and we’ve now got a new office and
storeroom area. What else should I tell you about before we walk round? Oh yes,
we’ve had so many requests for books on sport that we’ve bought a lot more, and Q15
they’re all together immediately to the right of the entrance.

Vocabulary:
- layout (noun): sơ đồ bố trí

Meaning: the way in which the parts of something such as the page of a book, a
garden or a building are arranged
- periodical (noun): ấn phẩm định kỳ

Meaning: a magazine that is published every week, month, etc., especially one that
is concerned with an academic subject
- stock (verb): lưu trữ

Meaning: to supply
- downstairs (adj): xuống tầng

Meaning: that is on a floor of a house or building lower than the one you are on,
especially the one at ground level
- immediately (adv): ngay

Meaning: without delay

Exercise 7:
1. Cabins
2. Tents
3. Cooking area
Transcript
Camp manager: The Health and Action Summer Camp in the country of Cork in
southern Ireland is ideal for young people who would like to learn new sports
and activities. It has a beautiful location near a river and occupies five acres.
The camp has two types of accommodation: tents and cabins, both of which are
modern and comfortable. The cabins are by the river and the tents are on higher Q1
ground, away from the river and next to the wash rooms. There are two Q2
washroom blocks, fully equipped with showers as well as toilets.
We also have facilities for cooking here. We provide all the pots, pans and
utensils. All cooking is done in the cooking area, which is situated in the centre Q3
of the camp. This gives the camp a real social focal point.

Vocabulary:
- southern (adj): phía nam

Meaning: located in the south or facing south; connected with or typical of the south
part of the world or a region
- occupy (verb): chiếm diện tích / thời gian

Meaning: to fill or use a space, an area or an amount of time
- tent (noun): lều

Meaning: a shelter made of a large sheet of canvas, nylon, etc. that is supported by
poles and ropes fixed to the ground, and is used especially for camping
- washroom (noun): phòng tắm / phòng vệ sinh

Meaning: a toilet/bathroom, especially one that is in a public building
- pot (noun): cái nồi

Meaning: a deep round container used for cooking things in
- pan (noun): cái chảo

Meaning: a container, usually made of metal, with a handle or handles, used for
cooking food in
- utensil (noun): dụng cụ nhà bếp

Meaning: a tool that is used in the house
- focal (adj): trung tâm

Meaning: central; very important; connected with or providing a focus

Exercise 8:
5. dance studios
6. changing rooms
7. tennis courts
Transcript
Now some of you won’t have been to Park Hill Leisure Centre before, so let me
just tell you a little about the layout. As you can see, the reception area here is
very spacious, and there is plenty of room to meet your friends and have a
drink. We also have brand-new dance studios with floor-to-ceiling mirrors
and the latest audio equipment. The dance studios are to the left of the reception Q5
area, behind the swimming pool. No….sorry… I meant opposite the swimming
pool. Both the roller skating and skateboarding classes will be held in the Skate
Arena. This has also been refurbished and we have a new five-metre ramp
in there which is proving to be popular. The arena is behind the changing Q6
rooms, which you can see behind us, between the gym and tennis courts. The Q7
tennis courts are on the right of the arena. You’ll see both of these new spaces
on the tour later.

Vocabulary:
- spacious (adj): rộng rãi

Meaning: (of a room or building) large and with plenty of space for people to move
around in
- floor - to - ceiling (noun): từ sàn đến trần
- refurbish (verb): làm mới

Meaning: to clean and decorate a room, building, etc. in order to make it more
attractive, more useful, etc
- ramp (noun): dốc

Meaning: a slope that joins two parts of a road, path, building, etc. when one is
higher than the other
- tennis court (noun): sân tennis

Meaning: a place where games such as tennis are played
- arena (noun): đấu trường

Meaning: a place with a flat open area in the middle and seats around it where
people can watch sports and entertainment

Exercise 9:
15. car park

16. rose garden
17. cafe
Transcript
Well, here we are at the top of The Tower, and we’re going to look at the view
from each direction. Out to the east, the large buildings about a kilometre away
are on the Olympic site. There’s an indoor arena for gymnastics, a stadium for
track and field and a swimming pool for races and synchronised swimming
and also diving. If you look carefully down there, you can see the train lines. The
Olympic site has its own station to encourage the use of public transport. There Q15
is also a car park, but it only holds a limited number of cars.
The formal park has some specially-created water features. If you look out here
to the south, you can see a circular ornamental pond.
And around to the west, you can relax and sit on a bench to smell the flowers in Q16
the rose garden, and finally up to the north, if you look in front of you now,
there’s a lake with a small island in the centre, you can hire rowing boats at the
boat shed, which you can’t see from here, but if you look through the trees, you Q17
can see the cafe, which has lovely views across the water. OK, let’s climb down
now. We will go down and have a look at the nature reserve section of the park,
which has opened up natural wetland to the public.

Vocabulary:
- synchronised (adjective): được đồng bộ hóa

Meaning: to be happened at the same time or to be moved at the same speed as
something.
- ornamental (adjective): có tính trang trí

Meaning: used as decoration rather than for a practical purpose
- rowing (adj): chèo thuyền

Meaning: the sport or activity of travelling in a boat using oars
- reserve (verb) dự trữ

Meaning: to keep something for somebody/something, so that it cannot be used by
any other person or for any other reason

Exercise 10:
12. Forest
13. Fish Farms
14. Market Garden
Transcript
Let’s start by seeing what there is to do. As you can see here on our giant wall plan,
we are now situated in the Reception block O.. here. As you walk out of the main door
into the park there is a path you can follow. If you follow this route you will
immediately come into the Rare Breeds section, where we keep a wide variety of
animals which I shall be telling you a little more about later. Next to this.., moving
east.., is the large grazing area for the rare breeds. Then further east.., in the largest Q12
section of our Park is the Forest Area. South of the grazing area and in fact just next
to the Reception block is our Experimental Crop Area. In the middle of the Park…
this circular area is our lake These two small rectangular shapes here.., are the Q13
Fish Farms where we rear fish for sale. To the east of those is the marsh area which
attracts a great many migrant birds. In the south-eastern corner, beyond the marsh, Q14
is our Market Garden area, growing vegetables and flowers
Vocabulary:
- breed (noun): giống, loài

Meaning: (of animals) to have sex and produce young
- rectangular (adj): hình tam chữ nhật

Meaning: shaped like a rectangle (= a flat shape with four straight sides, two of
which are longer than the other two, and four angles of 90°)
- marsh (noun): đầm lầy

Meaning: an area of low land that is always soft and wet because there is nowhere
for the water to flow away to
- migrant (noun): di cư
Meaning: a person who moves from one place to another, especially in order to find
work

Exercise 11:
14. C 18. F
15. D 19. A
16. G 20. E
17. B
Transcript
Now, we’ve also put together a map which we’ve sent out to all the residents in the
area. And on the map we’ve marked the proposed changes. Firstly, we’ll plant Q14
mature pine trees to provide shelter and shade just to the right of the
supermarket in Days Road. In order to address the traffic problems, the Q15
pavements on the corner of Carberry and Thomas Street be widened. This will
help to reduce the speed of vehicles entering Tombs Street. We think it’s very
important to separate the local residential streets form the main road. So the Q16
roadway at the entry of Thomas Street from Days Road will be painted red. This
should mark it more clearly and act as a signal for traffic to slow down. One way
of making sure that the pedestrians are safe is to increase signage at the Q17
intersections. A ‘keep clear’ sign will be erected at the junction of Evelyn Street
and Hill Street, to enable traffic to exit at all times. Something we’re planning to
do to help control the flow of traffic in the area is to install traffic lights half way Q18
down Hill Street where it crosses Days Road. Now, we haven’t only thought about
the cars and traffic, of course, there’s also something for the children. We’re
going to get school children in the area to research a local story, the life of a local
sports hero perhaps, and an artist will incorporate that story into paintings on Q19
the wall of a building on the other side of Hill Street from the supermarket. And
finally, we’ve agreed to build a new children’s playground which will be at the Q20
other end of Hill Street close to the intersection with Carberry Street.
SAROL: Wonderful, now, what’s the next stage?
GRAHAM: Well, the final plan…

Vocabulary:
- mature (adj): trưởng thành

Meaning: (of a child or young person) behaving in a sensible way, like an adult
- shelter (noun): nơi trú ngụ

Meaning: the fact of having a place to live or stay, considered as a basic human need
- address (verb): giải quyết

Meaning: (formal) to think about a problem or a situation and decide how you are
going to deal with it
- pavement (noun): vỉa hè

Meaning: a flat part at the side of a road for people to walk on
- pedestrian (noun): người đi bộ

Meaning: a person walking in the street and not travelling in a vehicle
- incorporate (verb): sáp nhập

Meaning: to include something so that it forms a part of something
- intersection (noun): ngã tư

Meaning: a place where two or more roads, lines, etc. meet or cross each other

Exercise 12:
17. A
18. I
19. F
20. E
Transcript
And finally I’d like to tell you about our new wildlife area, Hinchingbrooke
Park, which will be opened to the public next month. This slide doesn’t really
indicate how big it is, but anyway, you can see the two gates into the park, and
the main paths. As you can see, there’s a lake in the north west of the park, with Q17
a bird hide to the west of it, at the end of a path. So it’ll be a nice quiet place for
watching the birds on the lake. Fairly close to where refreshments are Q18
available, there’s a dog-walking area in the southern part of the park, leading
off from the path. And if you just want to sit and relax, you can go to the flower Q19
garden; that’s the circular area on the map surrounded by paths. And finally,
there’s a wooded area in the western section of the park, between two paths. Q20
Okay, that’s enough from me, so let’s go on to…
Vocabulary:
- wildlife (noun): động vật hoang dã

Meaning: animals, birds, insects, etc. that are wild and live in a natural
environment
- indicate (verb): chỉ ra

Meaning: to show that something is true or exists
- refreshment (noun): sự thư giãn

Meaning: (formal) the fact of making somebody feel stronger or less tired or hot

DẠNG 4: SHORT ANSWER QUESTION
Exercise 1:
1. dance, kickboxing
2. too hard
3. (a) conference
Transcript
Debbie: Hi, Penny. How are you doing? Have you just been to the gym?
Penny: Hi, Debbie. I’m good, thanks. Yes, I’ve just finished a workout.
How are you?
Debbie: Yes, good. I’m planning on going to the gym later but it’s hard
finding the time now I’ve got a child!
Penny: I bet it is! Have you tried any of their new exercise classes?
Debbie: Yes, I tried some last well. I wanted to go yoga, but it was full up. I
went to the dance class instead. It was really fun. Oh! Ah Q1
kickboxing last Thursday too. That was exhausting.
Penny: Well, you didn’t miss much at yoga. I went there last Friday and it Q2
was far too hard. I couldn’t do most of the exercises!
Debbie: Oh no! Are you going to try anything else?
Penny: Well, I was thinking of trying the aerobics class.
Debbie: My friend did that one, and said the instructor was awful.
Penny: Well, I’ll probably give it a miss then. I’ve got to go to a Q3
conference next week anyway, so I’ll be away from Tuesday to
Friday.
Debbie: Oh, lucky you!

Vocabulary:
- workout (noun): tập thể thao

Meaning:a period of physical exercise that you do to keep fit
- kickboxing (noun) : môn võ kết hợp quyền Anh và ca-ra-tê quyền cước
Meaning: a form of boxing in which the people fighting each other can kick as well
as punch (= hit with their hands)
- exhaust (verb): kiệt sức

Meaning: to make somebody feel very tired
- conference (noun): Hội nghị

Meaning: a large official meeting, usually lasting for a few days, at which people
with the same work or interests come together to discuss their views

Exercise 2:
8. Saturday, Sunday
9. television
10. optimum fitness
Transcript
Brad: Great. Well, I am glad I can use the pool. It will be good to vary my
exercise.
Receptionist: Definitely. When do you think you’ll be coming?
Brad: Most likely in the evenings. I’d like to come on Saturdays, but I Q8
often work then, so I think I’ll have to miss that day and then come
on Sundays.
Receptionist: Oh, so you’ll be a regular visitor? That’s great news! Can I ask
why you chose Smith’s Gym?
Brad: Well, actually the television advert prompted me to join. It Q9
makes exercising look so much fun! I always thought going to the
gym would be monotonous.
Receptionist: No, not at all. It can be a lot of fun.
Brad: My aim is to reach my optimum fitness. At the moment I think Q10
I’m a bit unhealthy, so I’d like to change that.
Receptionist: Well, give it some time and I’m sure you will. Now, shall we go
back and complete the payment details?

Vocabulary:
- advert ~ advertisement: quảng cáo

Meaning:a notice, picture or film telling people about a product, job or service
- prompt (verb): thúc giục; thúc đẩy

Meaning: to make somebody decide to do something; to cause something to happen
- monotonous (adjective): Đều đều, đơn điệu; buồn tẻ

Meaning: never changing and therefore boring
- optimum (adjective): Điều kiện tốt nhất, điều kiện thuận lợi nhất
Meaning: the best possible; producing the best possible results

Exercise 3:
7. seafood
8. tennis
9. train
10. (this) afternoon
Transcript
OFFICER: All right, now what about you? Are you a vegetarian or do you have any
special food requirements?
STUDENT: No, I am not a vegetarian… but I don’t eat a lot of meat… I really like Q7
seafood.
OFFICER: And what are your hobbies?
STUDENT: I like reading and going to the movies.
OFFICER: Do you play any sports?
STUDENT: Yes, I joined the handball team, but I didn’t like that...so I stopped
playing. Now I play tennis on the weekend with my friends… Q8
OFFICER: All right, let’s see, name, age, now the location. Are you familiar with
the public transport system?
STUDENT: No...I’m not really because I have been living on campus...I’ve been to
the city a few times on the bus, but they are always late
OFFICER: What about the trains?
STUDENT: I like catching the train ...they are much faster… Q9
OFFICER: Now, let me go check on the computer and see who I’ve got… Listen,
leave it with me… I’ll check my records and I’ll give you details this Q10
afternoon.
STUDENT: Thank you for helping me…
OFFICER: It’s a pleasure. Bye.
STUDENT: Bye.

Vocabulary:
- vegetarian (adjective): Người ăn chay

Meaning: eating no meat or fish
- handball (noun): môn bóng ném

Meaning: a team game for two teams of seven players, usually played indoors, in
which players try to score goals by throwing a ball with their hand
- campus (noun): khu đại học

Meaning: the buildings of a university or college and the land around them

Exercise 4:
6. jogging 8. fitness level

7. bad ankle 9. charity worker
10. radio

Transcript
A: So - I’d like to ask you a few questions about your lifestyle if that’s OK with
you?
B: Yes, that’s fine.
A: Um, do you do any regular exercise at the moment?
B: Yes, I do a bit
A: Good - and what do you do?
B: Well, every few days, I go jogging Q7
A: Yes - That’s good. How long do you go for?
B: Well, it vary. I guess it depends on how energetic I feeling.
A: Yes, of course. Every little bit helps. Umm… do you have any injuries at the
moment?
B: Well, I did break a bone in my foot playing football a long time ago but that’s
all healed up now. But in the last few days, I’ve realised I have a bad ankle. I think Q8
I must have injured it last week and it’s a bit sore now. Bit apart from that I’m fine.
A: Right - I guess you might need to rest it for a few day to let it recover.
B: Yes I will
A: So - Let me just ask you what you want to achieve by joining the club. Do you
have any targets or goals?
B: Well I suppose my main aim is to build up my fitness level. Is that the kind of Q9
thing you mean?
A: Yes - that fine.All the activities you’re going to be doing should certainly help
you with that.
B: OK
A: And could you tell me what you do for a living?
B: Well - I was a student up until recently.
A: OK - so what are you doing at the moment?
B: Well - I’m a charity worker. Q10
A: Oh that’s fine. I’ll write that down. OK - nearly done. One last question - can
I ask how you heard about the club? Did you see it advertised or did you go to our
website for example?
B: Well I’ve been looking for a health club for a while and O asked my friends for
suggestions but they weren’t much help. And then I was listening to the radio and your
club was mentioned, so I thought - I’ll go along and see what it’s like.
A: Great - Well, we look forward to having you as a member.

Vocabulary:
- jog (verb): đi bộ
Meaning: to run slowly and steadily for a long time, especially for exercise
- energetic (adjective): Mạnh mẽ, mãnh liệt, đầy nghị lực

Meaning: having or needing a lot of energy and enthusiasm
- injury (noun): Sự làm hại, sự làm tổn hại, sự làm hỏng

Meaning: harm done to a person’s or an animal’s body, for example in an accident
- heal (verb): chữa khỏi

Meaning: to become healthy again; to make something healthy again
- ankle (noun): Mắt cá chân

Meaning: the joint connecting the foot to the leg
- sore (adjective): Đau, nhức nhối

Meaning: if a part of your body is sore, it is painful, and often red, especially because
of infection or because a muscle has been used too much

Exercise 5:
11. World of Water 15. birthday party

12. splash ride 16. government
13. (at) noon 17. quiz
14. feed the sharks
Transcript
OK - so hi everybody and welcome to the Sea Life Center. Before you start on your tour I’d
just like to give you some information about things to look out for as you go. Well first of all,
I guess some of you may have been here before and may be surprised to see the name has
changed. We are not called World of Water (Q11) any more - since the beginning of this
summer we’ve been rename and we’ve also made a few other changes. However, the main
attractions like the aquarium, the crocodiles, the penguins and so on are still here. But we
have a new restaurant and picnic area and the latest thing that we have - and it was only
finished last week - is the splash ride (Q12). This is an exciting new area of the centre and
is pretty scary and of course you do get a bit wet so make sure you’re not wearing your best
clothes!
As I said, the main attractions are still here and the most popular thing that everyone want to
see is feeding time, especially for the crocodiles and the seals. We used to have the main
feeding time in the afternoon at around 3 pm but we found that some of the animals got a bit
hungry waiting until then and so we now have it at noon (Q13). They seem much happier with
the new time - although it’s a bit difficult to know what they’re thinking!
Now - I’d like to mention something new that we’ve introduced this year that we’re very
excited about. It’s called a VIP ticket. The VIP ticket costs an extra £2 per person and you will
be amazed at what it allows you to do. With this you’ll be allowed to feed the sharks (Q14).
Now I know that for some people this might be quite a frightening thing to do, but it is
perfectly sale. For those of you who are a bit unsure, we do have a video you can watch to see
what happens. It’s a great experience and your friends will be very impressed!
Speaking of friends, I’d just like to remind you that the Sea Life Center will be more than
happy to organise a birthday party (Q15) for you and your family and friends. If you need
more details you can speak to me afterwards and there are also forms at the entrance that you
can fill in.

I’d also like to bring your attention to the good work that the Sea Life Center is doing in
support of animals conservation I am sure you’re all aware of the worrying situation with a
large number of species facing extinction. Here at the Sea Life Center we’re taking action
by asking as many people as possible to sign a petition. Once we have over 5,000 signatures
we are planning to send it to the government (Q16) in the hope that more people will begin
to take it seriously.
Right - Well there’s obviously a lot going on at the Center, and a lot of things to discover. At
all the attractions there is helpful information so please read as much as you can and if you
want to see what you’ve remembered, please do the quiz (Q17) after your visit. There are no
prizes of course,but I’m sure you’ll be surprised by how much you’ve learnt.
Vocabulary:
- scary (adjective): Làm sợ hãi, làm kinh hoàng; rùng rợn

Meaning: frightening
- extinction (noun): Sự dập tắt; sự làm tan vỡ; sự làm mất đi

Meaning: a situation in which a plant, an animal, a way of life, etc. stops existing
- petition (noun): Sự cầu xin, sự thỉnh cầu; lời cầu nguyện

Meaning: a written document signed by a large number of people that asks
somebody in a position of authority to do or change something

Exercise 6:
11. midday
12. shopping district
13. Military Museum
Transcript
Track 35
Tour guide: Welcome to San Fernando City Tours, I’m Mark, your tour guide.
We have a lot to see in three hours, so make sure you’re comfortable! We’ll be
travelling into the historical district first, and then into the town center. After
that, it’s out to the harbour, and we’ll finish up at the lighthouse, just past the
harbour. That will take us up to midday, and after that, you’re free to do what Q11
you want. At the lighthouse you’ll have a chance to visit the tea room and take
photographs of the magnificent coastline. Now, as we have only three Q12
hours, we won’t be able to take you round the shopping district, but we think
you’d prefer to look around the shops there in your own time, anyway.
San Fernando has some well-known tourist attractions - the lighthouse for
example, and the National Library. However, the little-known Military Museum Q13
is not to be missed. Be sure to visit before you leave!

Vocabulary:
- harbour (noun): Bến tàu, cảng

Meaning: an area of water on the coast, protected from the open sea by strong walls,
where ships can shelter
- lighthouse (noun): Đèn biển, hải đăng

Meaning: a tower or other building that contains a strong light to warn and guide
ships near the coast
- magnificent (adjective): Hoa lệ; tráng lệ; nguy nga; lộng lẫy
Meaning: extremely attractive and impressive; deserving praise
- coastline (noun): Bờ biển; hình dáng bờ biển

Meaning: the land along a coast, especially when you are thinking of its shape or
appearance

Exercise 7:
35. individuals
36. globalisation
37. (over seventy) laboratories
Transcript
In the eleventh century, the Chinese invented the first mechanical clocks. They Q35
were large and expensive, and certainly not intended for individuals.However,
this is the type of clock we are familiar with today. There have been many
developments in clocks and watches since then, and they have been greatly
improved, but if you clock or watch makes a ticking sound, then it could well be
based on the mechanical movements the Chinese developed a thousand years
ago!
However, timekeeping has moved on from the mechanical clock. Time has
become so important that there is a series of atomic clocks around the world
which measure International Atomic Time. Even though many countries have Q36
their own calendars, globalisation has made it essential that we measure time
uniformly, so that we know, for example, that when it’s 6 am in the United
Kingdom, it’s 2 pm in Beijing. This standard was set in 1958. Now these atomic Q37
clocks are situated in over seventy laboratories all over the world.

Vocabulary:
- mechanical (adjective): (thuộc) máy móc; (thuộc) cơ khí; (thuộc) cơ học

Meaning: operated by power from an engine
- movement (noun): Sự chuyển động, sự vận động, sự cử động, sự hoạt động

Meaning: an act of moving the body or part of the body
- timekeeping (noun): Sự bấm giờ, sự định thời gian, sự chấm công

Meaning: a person’s ability to arrive in time for things, especially work
- atomic (adjective): (thuộc) nguyên tử

Meaning: connected with atoms or an atom
- globalisation (noun): Sự toàn cầu hóa

Meaning: the fact that different cultures and economic systems around the world
are becoming connected and similar to each other because of the influence of large
multinational companies and of improved communication
- laboratory (noun): Phòng thí nghiệm; phòng pha chế

Meaning: a room or building used for scientific research, experiments, testing, etc.

Exercise 8:
37. ships
38. horses
39. industry
40. tourism
Transcript
Well, as I said before, you can find rock art all over the word, but I’d like to focus now
on the rock art of the Aboriginal people of Australia. The images that survive in this
part of the world span at least 20,000 years. In fact, the Aborigines were still
practising this art form in the late 18 century, when the Europeans began to arrive,
and certain images point to the contact between them. For example, the Aborigines
began to draw ships which they would have seen along the coast - it’s hard for us to Q37
imagine what they must have thought when these first began to appear. Another
image that is evidence of European arrival is that of horses, an animal that would Q38
have been very alien to the Australian landscape. Um, it isn’t actually known how
many sites there are across Australia where rock art can be found - but unfortunately
we do know that much of the art is being lost to us. Erosion, of course, is one of the
key reasons for its destruction, but human activity is also increasingly responsible.
Since the 1960s, industry alone has destroyed around an estimated 10,000 pieces of Q39
art. At this rate, in 50 years, half of all Australian rock art could have disappeared for
good. Vandalism is sadly another factor. And although most people, I believe, would
wish to preserve this art , I’m afraid that tourism is another reason why the art is Q40
disappearing. In some cases, the art is damaged when...

Vocabulary:
- survive (verb): to continue to live or exist - Tiếp tục sống, tiếp tục tồn tại; sống sót;
còn lại
Meaning: to continue to live or exist
- span (noun): Khoảng thời gian qua đó cái gì kéo dài hoặc mở rộng từ lúc bắt đầu
đến lúc kết thúc
Meaning: the length of time that something lasts or is able to continue
- coast (noun):Bờ biển

Meaning: the land beside or near to the sea or ocean
- evidence (noun): chứng, chứng cớ, bằng chứng

Meaning: the facts, signs or objects that make you believe that something is true
- preserve (verb): Bảo quản, giữ gìn

Meaning: to keep a particular quality, feature, etc.; to make sure that something is
kept
- damage (verb):Làm hư hại, làm hỏng, gây thiệt hại, gây tổn hại
Meaning: to harm or spoil something/somebody

Exercise 9:
26. introduction 29. first draft

27. council 30. tutor
28. data

Transcript
Alan: So I think going through the processes helped. Now we need to decide
how we’ve going to do this assignment.
Melanie: Yes, I guess what we need to do is take the processes and divide them up
between us. But we could start thinking about an introduction. Q26
Alan: Yes, OK...well I can start doing that. I think I have enough to go on
already.
Melanie: Good. And there are a few areas where we need a lot more information.
I think I’ll start with something easy - let’s say the paper collection. I
could go to the resource centre to do some research.
Alan: Well I think a better idea would be to approach someone who’s involved Q27
in the process. What about contacting the council?
Melanie: Oh - good idea. Yes - I’ll do that instead. They’re bound to have some
information. And I know just the thing to add to our work to make it even
more interesting.
Alan: And what’s that?
Melanie: Well - in my last assignment. I added a few pictures and the feedback
I got was that this wasn’t ‘academic’ enough. So what might really Q28
bring it to life would be to include some data - provided we can find
some.
Alan: Yes - that sounds excellent. Well - we certainly have a lot to do and not
much time to do it in.
Melanie: You’re right. I think we have about five weeks so I suggest we create a
plan of work to day. The end of the month is nearly three weeks away Q29
and then we have a few days holiday.
Alan: Yes - so let’s see if we can get the first draft done by then so we can take
a short break.
Melanie: OK - then after the break we’ll have just over a week to complete it. I
wonder if we could get someone to review our work for us a few days Q30
before the deadline so we can make some final changes. What about
your friend Henry?
Alan: Well - the best person would be our tutor. Henry’s very good but he’s
taking a whole week’s holiday and there won’t be enough time when he
returns.
Melanie: OK, then. That’s fine.

Vocabulary:
- process (noun): Quá trình, sự tiến triển

Meaning: a series of things that are done in order to achieve a particular result
- research (noun):Sự nghiên cứu

Meaning: a careful study of a subject, especially in order to discover new facts or
information about it
- council (noun):Hội đồng

Meaning: a group of people who are elected to govern an area such as a city or
county
- assignment (noun): Sự giao việc, sự phân công

Meaning: a task or piece of work that somebody is given to do, usually as part of
their job or studies

Exercise 10:
1. 5% - five percent
2. last few decades
3. student debt
4. first-time buyers
Transcript
Lecturer: As we have seen, changes in the structure of the family are constantly
occurring: extended to nuclear, patrifocal to a more equal footing between the sexes, and
dual parenting to single parenting. However, a recent phenomenon in the UK which is
changing the traditional family is the increasing number of adults who continue to live with
their parents until their thirties or sometimes even their forties. The UL has traditionally been
a society where offspring leave the family home in their late teens or early twenties to set
up their own home and families. But in the last twenty-five years this has decreased. Official
statistics released by the Office of National Statistics show that today ten percent of men in
their early thirties still live with their parents; this compares with five percent of women in
this age range. (Q1)
The reasons for this are complex and varied. IT cannot be denied that some people are
choosing to stay at home. Living with parents can be an easy option; food is provided, heating
and electricity are paid for, and rent, if any, is minimal. However, a third of those surveyed
claimed they are living with their parents because it is too difficult to get on the property
ladder. House prices in the last few decades have risen dramatically; (Q2) property is now
five times the average annual salary, whereas it was only three times the average annual
wage in the 1980s. This fact, coupled with high unemployment amongst young people, makes
it virtually impossible for a single person to buy a home or even rent.
The number of students going on to higher education has also been steadily increasing. Many
of these students return home after finishing their studies as a result of the student debt they
have accumulated. (Q3) It can take many years to pay this off, and if the burden of rent or
a mortgage is added to that, it can be just too much for a young adult’s pocket.
However, help is now at hand. The government is tackling some of the problems that cause
people to remain with their parents with a new scheme, the Affordable Housing Scheme. This
aims to help people part buy a house or flat by making housing more affordable for first-time
buyers, (Q4) and possibly taking the stain away from elderly parents!

Vocabulary:
- constantly (adverb): Không ngớt, liên miên

Meaning: all the time; repeatedly
- phenomenon (noun): Hiện tượng

Meaning: a fact or an event in nature or society, especially one that is not
fully understood
- offspring (noun): Con, con cái, con cháu, con đẻ

Meaning: a child of a particular person or couple
- minimal (adjective): Rất nhỏ; tối thiểu

Meaning: very small in size or amount; as small as possible
- debt (noun): nợ
Meaning: a sum of money that somebody owes
- accumulated (verb): Chất đống, chồng chất, tích luỹ, gom góp lại
Meaning: to gradually get more and more of something over a period of time
- burden (noun): gánh nặng

Meaning: a duty, responsibility, etc. that causes worry, difficulty or hard work
- mortgage (noun): Tiền thế chấp

Meaning: a legal agreement by which a bank or similar organization lends you
money to buy a house, etc., and you pay the money back over a particular number of
years; the sum of money that you borrow
- tackle (verb): giải quyết

Meaning: to make a determined effort to deal with a difficult problem or situation

Exercise 11:
5. fourteen (children)
6. women
7. married
8. rented accommodation
Transcript
Lone-parenting is a relatively recent family structure which has rapidly
grown in the last half century. In 1972 only one in fourteen children lived in a Q5
lone-parent family: When we compare this with today’s figure of one in four, we
can see that this is a rapid increase. In the past, lone-parenthood was
overwhelmingly the result of a death of a parent. Nowadays however, it is Q6
increasingly a choice. Some sociologists argue that this increase is due to the
outlook of women. Where women once were willing to accept an unhappy or
abusive marriage, now many will choose lone-parenthood. Often this can be
just a transitory phase before they find a new partner. This view of women’s
attitudes and lone parenting is highly debated, because some figures show that Q7
the largest group of lone parents are mothers who have never married. You can
find counter arguments for these ideas in Butler and Jones.
One difficulty for singer parents is that they are a social group who are much
more likely to suffer from poverty and hardship. They are more likely to Q8
live in rented accommodation and have childcare issues.

Vocabulary:
- Lone-parent: bố, mẹ đơn thân

Meaning: single parent
- abusive (adjective): Lạm dụng, Lăng mạ

Meaning: rude and offensive; criticizing rudely and unfairly
- marriage (noun): kết hôn

Meaning: the legal relationship between a husband and wife
- transitory (adjective): Ngắn ngủi; phù du; bóng chớp

Meaning: continuing for only a short time
- suffer from (phrasal verb): chịu đựng

Meaning: To be afflicted by some ailment or injury.
- poverty (noun): sự nghèo nàn, sự thiếu thốn

Meaning: the state of being poor
- hardship (noun): Sự gian khổ, sự thử thách gay go

Meaning: a situation that is difficult and unpleasant because you do not have
enough money, food, clothes, etc.

Exercise 12:
1. less reliable
2. very expensive
3. evidence
4. wide reading

Transcript
Tutor: Good morning, Phil, Jackie. I hope your project is going well
Phil: Morning, Mr Jackson.
Jackie: Hi Mr Jackson. Well, we’ve made a start on analysing the different
forms of renewable energy, but unfortunately we don’t really agree on
some points.
Tutor: OK, why don’t we talk about it?
Phil: Well, Jackie believes that all forms of renewable energy are beneficial
economically, whereas I doubt that that’s true for all of them.
Tutor: Such as?
Phil: Such as wind, wave and solar energy because they’re less reliable. Q1
Tutor: That’s a valid point but I don’t think that’s a large enough factor to
disregard it completely.
Jackie: Exactly, that’s what I said.
Phil: However, another drawback is that they’re generally very expensive to Q2
produce.
Tutor: Yes, you’re right. And that is a concern when evaluating their
usefulness in future.
Jackie: I agree with you to a point , but it’s likely that the cost will come down.
I read a report in the Journal of Environmental Science that estimates
the cost would fall by twenty percent over the next ten years, which is
significant, isn’t it?
Tutor: Absolutely, Jackie. But you need to think about how difficult it is to
predict the future cost of non-traditional energy sources before you
believe the report. Remember: in your project I want to see evidence of Q3
critical analysis. Make sure you’ve analysed at the information rather
than just accepting the information that you agree with. Also it’s very Q4
important that you demonstrate wide reading around the subject.
Jackie: I know, it’s that I’m not convinced that it’s going to continue to be that
expensive, especially if there’s a demand from the customers

Vocabulary:
- analyse (verb): Phân tích

Meaning: to examine the nature or structure of something, especially by separating
it into its parts, in order to understand or explain it -
- renewable energy: năng lượng tái tạo

Meaning: a form of energy derived from a natural source, such as the sun, wind,
tides, or waves
- solar energy: năng lượng Mặt Trời

Meaning: energy obtained from solar power
- evaluate (verb): đánh giá

Meaning: to form an opinion of the amount, value or quality of something after
thinking about it carefully

DẠNG 5: FLOWCHART AND DIAGRAM
Exercise 1:
6. aircraft 9. release heat

7. freeze 10. last longer
8. ice
Transcript
Tutor: All right, let’s go back to the section in your essay on cloud seeding. Apart
from your silver nitrate/ silver iodide mistake, you’ve missed a few bits out.
Student: Have I?
T: I’m afraid so. What I’d like you to do is talk me through the process of cloud
seeding, what it involves and so on, and I’ll stop you if you’ve forgotten something.
OK?
S: Fine. Well, first of all silver nitro. er, iodide is fired into the cloud from the
ground using a rocket.
T: Good and you could mention that sometimes it’s dropped from above by Q6
aircraft.
S: Right, and this is the first stage, the primary stage, which is called static seeding.
The silver iodide causes a chemical reaction with the tiny water drops in the Q7
cloud, and they freeze.
T: OK, so you’ve got millions of tiny ice particles because the water droplets in the Q8
cloud freeze. What happens next?
S: Next, er, there’s a process called riming: R-I-M-I-N-G. That’s when the ice
particles, well, they join up to form bigger pieces of ice, and when they’re heavy
enough, they fall from the sky.
T: Good, and then?
S: Well, as they fall, they turn to rain or snow. And, er, well, that’s it, isn’t it?
T: Well, usually, yes, but you’re mentioned that there’s a first stage, a primary
stage so surely you should have mentioned…?
S: Oh, the secondary stage.
T: Which is known as?
S: Dynamic seeding, of course, how could I have left that bit out? Let me think. OK,
so the water droplets turn to ice, and er,...

T: What happens when water freezes? When anything freezes, for that matter.
Something that may seem surprising.
S: Oh, of course, it releases heat. Q9
T: Exactly, it releases heat. And what can happen to a cloud when freezing water
inside it does this?
S: The cloud gets bigger, and contains even more moisture.
T: Exactly, and not only do they become bigger, but they also…?
S: They, er, produce storms. No, hang on, that’s not right. They last longer, that’s Q10
it.
T: Right. They last longer, which means they can be seeded again to produce even
more rain.
Vocabulary:
- silver (noun): bạc

Meaning:(symbol Ag) a chemical element. Silver is a greyish-white precious metal
used for making coins, jewellery, decorative objects, etc.
- nitrate (noun): (hoá học) Nitrat
Meaning: a compound containing nitrogen and oxygen
- iodide (noun): (hoá học) Iođua
Meaning: a chemical which contains iodine
- aircraft (noun): Máy bay, tàu bay
Meaning: any vehicle that can fly and carry goods or passengers
- chemical (adj): (thuộc) hoá học
Meaning: connected with chemistry
- reaction (noun): (vật lý); (hoá học) phản ứng
Meaning: a chemical change produced by two or more substances acting on each
other
- release (verb): Sự giải thoát, sự thoát khỏi
Meaning: the act of letting a gas, chemical, etc. come out of the container where it
has been safely held
- moisture (noun): Hơi ẩm; nước ẩm đọng lại; nước ẩm rịn ra
Meaning: very small drops of water that are present in the air, on a surface or in a
substance

Exercise 2:
6. pyramid 9. conclusion
7. quotes/ quotations 10. headline
8. figures
Transcript
Lecturer: But how can you get involved? How can you begin to write articles which
will be published on sites like these?
Well, first you must have something interesting to say, something you want to
communicate with readers. Assuming you have this, it’s important in an article to
attract people’s attention and gain their interest, so put the main facts first, answering
these questions. Who? Why? When? How? and Where?
Get those basic facts down to start with and get people interested. Then fill in the
details in the rest of the article: the best model is really shaped like a pyramid. (Q6)
You put the most important facts at the top of the article and lots of smaller details
down below.
Remember, you want people to keep reading, so you need to hold your readers’
interest. A really good technique for doing that is to put in quotations from people who
are part of the story (Q7) - what they really said. You know the sort of thing, um,
‘Tanya, mother of two, said: ‘It all happened so quickly that we didn’t have time to
react’. Quotations bring the article alive.
Once you’ve written your article, go over it again to make sure that any figures you
quote are correct. (Q8) Make sure that Tanya really has two children and not one or
three. Then, after that, once you’ve got your ideas down, rewrite your article, making
sure that your paragraphs don’t contain more than three sentences - people like them
to be brief and to the point, and this will help to hold the attention.
And another thing to bear in mind: if they’ve reading online, people will soon stop
reading your piece and start reading something else, so keep the whole article brief.
Don’t put in a conclusion - just let your article end without it. (Q9)
Another good piece of advice is to remember that old cliche which we’ve all heard -
that a picture is worth a thousand words. It’s true, so if you can, include a picture. I’ll
attract more attention and illustrate what you’ve been saying.
Finally, you need to write a headline - something eye-catching (Q10) which will get
people to just skim the article to start with, and then, if it’s well written, they’ll read it
more carefully afterwards.

Vocabulary:
- article (noun): Bài báo

Meaning: a piece of writing about a particular subject in a newspaper or magazine
- publish (verb): công bố, Xuất bản

Meaning: to produce a book, magazine, CD-ROM, etc. and sell it to the public
- communicate (verb): Giao tiếp, truyền đạt, thông tri

Meaning: to make your ideas, feelings, thoughts, etc. known to other people so that
they understand them
- pyramid (noun): hình chóp, kim tự tháp

Meaning: a solid shape with a square or triangular base and sloping sides that meet
in a point at the top
- Quotation (noun): Sự trích dẫn

Meaning: a group of words or a short piece of writing taken from a book, play,
speech, etc. and repeated because it is interesting or useful
- illustrate (verb): Minh hoạ, làm rõ ý

Meaning: to make the meaning of something clearer by using examples, pictures,
etc.

Exercise 3:
6. key terms 9. stages

7. animal world 10. influences
8. contexts
Transcript
Victor: Right, so let’s design a plan. What ideas have you got so far?
Fumiko: Well, I wondered about doing something about relationships in the wild
first - you know, maybe starting with animals.
V: That’s quite a good idea… but I think the very first thing you need to do is give a
definition of what you mean by your key terms. (Q6)
F: Oh, so I need to say what terms like ‘relationship’ mean?
V: Yeah. Um, you could just do a diagram - you know, like you do when you
brainstorm something.
R: Oh yes - OK, I’ll do that first.
V: Right. After that, you could do a bit of background on the animal world… (Q7)
yes, a quick look at relationships among ape groups would work.
F: Yeah - interesting - just to show that relationships are part of life...So that’s the
definition and background - what next?
V: Well, then you have to move on to people. Are you going to target a particular age
group? Or something else?
F: Well, I thought that first I would look at different...well, there are so many places
aren’t there where we form relationships. In the office
V: Yeah...within the family. Even toddlers aged 18 months or under have
relationships
F: Yeah...so I’ll present those.
V: You mean the ‘contexts’ for relationships.(Q8)
F: Yes, that’s the world.
V: You do have to find a way to limit the scope of the study.
F: Yeah, I could examine the 21-to-30 age group

V: Or the next thing might be to select one type of relationships and go with that
F: Good idea! Um, I’ll pick friendship and lock at what makes that type of
relationship work and…
V: Well, why don’t you go through the stages in a friendship? (Q9) But I would keep
it simple - just select six.
F: Six. OK, I guess I could fit my practical work in here
V: Yes, it’s sort of area that you can canvas people’s opinions on. Ah, it might be
good to get some opinions from people over the age of 60
F: And - as a contrast - why don’t I end by looking into the future? Maybe the future
changes in
V: Yeah, or better still, the influences - you know, with all the social networking that
goes on now.(Q10)
F: OK, influences...oh, that’s been such a help, Victor. Thanks so much.
V: No problem… I’d better go and get some work done myself.

Vocabulary:
- relationship (noun): Mối quan hệ, mối liên hệ

Meaning: the way in which two people, groups or countries behave towards each
other or deal with each other
- diagram (noun): Biểu đồ

Meaning: a simple drawing using lines to explain where something is, how
something works, etc.
- brainstorm (verb): động não

Meaning: to all think about something at the same time, often in order to solve a
problem or to create good ideas
- toddler (noun): Đứa bé chỉ mới biết đi

Meaning: a child who has only recently learnt to walk
- scope (noun): Phạm vi, tầm

Meaning: the range of things that a subject, an organization, an activity, etc. deals
with
- examine (verb): thẩm tra, xem xét, khảo sát

Meaning: to consider or study an idea, a subject, etc. very carefully

Exercise 4:
1. Youth club 4. Record book

2. Welcome pack 5. Badge
3. Coordinator
Transcript
Woman: The Duke of Edinburgh’s Award is a programme of activities
designed to help young people from all backgrounds develop personally. There
are three levels: Bronze, Silver and Gold, and for each level participants have
to complete a series of activities in four categories: volunteering, physical,
skills, and expedition.
This talk will explain what you have to do in order to get a Bronze award. The Q1
first thing you need to do is find a Duke of Edinburgh centre near you. This could
be your school, college, or youth club. Then you’ll need to pay a small fee to
enrol in the programme. Once you’ve enrolled, you’ll get a welcome pack Q2
which explains the four categories in more detail. Then you can start planning
what to do. You can do many different types of activity for each category, but you Q3
must get them approved by your Duke of Edinburgh Coordinator before you
start so you don’t waste time doing something which is not approved. The other
important person is your assessor. This is the person who will certify that Q4
you’ve completed each activity by signing your record book. After you’ve
completed all the activities in the time given, your assessor will send your record
book results to the operating authority, who will check it. If everything is Q5
satisfactory, you’ll get your certificate and badge to confirm you’ve
completed the award. And after that, you can start working on the Silver award!

Vocabulary:
- programme (noun): Chương trình

Meaning: an organized order of performances or events
- participant (noun): Người tham gia, người tham dự

Meaning:a person who is taking part in an activity or event
- category (noun): Hạng, loại

Meaning: a group of people or things with particular features in common
- volunteer (noun): Người tình nguyện, người xung phong

Meaning: a person who does a job without being paid for it
- expedition(noun): Cuộc hành trình

Meaning: an organized journey with a particular purpose, especially to find out
about a place that is not well known
- enroll (verb): ghi tên

Meaning: to arrange for yourself or for somebody else to officially join a course,
school, etc.
- assessor (noun): Người định giá (tài sản...) để đánh thuế

Meaning: an expert in a particular subject who is asked by a court or other official
group to give advice
- satisfactory (adj): Vừa lòng, vừa ý; thoả mãn

Meaning: good enough for a particular purpose
- badge (noun): Huy hiệu, phù hiệu

Meaning: a small piece of metal or plastic, with a design or words on it, that a
person wears to show that they belong to an organization, support something, have
achieved something, have a particular rank, etc.

Exercise 5:
8. sign
9. reception
10. membership card
Transcript
Now, the final thing I want to talk about is how to join the Park Hill Leisure Centre
and enrol for the classes. First you need to complete an enrolment form with some
of your personal details, including your address and telephone number and the name
of your school. If you're under sixteen years old, then you'll also be required to get
your parents' permission to take part in the classes. Please ask one of your parents Q8
to sign the authorisation form attached to the enrolment form. You'll find the form
in your information pack. When you've done this, you just hand the forms to Q9
reception. You can pay an annual subscription of twenty pounds, or alternatively,
you can pay each time you use the facilities. There is a one pound sixty admission
fee in this case. Whether you decide to pay in one go or with each visit, you still need
to complete the forms in your pack and become a member. Once we have the forms, Q10
we'll send your membership card to your home address. All you need to do is show
this card every time you come to the centre, and if you want to book a class, you just
need your membership number on your card.

Vocabulary:
- enrolment (noun): Sự kết nạp hoặc được kết nạp

Meaning: the act of officially joining a course, school, etc.; the number of people who
do this
- permission (noun): Sự cho phép, sự chấp nhận; giấy phép

Meaning: the act of allowing somebody to do something, especially when this is done
by somebody in a position of authority
- authorisation (noun): Sự cho phép, sự cấp phép

Meaning: official permission or power to do something; the act of giving permission
- reception (noun): Sự nhận, sự thu nhận, sự lĩnh

Meaning: the area inside the entrance of a hotel, an office building, etc. where
guests or visitors go first when they arrive
- subscription (noun): Sự quyên góp (tiền)

Meaning: an amount of money you pay, usually once a year, to receive regular copies
of a newspaper or magazine, etc.; the act of paying this money
- admission (noun):Sự nhận vào, sự thu nạp vào; sự kết nạp

Meaning: the act of accepting somebody into an institution, organization, etc.; the
right to enter a place or to join an institution or organization

Exercise 6:
1. General 4. System
2. Specific 5. Relevance
3. Make notes
Transcript
Tutor: Hi, James. How’s your alternative energy research project going?
James: To be honest, I’m a bit confused about how to do the research for all the
different energy types.
Tutor: Well, the first thing to do is to make sure you focus your question,
otherwise you’ll have too much to read and you won’t be able to select
the key arguments.
James: So how do I do that?
Tutor: Start with the general topic of alternative energy and then keep asking
questions until you’ve narrowed the topic down to one particular area.
Then, when you have your question, make a list of
the reading you wilt need. This list should be general to give you some Q1
background, but remember you’ll need to focus on the issues related to
the question, so the reading list should also be specific to the actual Q2
energy source you’ve chosen, whether it’s wind or solar or wave power.
And then start reading?
Tutor: Absolutely. You need to start straight away, but don’t forget to make Q3
notes as you read, otherwise you won’t be able to keep track of ideas for
future reference purposes.
James: Yes, that makes sense. I think that’s my main problem – I don’t recall
where I’ve read different ideas so I can’t find them again later. And my Q4
friends have warned me that not recording ideas in a system can really
hinder your progress.
Tutor: Y our friends are right – it’s a common problem amongst students. You
need a system. Anyway, once you’ve done the reading and made all
your notes, you need to organise them so that you can analyse and
think about what you’ve read.
James: But I prefer to just start writing and then go back and look at my notes
later.

Tutor: Hmm … I wouldn’t recommend it. I think you need to give yourself Q5
more time to digest the material and arrange it into some kind of
system ready for analysis in terms of relevance to your research
question.
James: Well, that’s a great help. Thank you, Professor Jenkins.
Tutor: You’re welcome. Come and see me again if you have any more
problems.
Vocabulary:
- alternative energy (noun phrase): năng lượng thay thế

Meaning: Energy from a source other than the conventional fossil-fuel sources of oil,
natural gas, and coal; e.g., wind, running water, the sun. Thus, alternative fuel
- argument (noun): Lý lẽ, lý luận
Meaning: a conversation or discussion in which two or more people disagree, often
angrily
- warn (verb): Cảnh cáo, răn
Meaning: to tell somebody about something, especially something dangerous or
unpleasant that is likely to happen, so that they can avoid it
- hinder (verb): Cản trở, gây trở ngại
Meaning: to make it difficult for somebody to do something or for something to
happen
- progress (noun): Sự tiến hành; sự xúc tiến
Meaning: the process of improving or developing, or of getting nearer to achieving
or completing something
- organise (verb): Tổ chức, cấu tạo, thiết lập
Meaning: to arrange for something to happen or to be provided
- analyse (verb): Phân tích
Meaning: to examine the nature or structure of something, especially by separating
it into its parts, in order to understand or explain it
- recommend (verb): Khuyên bảo, dặn; đề nghị
Meaning: to tell somebody that something is good or useful, or that somebody would
be suitable for a particular job, etc.
- digest (verb): Suy nghĩ kỹ càng, sắp xếp trong óc
Meaning: to think about something so that you fully understand it

Exercise 7:
8. rotate
9. gathering
10. the other direction
Transcript
Emma: Right, shall we get started on some of the content?
Tom: Yes. we haven’t got that much time. Does anyone know anything about
their topics?
Alex: I know quite a lot about cyclones.
Tom: Do you?
Alex: Well, I studied them at high school. You know, cyclones usually start
near the equator. They need quite warm water to form. Above the Q8
warm water, the vapour in the air forms clouds, and if there is low
pressure, then these clouds will start to rotate.
Tom: Isn't it also the fact that the earth rotates too which makes the clouds
spin more?
Alex: Yes, that too. Once they begin rotating, they can either lose Q9
momentum or keep gathering momentum until they hit land - these
ones are called mature cyclones. Luckily, as soon as they hit land, they
start to lose momentum and fade away. Just because they don't have the
warmth of the ocean underneath.
Emma: Well, that's a relief!
Alex: They can still be really destructive. They're like a big circle of wind.
They blow strongly until the eye of the storm passes - you know, the
centre, where everything is really quiet, no wind or anything. But then
Q10
the other side hits and the winds blow just as strongly but in the other
direction! It's just amazing! Yes, I would really like to cover that.
Emma: Well, it looks like we've got it all arranged, then!

Vocabulary:
- cyclone (noun): Lốc, gió xoáy

Meaning: a violent tropical storm in which strong winds move in a circle
- equator (noun): Xích đạo

Meaning: an imaginary line around the earth at an equal distance from the North
and South
- vapour (noun): Hơi nước

Meaning: a mass of very small drops of liquid in the air, for example steam
- pressure (noun): Sức ép, áp lực

Meaning: the force or weight with which something presses against something else
- rotating (noun): sự quay

Meaning: moving or turning around a fixed point
- momentum (noun): động lượng, xung lượng

Meaning: the ability to keep increasing or developing
- destructive (adj): Phá hoại, phá huỷ, tàn phá, huỷ diệt
Meaning: causing destruction or damage

Exercise 8:
11. B
12. C
13. E
Transcript
MAN: Hello?
WOMAN: Hi. It’s Laura Cariton here. We’ve just arrived at the holiday flat,
but I can’t get the hot water and heating to work.
MAN: Oh right! That’s easy. Don’t worry. In the upstairs cupboard, you’ll
find the water heater. You’ll see three main controls on the left at the bottom of
the heater. The first one - the round one on the far left - is the most important Q11
one for the heating and hot water. It’s the main control switch. Make sure it’s
in the ‘on’ position. The switch itself doesn’t light up, but the little square
below will be black if the switch is ‘off’. That’s probably what’s happened - it’s
got switched off by mistake. The middle one of these three controls - you’ll see
it’s slightly larger than the first one - controls the radiators. If you feel cold
while you’re there and need the radiators on, this needs to be turned to
maximum. The last of the three controls - the one on the right - is usually on
about a number four setting which for the water in the taps is usually quite hot
enough.
Below the heating controls in the middle is a small round plastic button. If there Q12
isn’t enough water in the pipes, sometimes the heater goes out. If this happens
you’ll need to press this button to reset the heater. Hold it in for about five Q12
seconds and the heater should come on again. Then there’s a little square Q13
indicator under the third knob, that’s a kind of alarm light. It’ll flash if you
need to reset the heater
WOMAN: It sounds complicated…
MAN: I’m sure you won’t have any problems with it. There should be some
more instructions on the side of the heater. Call me back if you can’t make it
work.
WOMAN: Okay

Vocabulary:
- cupboard (noun): Tủ có một hoặc nhiều cửa ở phía mặt (hoặc xây chìm vào tường)
để đựng thức ăn, quần áo, đĩa; tủ ly
Meaning: a piece of furniture with doors and shelves used for storing dishes, food,
clothes, etc.
- switch (noun): Công tắc

Meaning: a small device that you press or move up and down in order to turn a light
or piece of electrical equipment on and off
- slightly (adv): Nhỏ; ở một mức độ không đáng kể

Meaning: a little
- radiator (noun): Vật bức xạ

Meaning: a hollow metal device for heating rooms. Radiators are usually connected
by pipes through which hot water is sent.
- indicator (noun): Dụng cụ chỉ cho biết, vật chỉ thị

Meaning: a sign that shows you what something is like or how a situation is
changing

Exercise 9:
26. E 28. G 30. F

27. B 29.A
Transcript
Tutor: OK, so let’s just think about the content of your case study - the history of Furniture
Rossi. I see here in paragraph four you’re talking about how Luca Rossi raised the
capital for his new business venture - and then you’re talking about the customer
base growing much wider - but what was it that prompted this growth?
James: Well, that was to do with the quality of the furniture (Q26) products that the
company was selling. People loved that it was all hand-made and would last.
Tutor: And because demand from customers kept growing?
James: Well, then Rossi needed to take on more craftsmen so they could make sure the
orders were ready on time, and then, he also had to set up two new warehouses
(Q27) to make distribution quicker.
Tutor: Yes. And from there, the company really grew. But think what happened next. They
started looking at ways to increase their profits and called in a consultant. And
what he saw immediately was that the infrastructure was completely outdated -
they were paying three full-time admin staff just for data-entry. So he recommended
they upgrade their software programs (Q28) and that, in turn, cut operational costs
and just speeded everything up.
James: I’m surprised they didn’t get on to that earlier, but I suppose Luca Rossi was more
interested in the design aspect, rather than the finance side of things.
Tutor: Yes, I imagine that’s why he eventually turned the day-to-day running of the
company over to his son. And in fact, it was the son, Marco, who persuaded his
father to move on from traditional television advertising and go online instead.
James: I guess that’s the best way to reach people.
Tutor: It can be, but initially, customers actually complained.
James: Why?
Tutor: Well, some users found it hard to negative their way around the website - so they
were getting frustrated and giving up. So then the company called in a
professional to improve it. (Q29)
James: I see. He must have done a good job. They’ve had a continuous three-year rise in
revenue - so things must be going well.

Tutor: Indeed. And what of the future?
James: Well, I probably need to talk about this a bit more in the concluding paragraphs,
don’t I? Consumers are already aware of the quality of the furniture, that’s for
sure, but I think the company is aiming to publicise their values (Q30)- the fact
that they have respect for beauty, durability and functionality, and the
environment. A lot of companies are ready...
Vocabulary:
- venture (noun): Dự án kinh doanh, công việc kinh doanh

Meaning: a business project or activity, especially one that involves taking risks
- demand (noun): nhu cầu
Meaning: a very firm request for something; something that somebody needs
- craftsmen (noun): Thợ thủ công
Meaning: a skilled person, especially one who makes beautiful things by hand
- warehouses (noun): Kho hàng; kho chứa đồ
Meaning: a building where large quantities of goods are stored, especially before
they are sent to shops/stores to be sold
- consultant (noun): Người tư vấn, tư vấn viên
Meaning: a person who knows a lot about a particular subject and is employed to
give advice about it to other people
- infrastructure (noun) : Cơ sở hạ tầng
Meaning: the basic systems and services that are necessary for a country or an
organization to run smoothly, for example buildings, transport and water and power
supplies
- persuade (verb): Thuyết phục
Meaning: to make somebody do something by giving them good reasons for doing it
- frustrate (verb) : Làm thất bại, làm hỏng
Meaning: to make somebody feel annoyed or impatient because they cannot do or
achieve what they want
- publicise (verb): đưa ra công khai, quảng cáo
Meaning: to make something known to the public; to advertise something
- durability (noun): Tính bền, tính lâu bền
Meaning: the quality of being able to last for a long time without breaking or getting
weaker

Exercise 10:
27. (senior) management/ managers 29. meeting

28. Project request 30. conference call
Transcript
Dave: What are the next steps if we are to have a new system?
Randhir: Well, the first question is - do you have support from your senior Q27
management?
Dave: Yes, I’ve already discussed it with them and they’ve also keen to get
this work done.
Randhir: OK, because I was going to say, that’s the first thing you need to do
and without that we can’t go ahead.
Dave: Yes, I’ve done that.
Randhir: That’s good
Dave: Actually, they mentioned that there’s probably a form I need to
complete to formally start the project.
Randhir: Yes - that’s the next thing you need to do. I’ll send you an email with
a link so you can full it in online. It’s called a ‘project request form’. Q28
Dave: OK, great. And then what happens?
Randhir: Well, I have a list of things but I think the third thing you should do is
see Samir. He’s our analyst who will look at the system and identify
what needs to be done.
Dave: OK - can you send me his contact details and I’ll set up a meeting with Q29
him.
Randhir: OK that’s good, so we should soon be able to get a team together to
start the work. Some members of our team work in different locations
so it’s not easy to have face-to-face meetings.
Dave: That’s OK - I’m used to having conference calls providing they are Q30
not late at night.
Randhir: Right - so I’ll send you details of the team and if you could set up a call
that would be great.
Dave: OK, I’ll do that.
Randhir: Thanks

Vocabulary:
- senior (adj): Nhiều tuổi hơn; cao hơn về cấp bậc (chức quyền..); lâu năm hơn
Meaning: a person who is older than somebody else
- analyst (noun): Người phân tích

Meaning: a person whose job involves examining facts or materials in order to give
an opinion on them
- identify (verb): Nhận ra, nhận biết, nhận diện, nhận dạng
Meaning: to recognize somebody/something and be able to say who or what they are


Exercise 11:
21. pine forests 24. sort

22. water 25. remove ink
23. produce
Transcript
Alan: Hi Melanie - what did you think of the assignment that we got today? It looks
interesting, doesn’t it?
Melanie: Yes Alan, I’ve always been interested in recycling but there’s a lot of research
to do.
Alan: Yes - there are a lot of things I’m unsure of so it’s going to be good working
with you.
Melanie: OK- well why don’t we start by making a flow-chart from the notes our tutor
gave us?
Alan: Yes, um, so...on one side we could have the paper production cycle - here on
the left - and on the other side the recycling.
Melanie: Good idea. Let’s start at the top with the production. The first step in the
process is to get the raw materials.
Alan: Yes - and they tend to come from pine forests. Q21
Melanie: OK - and then the bark is removed from the outside of the tree and after that
the wood is chopped up - that’s the first three stages.
Alan: It sounds a bit complicated after that. Um, it says water is added and then Q22
the mixture is heated and made into pulp. This will be the thick paste that is
used to make paper.
Melanie: Yes - you’re right because after that they use a machine to make the paper and
we can put that right in the centre of the flow-chart because it’s also where the
recycled paper joins the process.
Alan: Yes. So once the paper has been produced in the machine, what happens then?
Melanie: Well, I think we should write ‘print’ as the next step because this is when
newspapers, magazines, etc. are produced. And we could also add that they Q23
have to be distributed to stores and people’s homes.
Alan: Right, then the recycling bit starts. The old paper’s collected and then it says
it’s taken somewhere so that someone or something can sort it. I imagine Q24
there are different kinds of paper - or things like paper clips that need to be
removed.

Melanie: Yes. Let’s have a step after that. Now, how did our tutor say they do this?
Oh yes - it involves chemicals, so - how is your chemistry?
Alan: Well - not very good I’m afraid. But this is how they remove ink so - this is Q25
definitely going to need a bit of research.
Melanie: Right - the last step in the recycling section is similar to the last step in the
production process with heating and pulping - before the cycle begins
again.
Vocabulary:
- assignment (noun): Sự giao việc, sự phân công

- recycling (noun): sự sử dụng lại

Meaning: the process of treating things that have already been used so that they
can be used again
- Complicated (adj) : Phức tạp, rắc rối

Meaning: made of many different things or parts that are connected; difficult to
understand
- mixture (noun): Sự pha trộn, sự hỗn hợp

Meaning: a combination of different things
- pulp (noun): Bột giấy

Meaning: a soft substance that is made by crushing wood, cloth or other material
and then used to make paper
- distribute (verb) : Được phân bổ theo một kiểu nào đó

Meaning: to give things to a large number of people; to share something between a
number of people
- sort (verb) : Lựa chọn, sắp xếp, phân loại

Meaning: to arrange things in groups or in a particular order according to their
type, etc.; to separate things of one type from others

Exercise 12:
23. activated
24. fifty kilometres
25. temperature
Transcript
SIMON: But let’s move onto how floats work.
SIMON: The operational cycle goes like this. Each of the floats is dropped
in the ocean from a boat at a set point and activated from a Q23
satellite. Then the float immediately sinks about 2,000 metres…
that’s two whole kilometres down in the water. It stays at this
depth for about 10 days and is carried around by the currents
which operate in the ocean at this level. During this time, it’s
possible for it to cover quite large distances but the average is Q24
fifty kilometres.
STUDENT 2: So, what is it actually recording?
SIMON: Well, at this stage nothing, but as it rises to the surface, it collects
all sorts of data, most importantly variations in salinity – that’s
salt levels – and the changes in temperature, a bit like underwater Q25
weather balloons. Then, when it gets back to the surface, all the
data it’s collected is beamed up to the satellite. After about 5
hours on the surface, the float automatically sinks, beginning the
whole process again.
STUDENT 1: What happens to the data?
SIMON: Well, the information is transferred direct to onshore
meteorological stations… like our one in Hobart… and within
four hours the findings can be on computers and they can be
mapped and analysed.

Vocabulary:
- float (noun): Cái phao; phao cứu đắm

Meaning: a large vehicle on which people dressed in special costumes are carried in
a festival
- activate (verb): hoạt hoá, làm hoạt động

Meaning: to make something such as a device or chemical process start working
- sink (verb): Chìm, thụt, lún

Meaning: to go down below the surface or towards the bottom of a liquid or soft
substance
- variation (noun): Sự biến đổi, sự thay đổi; mức độ thay đổi, mức độ biến đổi
Meaning: a change, especially in the amount or level of something
- satellite (noun): Vệ tinh; vệ tinh nhân tạo

Meaning: an electronic device that is sent into space and moves around the earth or
another planet. It is used for communicating by radio, television, etc. and for
providing information.
- onshore (adj): Thổi từ biển về đất liền; về phía bờ

Meaning: on the land rather than at sea
- meteorological (adj): khí tượng học

Meaning: connected with the earth's atmosphere and its changes, especially in the
way they affect the weather

Exercise 13:
27. priorities 29. small tasks

28. timetable 30. single paragraph
Transcript
JEANNIE: Well, the first thing is to find out exactly what’s required in the
exams.
DAN: Mm. Would it help to get hold of some past papers?
JEANNIE: Yes. They’ll help to make it clear.
DAN: Right, I’ll do that. Then what?
JEANNIE: Then you can sort out your revision priorities, based on what’s Q27
most likely to come up. I put these on a card, and read them through
regularly.
DAN: Uhuh.
JEANNIE: But that isn’t enough in itself. You also need a timetable, to see how Q28
you can fit everything in, in the time available. Then keep it front of
you while you’re studying.
DAN: I’ve done that before, but it hasn’t helped me!
JEANNIE: Maybe you need to do something different every day, so if you break
down your revision into small tasks, and allocate them to specific Q29
days, there’s more incentive to tackle them. With big topics you’re
more likely to put off starting.
DAN: Good idea.
JEANNIE: And as I revise each topic I write a single paragraph about it – then Q30
later I h can read it through quickly, and d it helps fix things in my
mind.
JEANNIE: That’s brilliant.
I also write answers to questions for the exam practice. It’s hard to
make myself do it, though!
DAN: Well, I’ll try. Thanks a lot, Jeannie. That’s a great help.
JEANNIE: No problem.
DAN: See you aground.
JEANNIE: Bye.

Vocabulary:
- priority (noun): ưu tiên

be dealt with first
- revision (noun): Sự xem lại, sự đọc lại, sự xét lại, sự duyệt lại; cái đã được xem xét
Meaning: a change or set of changes to something
- allocate (verb): Chỉ định

Meaning: to give something officially to somebody/something for a particular
purpose
- incentive (noun): Khuyến khích, khích lệ; thúc đẩy

Meaning: something that encourages you to do something
- tackle (verb) : Xử trí, giải quyết, khắc phục

Meaning: to make a determined effort to deal with a difficult problem or situation
- revise (verb): Đọc lại, xem lại, duyệt lại, xét lại
Meaning: to change your opinions or plans, for example because of something you
have learned

Exercise 14:
5. daylight
6. country
7. willing to
Transcript
Phil: Well, what about if we analyse the costing process as part of our
project
Tutor: That’s an excellent idea, Phil. OK, so let’s imagine that we want
to forecast the cost of producing solar energy. How could we do
that, Jackie?
Jackie: Um, well, I think weˆd have to start by working out how many Q5
hours of daylight there are in the UK per year.
Phil: The Meteorological Office would have data on that.
Jackie: Then estimate the number of hours of sun to get a rough total.
Phil: And then I suppose weˆd need to work out how much 1t would cost Q6
to supply the average home with solar power, and then
extrapolate that to get a number for the whole country.
Tutor: Good, and don't forget the price of power conversation stations
— this wIll have a significant impact on overall expenditure. And
there’s one more factor you haven't taken into account yet,
regarding the consumers.
Jackie: Um... whether they would change from traditional to renewable
energy?
Tutor: No, but think about what might make them change?
Jackie: Oh, yes. How much they would be willing to pay. Q7
Tutor: Exactly. Well done.

Vocabulary:
- imagine (verb): tưởng tượng

Meaning: to form a picture in your mind of what something might be like
- forecast (noun): Sự dự đoán trước; sự dự báo trước

Meaning: a statement about what will happen in the future, based on information
that is available now
- estimate (verb): Sự đánh giá, sự ước lượng

Meaning: a judgement that you make without having the exact details or figures
about the size, amount, cost, etc. of something
- extrapolate (verb) : ngoại suy

Meaning: to estimate something or form an opinion about something, using the
facts that you have now and that are valid for one situation and supposing that they
will be valid for the new one

Exercise 15:
1. (to) New York

2. legal examination
3. (a) ferry
Transcript
This morning I’d like to focus on New York as a model for understanding immigration
patterns in relation to national rather than international change. Firstly, it is important to
understand that migration patterns are primarily affected by the rules of immigration which
determine the conditions of entry. After that, internal changes can affect patterns
considerably. To highlight my first point let’s study this diagram of Ellis Island and the
process of admitting immigrants in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Upon
arrival at Ellis Island, people underwent a series of examinations and questions before being
allowed to enter the US. First of all, there was a medical inspection to ensure the
immigrants were not bringing in any contagious diseases. Anyone who did not pass the
medical examination was refused entry to New York and sent home on the next available
ship.(Q1) If the examination was passed, immigrants were required to take a further
examination; this time a legal examination to establish whether they had any criminal
convictions.(Q2) After this, immigrants were able to change currency and purchase tickets
for onward rail travel from New York. Having completed this simple process, immigrants
were told to wait – this wait could be as long as five hours – before boarding a ferry to take
them to New York City.(Q3) This simple system allowed millions of immigrants to enter the
US and is largely responsible for the ethnic make-up of the city today. Even though the
immigrants themselves may have had a variety of reasons for deciding to migrate, it was only
possible because of US national immigration laws.

Vocabulary:
- immigration (noun): Sự nhập cư

Meaning: the process of coming to live permanently in a country that is not your
own; the number of people who do this
- determine (verb) : Định, xác định, định rõ

Meaning: to discover the facts about something; to calculate something exactly
- immigrant (noun): Nhập cư (dân...)

Meaning: a person who has come to live permanently in a country that is not their
own
- inspection (noun): Sự xem xét kỹ, sự kiểm tra, sự thanh tra

Meaning: an official visit to a school, factory, etc. in order to check that rules are
being obeyed and that standards are acceptable
- contagious (adj): truyền nhiễm

Meaning: disease spreads by people touching each other
- conviction (noun): Người bị kết án tù, người tù

Meaning: the act of finding somebody guilty of a crime in court; the fact of having
been found guilty

DẠNG 6: NOTE - TABLE - SENTENCE COMPLETION
Exercise 1:
1. Cafe 6. 1.50
2. 9 / nine am / 9 o’clock 7. M-A-U-G-H-A-N
3. 5 / five km/ kilometres / kilometers 8. 01444 732 900
4. (a) bar(-)code 9. guiding
5. website 10. taking photos/ photographs
Transcript
A: Good morning – Dave Speaking
B: Hi – could I speak to the organizer of the Preston Park Run?
A: Yes that’s me
B: Great – um – I was taking to some friends of mine about the run and they
suggested I contact you to get some more details.
A: Sure – what would you like to know?
B: Well – they said it takes place every Saturday, is that right?
A: Yes, it does
B: OK – great
A: Do you know where the park is?
B: Oh yes – I’ve been there before. But it’s quite big and I’m not sure where to go
A: Well there’s a circular track that goes right around the park. The run starts at Q1
the café, goes past the tennis courts then twice around the lake and finishes back
where it started.
B: OK, and what time is the run?
A: Well, the actual run begins at 9 am but the runners start arriving at about 8.45 Q2
B: OK – so I need to get up early Saturday morning then. And how long is the run?
A: Well it used to be three kilometres but most people wanted to do a bit more than
that so we lengthened it to five kilometres – we now go round the lake twice and
that adds an extra two kilometres. Q3
B: Right – not sure I’ve ever run that far so I’d better start doing a bit of training.
A: That’s a good idea. But it’s not a race, it’s really just for fun and the best thing
would be to take it easy the first few times you do it and then see if you can
gradually improve your time.

B: Is the run timed then? How do I know how well I’ve done?
A: When you cross the finish line you’ll be given a bar code and you take this to one Q4
of the run volunteers, who will scan it. Then you can get your time online when you
go home.
B: Oh – I see. You collect all the results.
A: Exactly.
B: I see – that’s great. So how do I register?
A. Well there are several ways. I could take your details over the phone but it’s
much easier if you do it using the website Q5
B: OK – good. Um, I think that’s probably all I need to know for now. Oh yes, does
it cost anything to register or do you collect money each week?
A: Well it doesn’t cost anything to register but we do charge for the run. In fact we
have just increased the charge to 1.50 pounds. It used to be a pound but because Q6
we were making a bit of a loss we have had to increase it by 50P
B: OK thanks. I think I have enough information on taking part in the run.
(pause)
B: Um – you mentioned volunteers. I have a friend who is interested in helping out.
Can you give me some details so I can pass them on to her?
A: Sure – well you need to ask your friend to contact Pete Maughan. He manages
all the volunteers.
B: OK – I didn’t quite catch his surname – was it Morn – M-O-R-N?
A: No – just a bit more complicated – it’s M-A-U-G-H-A-N Q7
B: Right – thanks. and could you give me his phone number?
A: Yes – just a moment. It’s here somewhere – let me just find it. Ah I’ve two
numbers for him. I think the one that begins 0-1-2-7-3 is an old one so use this one:
it’s 0-1-4 double 4-7-3-2-9- double zero. Q8
B: OK – got that. Can you tell me anything about the volunteering? Like what kind
of activities it involves?
A: Sure – well we need volunteers for basic stuff like setting up the course. We
have to do that before all the runners arrive.
B: OK – so that’s a really start!
A: Yes that’s right. But if your friend would prefer to arrive a bit later she can also
help with giulding the runners so they don’t go the wrong way. Q9
B: I see. I believe you do a report on some of the races
A: Yes that’s right. In fact we do a weekly report on each race and we always try
to illustrate it.

B: OK – well my friend really likes taking photograph. She’s jut bought a new camera.
A: Actually that would be great. I don’t know whether Pete has anyone to take
photographs this week. Q10
B: Oh, I’ll let her know
A: OK good. Could you ask your friend to phone Pete and let him know?
B: Yes I will
A: OK thanks. Goodbye
B: Goodbye
Vocabulary:
- tennis court (noun): sân chơi tennis

Meaning: the place to play tennis
- lengthen (verb): kéo dài ra

Meaning: To make something longer in size
- register (verb): đăng ký

Meaning: To enroll in/to give name on an institution/organization…
- charge (verb): tính phí/chi trả

Meaning: pay money
- stuff (noun): tất cả những việc liên quan đến thứ mà đang nhắc đến
Meaning: something
- weekly (adjective): hàng tuần

Meaning: every week
- illustrate (verb): minh họa

Meaning: to use pictures, photographs, diagrams… to express somethin

Exercise 2:
1. 3000 words/ three thousand words 6. Post

2. surprise/ surprising ending 7. Famous authors
3. 16/ sixteen 8. Online
4. August 9. Public
5. COMP4SS 10. Spain
Transcript
A: Good morning. Dave speaking.
B: Oh hi. I’m phoning about a short story completion. Um, I saw an advert in a magazine
and I was just calling to get some details.
A: Yes – certainly. I’m the competition organizer so I should be able to help. What kind of
details are you looking for?
B: Well – erm. – does it cost anything to enter?
A: Yes – there’s an entry fee of five pounds.
B: OK – that should be fine.
(pause)
B: It’s a short story completion – so how many words is that?

A: Well – we want to give people a reasonable amount of freedom but the guidelines are
around 3.000 words (Q1).
B: Oh – that sounds quite a lot
A: Well – it’s not as much as it used to be. We did have a limit of 5000 words but some people
thought that was too many so this year we’ve reduced it.
B: Right – and does the story need to be about anything in particular?
A: No – you can write about any topic you like. But the main point of the competition is that
it has to have surprise ending (Q2).
B: Oh I see. That sounds interesting. I don’t think I’ve ever written a story like that before.
A: Yes – it’s something we’ve introduced for this year’s competition.
B: Right. Um – I’m eighteen. Is there any age limit?
A: Yes – you need to be sixteen (Q3) or over, so if you’re eighteen that’s fine.
B: Great. So you have the competition once a year. Is that right?

A: Yes – we start advertising in January and the competition takes up a lot of the year. We
give people a few months to write their story and then it takes quite a long time to judge all
the entries and to announce the winners.
B: I see. So when is the closing date for the competition? It’s already April – I hope I’m not
too late.
A: No you’ve still got plenty of time. You need to submit your entry by the 1st of August (Q4).
After then it will be too late, although you can always enter next year’s competition!
B: OK good. So how do I enter?
A: Well we have a website and the best way to enter is to complete the entry form online. We
also have more details of the competition on the site. Shall I give you the web address?
B: Yes please.
A: OK – it’s www dot C-O-M-P-4-S-S (Q5) dot com. And that’s the number four not the
world four.
B: OK – thanks. I’ve got that. So – I can complete the entry form online but how do I send the
story? Do I print it out and send it to you?
A: Well you may want to print the story out so you can review it but don’t post (Q6) it to us.
When you’ve finished your story you will need to email it to us. The email address is on the
website I gave you.
B: OK – that’s fine. (pause) Um can you tell me a bit about how the competition is judged and
what the prizes are?
A: Yes of course. Well, once we have all the entries I send them to all the judges. Our
competition is quite popular so we are lucky to be able to use famous authors (Q7) who are
very interested in the competition.
B: That’s fantastic. It’s great to know that someone famous will be reading my story!
A: Yes that’s right. It takes them quite a while to read through the entries but eventually they
decide on the top five stories.
B: I see – and what happens then?
A: Well, they will be published online (Q8) so everyone can read them. They will not be in
any order at this point. They will just be the five stories that the judges think are the best.
B: And do all the top five stories get prizes?
A: No – it’s just the top story and the runner-up
B: So how is the top story decided?
A: Well once the top five stories are available, it will be the public (Q9) who will vote for their
favorite story.
B: Right – I see. So I need to get all my friends to vote for me then!

A: Er, yes – that’s a good idea.
B: And, what is the prize?
A: Well, the runner-up gets a prize of 300 pounds, but the winner gets a trip to Spain (Q10)
to attend a workshop for writers.
B: Wow – that’s brilliant. I’d better get writing straight away
A: Yes – good luck!
B: Thanks.
Vocabulary:
- advert (noun): quảng cáo

Meaning: advertising/advertisement
- guideline (noun): sự hướng dẫn

Meaning: a set of rules or instructions that are given by an official organization
telling you how to do something, especially something difficult
- take up (verb): xảy ra

Meaning: to happen or take place
- judge (verb): đánh giá

Meaning: to evaluate something or someone
- entry (noun): bài dự thi

Meaning: something that you do, write or make to take part in a competition.
- publish (verb): công bố, công khai

Meaning: to make something/produce something to the public

Exercise 3:
1. 7.30 / seven thirty 6. 55

2. pencils 7. beginners
3. top 8. Kahui
4. August 9. Battery
5. Instructions 10. Show
Transcript
Woman: Hello. Eastwood Community Centre
Man: Oh hello. My name’s Andrew Dyson. I’m calling about the evening classes you
offer.
Woman: OK, Mr. Dyson, are they any classes in particular that you’re interested in?
Man: Yes, you’ve got a class called “Painting with watercolours”, I believe.
Woman: That’s right. It’s a popular class so this term it’ll be moving to the hall, so they’ve
got more room.
Man: Right. I know it’s on Tuesday but what time exactly?
Woman: It was 6.30 last term, but let me just have a look at the details. OK it’ll be 7.30
(Q1) this time, probably it suits more people.
Man: Well, it’s my wife who’s really interested and that’ll be good for her because
she’s home from work by 7.15 – that’ll give her just enough time to get there. Um,
what does she need to bring?
Woman: OK, well paints are provided by the tutor, I know that. Uh, the information says
she’ll need just a jar for water – and some pencils (Q2) for drawing. There are
also lots of aprons here, so she needn’t worry what she’s wearing. And the cost
for four classes is 45 pounds, including paints, as I said.
Man: OK, now we’re both quite keen on the Maori language class.
Woman: There are spaces on the next course, so you could join that.
Man: Oh good. Which room will that be in?
Woman: When you come in through the entrance of the community centre building, you’ll
need to go straight up the stairs in front of you, all the way to the top (Q3). And
it’s the small room you’ll find there.
Man: I see. All right, and let me just check when it’s starting. I heard from someone
that the July course has been delayed until August (Q4)

Woman: I’m afraid so. And we’re halfway through the June course at the moment so
there’s not much point you taking that.
Man: I guess we’ll have to wait, then
Woman: Well, when you do come, the tutor recommends bringing a small recorder with
you just so you can listen again later, and er, the cost for five classes is currently
40 pounds
Man: Ok, useful information to know. Um, there’s one more class I’m interested in –
that’s the digital photography class.
Woman: Oh I’ve taken that class myself. The tutor’s very good. That’ll be in room 9 and
that’s starting in two weeks’ time – in the evening – every Wednesday at 6
o’clock.
Man: Um, obviously I need to bring the camera with me, I suppose it’d be useful to
have the instructions (Q5) that go with the camera, too.
Woman: I’d say so. Um, some people bring along a lot of accessories like extra lenses,
but there’s really no need for this class. It’s mainly focus on composition really,
and getting the most out of the basic camera.
Man: That’s exactly what I need. And how much does it cost?
Woman: Let’s see. For four classes, it’s 35 pounds, but if you take eight, it works out as
55 (Q6) pounds, so you’re making a bit of a saving – 15 pounds that is
Man: I see
(pause)
Man: OK, now just another question for the watercolours class: I’ve just remembered
that my wife asked me to find out about the level – who’s it for?
Woman: OK, well you don’t have to be very skilled or anything like that. It’s designed for
beginners (Q7) , actually. People who might see art as a hobby rather than as a
professional opportunity.
Man: That sounds like my wife. And er, who do I talk to if I want to find out some more
about the Maori language classes?
Woman: Probably best to talk to the tutor directly. He’ll be in the office in about half an
hour. His name’s Jacson Kahui. That’s K-A-H-U-I (Q8)
Man: Good – I’ll give him a call
Woman: Oh, if you do decide to come to the photography class, don’t forget to look at
your camera battery (Q9) and make sure it’s charged. I know it sounds obvious
but I’ve seen a few people suddenly find the camera’s stopped working right in
the middle of class.

Man: Yes, I can imagine it’d be easy to forget that. Oh, that reminds me, in the final
week of the photography course, is it right there’s a visit to a show (Q10) in the
local area? I work in the city, you see, so I might have to come home early for
that one.
Woman: Yes, they’ll decide the date once the class has started. Is there anything else I
can…
Vocabulary:
- apron (noun): tạp dề

Meaning: Aprons are worn over other clothes to keep them clean, for example when
cooking.
- halfway (adjective): nửa đường

Meaning: part of the way towards doing or achieving something
- recommend (verb): đề xuất

Meaning: to tell somebody that something is good or useful, or that somebody would
be suitable for a particular job, etc.
- instruction (noun): sự hướng dẫn

Meaning: detailed information on how to do or use something
- accessory (noun): các vật phụ

Meaning: an extra piece of equipment that is useful but not essential or that can be
added to something else as a decoration
- charge (verb): sạc pin

Meaning: to let electricity go into the electric equipment

Exercise 4:
1. 208 613 2978 6.fridge

2. Visiontech 7.school
3. doctor 8.950
4. garage 9.quiet
5. furniture 10.friend
Transcript
Agent: Fairfield Rentals. Andrew Williams. How can I help you?
Woman: Oh hello. I’m calling from the UK – um, my family are moving to Canada early
next year, and we’re hoping to find somewhere to rent in Fairfield for the first six
months while we settle in.
Agent: Right, I see. Well let’s get your details.
Woman: Yes, my name’s Jane Ryder
Agent: Ok Jane, and can I have a phone number – the best number to get you on?
Woman: Well, that’d probably be our home number – so 0044 for the UK, and then it’s
2086132978 (Q1)
Agent: Alright. And an email address, please, so we can send you out all the information
and forms
Woman: I think it’s best if I give you my husband’s email – he’s sitting in front of a
computer all day so he can print stuff off and get it back to you sooner than I
could. It’s reichard@visiontech.co.uk . I’ll just spell the company name for you.
That’s V-I-S-I-O-N-T-E-C-H (Q2)
Agent: Great. And we have a question here about occupation
Woman: Richard’s an IT specialist for an advertising company. They’re transferring
him to their Fairfield branch.
Agent: Actually, just your job for now, thanks
Woman: Me? I’m a doctor (Q3) at the hospital in our town
Agent: OK, I’ll put that down. Now, what kind of accommodation are you looking for?
House, apartment?
Woman: an apartment, probably, as long as it has two bedrooms. There’ll be me, my
husband and our ten-year-old son
Agent: And so with an apartment, you’re less likely to get a garden
Woman: That’s OK

Agent: But what about a garage (Q4) – is that something you’ll want the apartment to
have?
Woman: Yes, that’s definitely important
Agent: OK, just a moment. I’ll make a note of that
Woman: But – er before we go on – I should probably say now that what we don’t need is
any furniture (Q5) – because we’ll be shipping all that over, and I don’t really
want to pay for storage while we’re waiting to buy a house
Agent: Not a problem. I’ll make a note of that
Woman: Actually, though, just thinking about the kitchen, what can I expect form a rental
property? I mean, what kind of equipment is provided?
Agent: Well the normal thing is that you get a stove – I think that’s a cooker in British
English
Woman: OK, good to know, but how about a fridge (Q6) .We’ll be selling ours before we
come, so if possible, we’d like the apartment to have one for when we arrive
Agent: I can certainly add that to the form. If there’s any other whiteware that you
need – like a dishwasher for example, there are plenty of stores here that’ll
arrange delivery on the same day as purchase.
Woman: Thanks. Hopefully we won’t need to buy too many things.
Agent: Now, how about location? Have you done any research into the Fairfield area?
Woman: Not that much so far
Agent: Well, you mentioned you have a boy – I imagine you’d like to be fairly close to a
school (Q7)
Woman: Good idea. That would help. What’s public transport like in Fairfield? Is it easy
to get around?
Agent: The bus service is pretty comprehensive – there are plenty of local routes,
services into the city and out of town
Woman: OK, and for a two-bedroom apartment – what sort of rent should we except to
pay?
Agent: Well, looking at properties we have at the moment, prices start from around 750
pounds per months and – depending on the area – can go up to 1200 pounds
Woman: That’s too much. Something halfway would be better
Agent: So, would your limit be, say, 950 (Q8) pounds?
Woman: I’d say so, yes
Agent: Can I ask if you smoke or if you have any pets?

Woman: No to both questions. But I do have one more request, please
Agent: Yes
Woman: Well, I’ve also been offered a job – at Victoria General Hospital – and I suspect
I’ll be working nights occasionally - so what I really need from any apartment is
for it to be quiet (Q9) – so I can catch up on sleep if necessary during the day.
Agent: Congratulations on the job offer. I’ll add your request to the form. Well, what I’ll
do is compile a list of suitable properties for you and send them via email. Um,
can I just ask -how did you hear about us? Obviously not from our commercials
if you’re living in the UK.
Actually, it was a friend (Q10) of ours. He spent a few months in Fairfield a
couple of years ago and he pointed us in the direction of your website
Woman: Well, it’s good to be recommended. So what I’ll do is…

Vocabulary:
- settle in.(verb ): định cư

Meaning: to move into a new home, job, etc. and start to feel comfortable there
- specialist (noun): chuyên gia
Meaning: a person who has deep knowledge of science, medicine…
- transfer (verb): chuyển đổi
Meaning: to move from one place to another; to move something/somebody from one
place to another
- branch (noun): chi nhánh
Meaning: a local office or shop/store belonging to a large company or organization
- furniture (noun): nội thất
Meaning: objects that can be moved, such as tables, chairs and beds, that are put
into a house or an office to make it suitable for living or working in
- ship (verb): vận chuyển
Meaning: to move something to somewhere
- storage (noun): sự chứa/kho
Meaning: the process of keeping something in a particular place until it is needed;
the space where things can be kept
- property (noun): tài sản
- purchase (verb): mua bán
Meaning: to buy and sell
- comprehensive (adjective): toàn diện
Meaning: including all, or almost all, the items, details, facts, information, etc., that
may be concerned
- catch up on (phrasal verb): theo kịp
Meaning: to spend extra time doing something because you have not done it earlier
- compile (verb): biên soạn
Meaning: to produce a book, list, report, etc. by bringing together different items,
articles, songs, etc.

Exercise 5:
1. unfriendly 6. party
2. noisy 7. SHADFORD
3. 23.50 8. Towel
4. insects 9. Breakfast
5. bathrooms 10. Kitchen
Transcript
Julie: Hi Nick. It’s Julie. Have you managed to find any information about
accommodation in Darwin?
Nick: Hi. I was just going to call you. I’ve found some on the Internet. There are quite
a few hostels for backpackers there. The first possibility I found was a hostel
called Top End Backpackers.
Julie: OK
Nick: It’s pretty cheap, you can get a bed in a dormitory for nineteen dollars per
person. Private rooms cost a bit more, but we’ll be OK in dormitories, won’t we?
Julie: Sure
Nick: So that hostel has parking, though that doesn’t really matter to us as we’ll be
using public transport.
Julie: Yeah. are there any reviews on the website from people who’ve been there?
Nick: Well, yes. They aren’t all that good though. Some people said they didn’t like to
staff, they had an unfriendly (Q1) attitude.
Julie: Mmm. That’s quite unusual in a hostel, usually all the staff are really welcoming.
Nick: That’s what I thought. People said they like to pool, and the fact that the rooms
had air-conditioning, but the problem with that was that it was very noisy (Q2),
so they were kept awake. But it was too hot if they turned it off, so they had to put
up with it.
Julie: Someone told me there’s another hostel called Gum Tree something
Nick: Gum Tree Lodge. It costs a bit more, 45 dollars a person
Julie: What?
Nick: Oh no, that’s for private rooms, it’s 23.50 (Q3) for the dorms.
Julie: That’s more like it
Nick: It looks to be in quite a good location, a bit out of town and quiet but with good
transport, and quite near a beach

Julie: Has it got a pool?
Nick: Yes, and its own gardens. The reviews for that one are mostly OK except for one
person who said they couldn’t sleep because there were insects (Q4) flying
around in the dormitories
Julie: Not for me then. And I’d rather be somewhere central really.
Nick: Right. There’s a place called Kangaroo Lodge. They’ve got dorms at 22 dollars.
And it’s downtown, near all the restaurants and clubs and everything, so that
should suit you. and it doesn’t close at night.
Julie: so there’s always someone on reception. That sounds good
Nick: The only criticism I saw as that the rooms were a bit messy and untidy because
people just left their clothes and stuff all over the beds and the floor
Julie: Don’t hostels usually have lockers in the bedrooms where you can leave your
stuff?
Nick: Yeah, they do usually, but apparently they don’t here. Still, hostels are never
particularly tidy places, so that doesn’t bother me. And the same person said
that the standard of cleanliness was pretty good, and especially the bathrooms
(Q5), they were excellent as far as that went.
Julie: Right. Yeah, I reckon Kangaroo Lodge sounds the best.
Nick: Me too. Quite a lot of people reviewing it said it was really fun there, like every
night everyone staying there got together and ended up having a party (Q6). So
it sounds like it’s got a really good atmosphere
Julie: OK, let’s go for that one
(pause)
Julie: Did you get the address of Kangaroo Lodge?
Nick: Yes… it’s on Shadforth Lane
Julie: Can you spell that?
Nick: S-H-A-D-F-O-R-T-H (Q7). It’s near the transit centre where the intercity
buses and the airport buses drop you off.
Julie: Cool. I’m really looking forward to this. I’ve never stayed in a hostel before. Do
you provide bed linen-sheets and things?
Nick: Yeah, And you can usually either bring your own towel (Q8), or hire one there,
but they don’t usually provide those for free.
Julie: OK, and what happens about meals?

Nick: Well, you don’t have to pay extra for breakfast (Q9). It varies a lot in different
places but generally it’s OK. And there’s usually a café where you can buy a
snack or a hot meal for lunch. But actually if you’re really travelling on the
cheap, usually for every five or six rooms there’s a kitchen (Q10) where you can
knock up snack, and that saves a lot of money.
Julie: Great. Right, well shall I go ahead and book that…
Vocabulary:
- manage (verb): quyết định

Meaning: to succeed in doing something, especially something difficult
- hostel (noun): nhà ở giá rẻ
Meaning: a building that provides cheap accommodation and meals to students,
workers or travellers
- backpacker (noun): phượt thủ
Meaning: a person who go backpaking
- reception (noun): lễ tân
Meaning: the area inside the entrance of a hotel, an office building, etc. where
guests or visitors go first when they arrive
- criticism (noun): sự chỉ trích, phàn nàn
Meaning: the act of expressing disapproval of somebody/something and opinions
about their faults or bad qualities; a statement showing disapproval
- transit (noun): luân chuyển
Meaning: the process of being moved or carried from one place to another
- intercity (adjective): trung chuyển
Meaning: travelling between cities, usually with not many stops on the way
- drop somebody off (verb): thả khách
Meaning: to put someone on the road while travelling
- bed linen (noun): chăn ga giường chiếu nói chung
Meaning: sheets and pillowcases for a bed

Exercise 6:
1.(simple) documents 6. Mairead

2. keyboard 7. Bridge
3. flowers 8. 14th May
4. tools 9. park
5. Saturday 10. newspaper
Transcript
Cathy: Hello, Hilary Lodge retirement home. Cathy speaking.
John: Hello, my name’s John Shepherd. Could I ask if you’re the manager of the home?
Cathy: That’s right
John: Oh good. Hello Cathy. A friend of mine is a volunteer at Hilary Lodge, and I’d
like to help out, too, if you need more people. I would work part-time, so I have
quite a lot of free time.
Cathy: We’ve always glad of more help. Shall I tell you about some of the activities that
volunteers get involved in?
John: Please
Cathy: Well on Monday evenings we organize computer training. We’ve got six laptops,
and five or six residents come to the sessions regularly. They’re all now fine
at writing and sending emails, but our trainer has just moved away, and we need
two or three volunteers who can help the residents create documents (Q1). Just
simple things, really.
John: I’d certainly be interested in doing that.
Cathy: Great. Then on Tuesday afternoons we have an informal singing class, which
most of the residents attend. We’ve got a keyboard (Q2), and someone who
plays, but if you’d like to join the singing, you’d be very welcome.
John: I work on Tuesday at the moment, though that might change. I’ll have to give it a
miss for now, I’m afraid.
Cathy: OK. Then on Thursday mornings we generally have a session in our garden.
Several of our residents enjoy learning about flowers (Q3), where they grow
best, how to look after them, and so on. Is that something you’re keen on?
John: I’m no expert, but I enjoy gardening, so yes, I’d like to get involved. Do you
have your own tools (Q4) at the home?

Cathy: We’ve got a few, but not very many
John: I could bring some in with me when I come
Cathy: Thank you very much. One very important thing for volunteers is that we hold a
monthly meeting where they all get together with the staff. It’s a change to make
sure we’re working well together, and that everyone knows how the residents
are, and what’s going on in the home
John: Uhmm
(pause)
Cathy: Now obviously we’d need to get to know you before you become one of our
volunteers.
John: Of course
Cathy: Could you come in for an informal interview – later this week, maybe?
John: I’m busy the next couple of days, but would Saturday (Q5) be possible?
Cathy: Certainly, just drop in any time during the day. I won’t be working then, so you’ll
see my assistant, Mairead
John: Sorry, how do you spell that?
Cathy: It’s M-A-I-R-E-A-D, Mairead (Q6)
John: OK, got that It’s not a name I’m familiar with
Cathy: It’s an Irish name. She comes from Dublin
John: Right. And the road that Hilary Lodge is in is called Bridge (Q7) Road, isn’t it?
Cathy: That’s right. Number 73
John: Fine
Cathy: Oh, one other thing you might be interested in – we’re holding a couple of “open
house” days, and still need a few volunteers, if you’re available
John: What are the dates?
Cathy: There’s one on April 9th, and another on 14th May. They’re both Saturday, and
all-day events.
John: I can certainly manage May 14th (Q8). I’ve got another commitment on April
9th, though.
Cathy: That would be a great help. We’re having several guest entertainers – singers,
a brass band, and so on – and we’re expecting a lot of visitors. So one possibility
is to help look after the entertainers, or you could spend an hour or so organizing
people as they arrive, and then just be part of the team making sure everything’s
going smoothly.

John: Well, shall I show people where they can park (Q9)?
Cathy: Lovely. Thank you. One reason for holding the open house days is to get
publicity for Hilary Lodge locally. So you may find you have someone from a
newspaper (Q10) wanting to interview you. They’ll want to find out from two or
three people why they volunteer to help at the home. We’re trying to get a TV
station to come, too, but they don’t seem very interested.
John: I don’t mind being interviewed.
Cathy: Good. Well, if you come in for a chart, as we arranged, we’ll take it from there.
Thank you very much for calling
John: My pleasure. Goodbye
Cathy: Goodbye

Vocabulary:
- get involved in (verb): tham gia vào

Meaning: to make somebody experience something, especially something
unpleasant
- resident (noun): dân cư
Synonym: inhabitant/ the local/ dweller
Meaning: a person who lives in a particular place or who has their home there
- session (noun): buổi
Meaning: a period of time that is spent doing a particular activity
- informal (adjective): không chính thống/ chính thức
Meaning: relaxed and friendly; not following strict rules of how to behave or do
something
- expert (noun): chuyên gia
Meaning: a person with special knowledge, skill or training in something
- all-day (adjective): cả ngày
Meaning: continuing or available for the whole day
- commitment (noun): cam kết
Meaning: a promise to do something or to behave in a particular way; a promise to
support somebody/something; the fact of committing yourself
- entertainer (noun): người làm trong ngành giải trí
Meaning: a person whose job is amusing or interesting people, for example, by
singing, telling jokes or dancing
- publicity (noun): sự quảng cáo
Meaning: the attention that is given to somebody/something by newspapers,
television, etc.

Exercise 7:
1. business 6. international house

2. third 7. B659
3. sport(s) centre 8. (an) office assistant
4. (a) cleaner 9. answer (the) phone
5. library 10. 11.30
Transcript
AGENT: Good morning.
STUDENT: Oh, good morning. Is this… er… room number 26?
AGENT: Yes, that’s right.
STUDENT: So is this the Student Job Centre?
AGENT: It certainly is. How can I help you?
STUDENT: Well, actually I’m looking for a job—a part-time job. Do you have anything
available at the moment?
AGENT: Ah, yes… Are you a registered student? I’m afraid this service is only
available to full-time students.
STUDENT: Yes… I am. I’m doing a degree in Business Studies (Q1). Here’s my student
card.
AGENT: Which year are you in?
STUDENT: Well… I’ve been at university for four years but I’m in the Third Year (Q2)
because I took last year off.
AGENT: Right… well, let’s just have a look at what positions are available at the
moment. There’s a job working at the reception desk at the Sports Centre
(Q3), for three evenings a week—that’s Wednesdays, Thursdays and Fridays.
STUDENT: That sounds like fun but unfortunately I have evening lectures—so that’s not
possible, I’m afraid. Is there anything during the day?
AGENT: OK, that’s no good then. Um. What about cleaning? There’s a position for a
cleaner (Q4) at the Child Care Centre.
STUDENT: Right…
AGENT: But you’d need to be there at 6 am. Does that appeal?
STUDENT: Six o’clock in the morning! Oh, that’s far too early for me, I’m afraid. I’d
never make it that early in the morning.

AGENT: Mmm… Well—there was a position going in the Computer Lab. for three days
a week that might be OK. Ah, here it is! No, it’s in the Library (Q5), not the
Lab, Clerical Assistant required—I think it mostly involves putting the books
back on the shelves. Oh no—hang on. It’s for Wednesday and Friday evenings
again.
STUDENT: NO—I can’t manage that because of the lectures.
AGENT: OK, I’m getting the idea. Look, I’ll just get a few details from you anyway, and
then we can check through the list and see what comes up.
We’ll fill in the personal details on this application form first, if that’s OK?
STUDENT: Yes, that’s fine.
AGENT: Now, what’s your name again?
STUDENT: Anita Newman—that’s N-E-W-M-A-N.
AGENT: And your address, Anita?
STUDENT: I’m in one of the Halls of Residence for post-graduate students, you know,
International House (Q6).
AGENT: OK—that’s easy. What’s your room number there?
STUDENT: Room B569 – no sorry B659 (Q7). I always get that wrong. I haven’t been
living there very long.
AGENT: Do you have any other skills? Typing, languages, that sort of thing?
STUDENT: Well, I speak some Japanese.
AGENT: Right, I’ll make a note of that. Now—let’s see what else is available. What do
you think of administrative work? There is a position for an Office
Assistant (Q8) at the English Language Centre.
STUDENT: That sounds interesting.
AGENT: It’s for 3 days a week—Monday, Friday and Saturday mornings. Interested?
STUDENT: Mmm. I was hoping to have Saturdays free. But I need the work so … can you
tell me what the job involves?
AGENT: Yes, sure. It says here that you’ll be required to deal with student enquiries and
answer the phone (Q9).
STUDENT: I’m sure I can handle all that without a problem.
AGENT: Great. Well, would you like me to arrange an interview for you? Say, Friday
morning, around ten?
STUDENT: Could we make it a bit later? Unfortunately, I’ve got something to do at ten.
Would that be OK?

AGENT: Not a problem. How about eleven thirty (Q10)? Hope it works out for you
Anita.
STUDENT: Me too. And thanks for all your help.
Vocabulary:
- appeal (verb): phản đối

Meaning: against
- involve (verb): liên quan

Meaning: to make somebody take part in something
- lecture (noun): bài diễn thuyết/bài giản

Meaning: a talk that is given to a group of people to teach them about a particular
subject.
- administrative work (noun phrase): công việc điều hành

Meaning: connected work with organizing the work of a business or an institution
- handle (verb): giải quyết

Synonym: deal with/ solve/ tackle
Meaning: to deal with a situation, a person, an area of work or a strong emotion

Exercise 8:
11. sharks 16. fifty / 50 minutes

12. old fishing village 17. museum
13. shopping 18. tourist office
14. (water) fountain 19. rainwear
15. student card 20. eticket / e-ticket
Transcript
Thank you for calling the phoneline for the Pacton-on-Sea bus tour. This is a recorded
message lasting approximately four minutes and it provides general information on the
town bus tour.
Pacton-on-Sea is a beautiful west coast town and has attracted tourists for many years.
One of the best ways of getting to know the town is to take the bus tour, which provides
a wonderful viewing experience from one of our open-top buses. The tour is a
round-trip of the town and there are a total of 4 stops where passengers can get on
and off the bus. A lot of people start at the first stop which is at the train station as this
is where many tourists arrive in the town. The next stop after the station is the
aquarium which is famous for its dolphin show and which has recently expanded to
include sharks (Q11). This is well worth as visit and is very reasonably priced.
Leaving the aquarium, the bus tour goes along the coast road and after a few
kilometres comes to the Old Fishing Village (Q12) where you can get off to stroll
along the waterfront. There are some original buildings here but most of the area
has been modernized and is now used as a harbor for all kinds of sea craft including
yachts and some amazing power boats. The tour then heads off to the last stop and
this is where most of the shops are. So for those of you keen to do a bit of shopping
(Q13), this is the place for you. Our advice is to go to this part of the town in the
morning when it is relatively quiet. It does get very busy in the afternoons, especially
at the height of the season. This area of the town includes an ancient water fountain
(Q14) where many people like to have their photograph taken – so do look out for this.
(pause)

Now some details of the costs and timings. A family ticket, which includes two adults
and up to three children, costs 30 pounds. An adult ticket costs 15 pounds, children
under the age of fifteen are 5 pounds and student tickets are 10 pounds as long as you
have a student card (Q15). All tickets are valid for 24 hours, which means that you can
get on and off the bus as many times as you like withen a 24-hour period. So you could,
for example, start the tour in the afternoon and complete it the following morning. The
first bus of the day leaves the station at 10 a.m and the last one of the day leaves at 6
p.m. Buses leave every thirty minutes and each tour takes a total of 50 minutes (Q16).
There are many attractions at each of the stops, so wherever you get off the bus there
will be plenty to do. The bus tour tickets do not include entrance to any of these
attractions apart from the museum (Q17) which is located near the aquarium. Some
buses have local giudes, who will point out places of interest and will provide
information on the town. However, we cannot guarantee that every bus will have
guide and so we also have an audio commentary that has been specially recorded on
the bus and these are wasy to operate. There is no extra charge for these – just plug in,
select the required language and adjust the volume.
Due to the winter months being rather cold and wet in Pacton-on-Sea, the bus tours
only onperate from March to Septenber. The weather is usually warm and sunny
during these months so remember to bring some sun protection, especially on ho days.
And of course, it does occasionally rain here in the summer so if the weather looks bad,
remember to bring some rainwear (Q19). The bus tours are avalable no matter what
the weather.
At the height of the summer the tours can get very busy so you are advised to book. You
can book tickets online, over the phone and also at the station and at any of the other
tour stops. When booking over the phone you can collect your tickets at any of the stops
at the start of your tour. When you do it online you can print your e-ticket (Q20) which
you must remember to bring with you.
Thank you for calling the Pacton-on-Sea phoneline and we look forward to seeing you
soon on one of our tour buses.

Vocabulary:
- open-top bus (noun): xe bus mui trần

Meaning: the bus with no roof
- round-trip (noun): chuyến đi vòng quanh

Meaning: a trip around a place
- aquarium (noun): viện hải dương học

Meaning: a large glass container in which fish and other water creatures and plants
are kept
- stroll (verb): đi dạo

Meaning: to walk somewhere in a slow relaxed way
- water fountain (noun): đài phun nước

Meaning: a machine that produces a small stream of water for drinking
- modernize (verb): hiện đại hóa

Meaning: to make a system, methods, etc. more modern and more suitable for use
at the present time
- yacht (noun): thuyền buồm

Meaning : a large sailing boat, often also with an engine and a place to sleep on
board, used for pleasure trips and racing
- place of interest (noun): điểm du lịch

Meaning: a place to attracts tourists
- guarantee (verb): đảm bảo

Meaning: a firm promise that you will do something or that something will happen
- adjust (verb): điều chỉnh

Meaning: to change something slightly to make it more suitable for a new set of
conditions or to make it work better

Exercise 9:
14. (formal) garden 16. views 18. seven-srceen

15. (Tower) Restaurant 17. history 19. every 20 minutes
20. (from/the) Central station
Transcript
Thank you for calling the Tourist Line. There are many different ways of getting round the
city and we'd like to suggest some you may not have thought of.
How about a city trip by boat? There are four main stopping points - from west to east
stop A Green Banks, stop B City Bridge, stop C Roman Landing and stop D Newtown.
You can find the main booking office at stop A.
The first boat leaves at 8 a.m. and the last one at 6.30 p.m. There are also many
attractions you can visit along the river. At Stop A, if you have time, you can visit the
fine 16th century palace here built for the king with its beautiful formal gardens (Q14).
It's very near the booking office. Now you can enjoy every corner of this superb
residence.
Stop B Why don't you visit Tower Restaurant (Q15) with its wide range of
refreshments? This is a place where you can sit and enjoy the wonderful views (Q16)
over the old commercial and banking centre of the city.
Stop C is the area where, in the first century AD, invading soldiers crossed the river,
this was much shallower than it is now. That's why this area is called Roman Landing.
There's an interactive Museum to visit here with a large shop which has a good range
of local history (Q17) books.
At the furthest point of the trip, stop D, the most exciting place to visit is the new
Entertainment Complex with seven-screen (Q18) cinema, bowling alley and video games
arcade.
Besides the boat tours, there are city buses. Two companies offer special services:
The Top Bus Company runs all its tours with a live commentary in English. Tours leave
from 8.30 a.m every 20 minutes (Q19). There are departures from Central Station, Castle
Hill and Long Walk. This is a hop-on hop-off service and tickets are valid for 24 hours.
For further details call Top Bus on 02089447810.
The Number One Sightseeing Tour is available with a commentary in eight languages.
Buses depart from Central Station (Q20) every five to six minutes from about 9 a.m with
the last bus at around 7 p.m. There are also Number One services with an
English-speaking…

Vocabulary:
- attraction (noun): điểm thu hút

Meaning: an interesting or enjoyable place to go or thing to do
- superb (adjective): chất lượng cao

Meaning: excellent; of very good quality
- residence (noun): nhà cửa nói chung

Meaning: a house, especially a large or impressive one
- refreshment (noun): đồ ăn thức uống

Meaning: food or drink
- commercial (adjective): mang tính thương mai

Meaning: connected with the buying and selling of goods and services
- shallow (noun): nông

Meaning: not having much distance between the top or surface and the bottom
- invade (verb): xâm chiếm

Meaning: to enter a country, town, etc. using military force in order to take control
of it
- interactive (adjective): có tính tương tác

Meaning: that involves people working together and having an influence on each
other
- arcade (noun): mái vòm

Meaning: a large building with a number of shops/stores in it
- commentary (noun): bài tường thuật

Meaning: a spoken description of an event that is given while it is happening,
especially on the radio or television

Exercise 10:
11. 1.30 14. 45

12. 25 December/ Christmas Day 15. (some) tables
13. Car-park / parking lot
Transcript
Hello, and thank you for asking me to your teachers’ meeting to talk about the
Dinosaur Museum and to tell you a bit about what you can do with your students
there.
Well, let me give you some of the basic information first. In regards to opening
hours, we’re open every day of the week from 9.00 am to 8.00 pm except on
Mondays when we close at 1.30 pm (Q11). And, in fact the only day in the year
when we’re closed is on the 25th of December (Q12). You can book a guided tour
for your school group any time that we’re open.
If you bring a school group to the museum, when you arrive we ask you to remain
with your group in the car park (Q13). One or more of the tour guides will
welcome you there and brief you about what the tour will be about. We do this
there because our entrance is quite small and we really haven’t got much room for
briefing groups in the exhibition area.
As far as the amount of time you’ll need goes, if you bring a school group you
should plan on allowing a minimum of 90 minutes for the visit. This allows 15
minutes to get on and off the coach, 45 minutes (Q14) for the guided tour and 30
minutes for after-tour activities.
If you’re going to have lunch at the museum you will, of course, have to allow more
time. There are two cafes in the museum, with seating for 80 people. If you want to
eat there you’ll need to reserve some seating, as they can get quite crowded at
lunch time. Then outside the museum at the back there are tables (Q15), and
students can bring their own lunch and eat it there in the open air.

Vocabulary:
- In regards to (phrase): về mặt

Meaning: relating to something
- brief (verb): nói qua

Meaning: talk with few words
- exhibition (noun): buổi triển lãm/ sự triển lãm

public
- allow (verb): cho phép

Meaning: to let somebody/something do something; to let something happen or be
done
- crowded (adjective): đông đúc

Meaning: having a lot of people or too many people
- reserve (verb): bảo tồn, duy trì, gìn giữ

Meaning: to ask for a seat, table, room, etc. to be available for you or somebody else
at a future time

Exercise 11:
11. classical music / concerts 16. 363

12. bookshop / bookstore 17. (the) Garden Hall
13. planned 18. Three lives
14. 1983 / (the) 1980s 19. 4.50
15. City Council 20. Faces of China
Transcript
Hello, and welcome to Focus on the Arts. I’m your host – Dave Green- and this is your
very own local radio programme. Every Friday evening we put the spotlight on
different arts and culture facilities, and look at the shows and events that are on offer
in the coming weeks.
And today the focus is on The National Arts Centre. Now, if you don’t already know it
yourself I’m sure you’re all heard of it. It’s famous throughout the word as one of the
major venues for classical music. Q11
But did you know that it is actually much more than just a place to hear concerts? The
Centre itself is a huge complex that caters for great range of arts. Under a single roof
it houses concert rooms, theatres, cinemas, art galleries and a wonderful public
library, as well as service facilities including three restaurants and a bookshop. So at Q12
any one time, the choice of entertainment there is simply enormous.
So, how did they manager to build such a big arts complex right in the heart of the
city? Well, the area was completely destroyed by bombs during the war in 1940. So the
opportunity was taken to create a cultural centre that would be, what they called: ‘THE
City’s gift to the Nation’. Of course it took a while for such a big project to get started,
but it was planned in the 60s, built in the 70s and eventually opened to the public in Q13
1983. Ever since then it has proved to be a great to be a great success. It is not privately Q14
owned, like many arts centres, but is still in public hands – it’s run by the City Council Q15
Both our National Symphony Orchestra and National Theater Company were involved
in the planning of the project, and they are now based there – giving regular
performances every week – and as the Centre is open 363 days of the year, there are Q16
plenty of performances to choose from.
So, to give you some idea of what’s on, and to help you choose from the many
possibilities, we’re b made a selection of the star attractions.

If you’re interested in classical music, then we recommend you go along to the
National on either Monday or Tuesday evening at 7.30 for a spectacular production of
‘The Magic Flute’ – probably the most popular of all Mozart’s operas. It’s in the Q17
Garden Hall and tickets start at only £8.00, but you’ll have to be early if you want to
get them that cheap! And remember, it’s only on for those two evenings.
For those more interested in the cinema, you might like to see the new Canadian film
which is showing on Wednesday evening at 8pm in Cinema 2. And that’s called ‘Three Q18
Lives’. It’s had fantastic reviews and tickets cost just £4.50 , which is a reduction on Q19
the usual price of £5.50 . So, it’s really good value, especially for such a great movie.
But you can see the centre’s main attraction at the weekend, because on Saturday and
Sunday, 11 am to 10 pm, they’re showing a wonderful new exhibition that hasn’t been
seen anywhere else in Europe yet. It’s a collection of Chinese Art called ‘Faces of Q20
China’ – that’s in Gallery 1 – and it some really fascinating paintings and sculptures
by leading artists from all over China – and the good news is that it is completely free,
so don’t miss it!
So why not go along to the National Art Centre next week for one – or all – of these
great events – and you can always pick up a programme and check out all the other
performances and exhibitions on offer, or coming soon, on almost every day of the
year.
Next week we’ll be looking at the Museum of Science…
Vocabulary:
- spotlight (noun): đèn sân khấu

Meaning: a light with a single, very bright beam that can be directed at a particular
place or person
- facility (noun): trang thiết bị
Meaning: buildings, services, equipment, etc. that are provided for a particular
purpose
- venue (noun): nơi gặp gỡ
Meaning: a place where people meet for an organized event, for example a concert,
sporting event or conference
- in the heart of the city (noun phrase): trung tâm thành phố
Meaning: The city centre

Exercise 12:
25. reading 28. timetable/ schedule

26. CD 29. alarm
27. workbooks 30. email/ emails
Transcript
PAM: Now, what about the computers? I think it might be a good idea to install
some new models. They would take up a lot less room and so that would
increase the work space for text books and so on.
JUN: That would be great. It is a bit cramped in there at times.
PAM: What about other resources? Do you have a list of things that the students
would like to see improved?
JUN: Yes, one of the comments that students frequently make is that they find if
difficult to find materials that are appropriate for their level, especially
reading resources. So I think we need to label them more clearly. Q25
PAM: We that’s easy enough, we can get that organised very quickly. In fact I
think we should review all of the study resources as some of them are
looking a bit out-of-date.
JUN: Definitely. The CD section especially needs to be more current. I think we Q26
should get some of the ones that go with our latest course books and also
make multiple copies.
PAM: Good, now I was also thinking about some different materials that we
haven’t got in there at all. What do you think of the idea of introducing
some workbooks? If we break them up into separate pages and laminate Q27
them, they’d be a great resource. The students could study the main course
book in class and then do follow-up practice in the Self-Access Centre.
JUN: That sounds good.
PAM: Okay, now finally we need to think about how the room is used. I’ll have
to talk to the teachers and make sure we can all reach some agreement on
a timetable to supervise the centre after class. But we also need to think Q28
about security, too. Especially if we’re going to invest in some new
equipment.
JUN: What about putting in an alarm? Q29

PAM: Good idea. The other thing I’d like to do is talk to our technicians and see
whether we could somehow limit the access to email. I really don’t want to Q30
see that resource misused.
JUN: What about if we agree to only use it before and after class?
PAM: Yes, that would be fine. OK, anyway… that’s great for now. We’ll discuss
it further when we’ve managed to…
Vocabulary:
- install (verb): lắp đặt

Meaning: to fix equipment or furniture into position so that it can be used
- model (noun): mẫu

Meaning: a copy of something, usually smaller than the original object
- cramped (adjective): chật chội

Meaning: not having room to move freely
- latest (adjective): mới nhất

Meaning: newest
- multiple (adjective): đa/nhiều

Meaning: many/a lot
- laminate (verb): làm mỏng

Meaning: to make something thinner
- supervise (verb): quan sát/giám sát

Meaning: to be in charge of somebody/something and make sure that everything is
done correctly, safely, etc

Exercise 13:
27. media room 29. ambassy

28. resources room 30. statistics
Transcript
JULIE: We need to think about what to prepare… Dr White said he wanted us
to use plenty of visuals and things and we might as well try them out
when we’re not being assessed…
TREVOR: Well, the most important thing is the overhead projector…
JULIE: No problem…we’ll get that from the media room… must remember to Q27
book it…
TREVOR: Well… we’ll need a map of course.
JULIE: Probably two… one of the islands… large scale.
TREVOR: And one of West Africa.
JULIE: Well, the West African one is no problem… There’s one in the
Resources Room. Q28
TREVOR: Oh yeah, of course, the resources room; the islands are going to be
more of a problem.
JULIE: Tell you what… there’s a very clear map of Santiago in that tourist
brochure I showed you last week. Don’t you remember it?
TREVOR: Oh yeah… that’s right; we can just use the tourist brochure.
JULIE: We also need statistics… on several different things.
TREVOR: Literacy rates.
JULIE: Yes, and school places.
TREVOR: How about the encyclopaedia?
JULIE: Nah… not up-to-date enough!
TREVOR: Mmm… why don’t we call the embassy? Q29
JULIE: Oh… someone’s enthusiastic!
TREVOR: Well… if something’s worth doing…
JULIE: I know.., it’s worth doing well… OK.
TREVOR: We can find out statistics on school places from them as well. Q30
JULIE: Might as well.
TREVOR: Look, Julie, it’s almost time for our tutorials… we can meet again on
Monday… but we need to prepare some stuff before then…

Vocabulary:
- visuals (noun): các thứ đẹp đẽ

Meaning: something looks beautiful
- projector (noun): máy chiếu

Meaning: a piece of equipment for projecting photographs, films/movies or computer
slides onto a screen
- tourist brochure (noun): cẩm nang du lịch

Meaning: a glossary of places of interest
- Literacy (noun): sự biết đọc biết viết

Meaning: the ability to read and write
- encyclopaedia (noun): sách bách khoa toàn thư
- up-to-date (adjective): cập nhật

Meaning: newest
- embassy (noun): đại sứ quán

Meaning: a group of officials led by an ambassador who represent their government
in a foreign country.
- enthusiastic (adjective): nhiệt tình

Meaning: feeling or showing a lot of excitement and interest about
somebody/something

Exercise 14:
34. water 38. common

35 + 36: meat / cheese 39. bitterness
37. 5th / new taste 40. minerals
Transcript
So what exactly is MSG? Well, Monosodium Glutamate contains
seventy-eight point two per cent glutamate, twelve point two per cent
sodium and nine point six per cent water. Glutamate is an amino acid that Q34
can be found naturally in all protein-containing foods, erm, so this includes
food such as meat and cheese . Q35- Q36
It is widely known that Chinese and Japanese food contains MSG but many
people don’t seem to be aware that it is also used in foods in other parts of
the world. For example it is found in commercially made Italian pizzas, in
American fast food and in Britain MSG is used in things like potato crisps.
So, how exactly does MSG work? Well, in the Western world, we commonly
talk of four ‘tastes’, and I’m sure you’re all familiar with the concepts of
sweet, sour, bitter and salt. Well, in 1908, Kikunae Ikeda identified a fifth Q37
‘taste’. And it is thought that MSG intensifies this naturally occurring
‘taste’ in some food. It does make perfect evolutionary sense that we
should have the ability to detect or taste glutamate because it is the amino
acid which is most common in natural foods. Q38
John Prescott, an associate professor at the University of Chicago,
suggests that this fifth taste serves a purpose just as the other tastes do. He
suggests that it signals to us the presence of protein in food, in the same
way that sweetness indicates that a food contains energy-giving
carbohydrates. Bitterness, he says, alerts us of toxins in the food, while Q39
sourness warns us of spoilage and saltiness signals the presence of
minerals. Q40
So, what else do we know about this fifth taste…

Vocabulary:
- intensify (verb): tăng cường, gia tăng

Meaning: to increase in degree or strength; to make something increase in degree or
strength
- evolutionary (adjective): có tính cách mạng hóa

Meaning: connected with gradual development and change
- detect (verb): tìm tòi/khám phá

Meaning: to discover or notice something, especially something that is not easy to
see, hear, etc.
- indicate (verb): chỉ ra

Meaning: to show
- Bitterness (noun): vị đắng
- spoilage (noun): sự hỏng

Meaning: the decay of food which means that it can no longer be used

Exercise 15:
21. attitude(s)
22. gender/ sex
23. creativity / creativeness
Transcript
TUTOR: Well, you’ve both been looking at different styles of managing
individuals in companies and the workplace. How's the research
going, Philip?
PHILIP: Well, I’ve been looking at why individualism, I mean individual
differences, are such an important area of management studies.
When you think about any organization, be it a family business or
a multinational company, they are all fundamentally a group
of people working together. But it's what these individuals
contribute to their places of work that makes you realize how
important they are. Of course they bring different ideas, but it’s
also their attitudes and their experiences of learning. Diversity Q21
is important in these areas too.
TUTOR: So why do people behave so differently from one another at work?
PHILIP: There are lots of reasons but research has shown a lot of it comes
down to personality. And the other factor is gender . It's a well - Q22
known fact that men and women do lots of things in different
ways, and the workplace is no different.
TUTOR: Did you look at the effects of this variation on companies?
PHILIP: Yes, I did.
On the positive side, exposure to such diversity helps
encourage creativity which is generally an asset to a company. Q23
But unfortunately individual differences are also the root of
conflict between staff and they can lead to difficulties for
management, which can sometimes be serious.

Vocabulary:
- individualism (noun): chủ nghĩa cá nhân

Meaning: the quality of being different from other people and doing things in your
own way
- fundamentally (adverb): một cách có nền tảng

Meaning: in every way that is important; completely
- contribute (verb): đóng góp

Meaning: to give something, especially money or goods, to help somebody/something
- Diversity (noun): sự đa dạng

Meaning: a range of many people or things that are very different from each other
- variation (noun): sự thay đổi

Meaning: a change, especially in the amount or level of something
- asset (noun): phẩm chất/tài năng

Meaning: a person or thing that is valuable or useful to somebody/something
- conflict (noun): sự xung đột

Meaning: a situation in which people, groups or countries are involved in a serious
disagreement or argument

Exercise 16:
31. 29,000 years 36. china stone

32. southern / south Europe 37. cooling (down)
33. water 38. windows
34. minerals 39. volcanic ash
35. white gold 40. harbours
Transcript
Hi everyone – today I’m going to be talking about the origins of ceramics. So, first of
all, let’s start off with – what is a ceramic? Well, generally speaking, ceramics are
what you get when you apply heat to certain inorganic, non-metallic solids and
then allow them to cool. And examples of ceramics are everyday things like
earthenware pots, crockery, glassware and even concrete.
So how did it begin? Well it all started around 29,000 years ago when humans Q31
discovered that if you dig up some soft day from the ground, mould it into a shape
and then heat it up to a very high temperature, when it cools the clay has been
transformed into something hard and rigid. And so – what did those first humans do
with their discovery? Well – they created figurines which were small statues and
which depicted animals or gods or any shape that the clay could be moulded into.
And all this activity was centred around southern Europe where there is also evidence Q32
of ceramics that were created much later.
The early humans also found a practical use for their discovery, such as storing
things like grains – although there were drawbacks. The pots were porous so
that, although they could carry water in them, it wasn’t possible to store it over a long Q33
period. And also, they were quite brittle and shattered very easily if they were
dropped.
But despite these problems, it was many thousands of years before there were any
improvements. In China at around 200 BC, they discovered that by adding minerals Q34
to the clay they could improve both the appearance and the strength of the ceramics.
But it took nearly a thousand years before they perfected the process to produce
high-quality ceramics known as porcelain. And once they had perfected the
process, they kept it a secret – for another thousand years!

It wasn’t until the 18th century that the secret began to unravel. A German
alchemist called Johann Friedrich Bottger was asked by the king to make gold out
of lead. Unfortunately, Bottger failed to achieve this and soon gave up, but in order
to please the king he attempted to make high-quality porcelain. And after many
years of experimentation, he discovered that by adding quartz and a material called
China stone to very high-quality clay he managed to get the same results that the Q36
Chinese had been achieving for the last 1000 years.
We’ll now look at another ceramic which is made from mixing sand with minerals
and heating to over 600 degrees Celsius. When this mixture cools the result is of
course glass. The main difference between ceramics made from clay and glass is
that clay is made up of crystalline plates which become locked together in the
cooling process whereas glass cools too quickly for crystals to form. Apart from Q37
that, the process of heating up naturally occurring materials to transform them is
the same.
The origins of glass date back to 3500 BC but it wasn’t until the Roman Empire,
2000 years ago, that the art of glass-blowing and the practical users of glass became
more widespread. One of the more innovative uses was to use it in windows as, up Q38
until then, they had just been holes in walls. It must have been very draughty in
those days!
The Romans were also responsible for inventing concrete. And although the origins
are uncertain, experts think that this is largely due to the high level of volcanic
activity in the area. The Romans observed that, when volcanic ash mixes with water Q39
and then cools, it gets extremely hard and almost impossible to break up. The
chemical reaction that follows is very complex and continues for many years, and
the concrete just keeps getting harder. Evidence of this is the numerous Roman
remains that are still standing, many of which are almost completely intact.
One of the most important facts about concrete for the romans was that it can be
created underwater. As the Roman Empire grew, the Romans needed to take control
of the seas and for this they needed to build harbours capable of holding a fleet of Q40
ships. Pouring concrete mixture into the sea immediately started the hardening
process and rather than just dissolving in the mass of water, the substance was
tough and long-lasting. This strange characteristic of concrete made a significant
contribution to the success of the Roman Empire.

Vocabulary:
- ceramics (noun): đồ gốm sứ

Meaning: a pot or other object made of clay that has been made permanently hard
by heat
- apply (verb): áp dụng

Meaning: to make a formal request, usually in writing, for something such as a job,
a place at college, university, etc.
- inorganic (adjective): nhân tạo

Meaning: not consisting of or coming from any living substances
- non-metallic (adjective): không chứa kim loại
- earthenware pot (noun): bình bằng đất nung

Meaning: an object or objects made of very hard baked clay
- crockery (noun): đồ bằng sành

Meaning: plates, cups, dishes, etc.
- glassware (noun): đồ thủy tinh
- mould (verb): đúc khuôn

Meaning: to shape something
- rigid (adjective): cứng

Meaning: hard
- figurine (noun): tượng trang trí nhỏ

Meaning: a small statue of a person or an animal used as a decorative object
- depict (verb): vẽ, lột tả

Meaning: to show an image of somebody/something in a picture

- drawback (adjective): khó khăn, bất lợi
Meaning: the disadvantage
- porous (adjective): xốp

Meaning: aving many small holes that allow water or air to pass through slowly
- brittle (adjective): giòn

Meaning: hard but easily broken
- shattered (adjective): mệt mỏi

Meaning: tired
- high-quality (adjective): chất lượng cao
- porcelain (noun): sứ
Meaning: a hard white shiny substance made by baking clay and used for making
delicate cups, plates and decorative objects; objects that are made of this
- merchandise (noun): hàng hóa

Meaning: the good
- It wasn’t until (phrase): mãi cho đến khi
- unravel (verb): tháo gỡ

Meaning: to separate something
- draughty (adjective): có gió lùa

Meaning: uncomfortable because cold air is blowing through
- dissolve (verb): giải quyết

Meaning: to solve

Exercise 17:
31. supportive 36. tone

32. pay attention 37. (a) silence/ silences
33. next steps 38. weak verbs
34. consistent 39. repeat it
35. graphics 40. predicting
Transcript
Hello everyone. You've all been given an assignment for your Sociology course which
will involve giving a presentation to the rest of the group. And so, today, I’m going to
be giving you a few tips on how to prepare your presentations. This should help you
with your current assignment — but a lot of the principles I’ll be putting across
will be general principles which will, of course, help you with all your future
presentations.
So first of all, the most important thing to consider is your audience and in this
instance, your audience are the other students in your group. There are three points
to bear in mind. Firstly, you need to ask yourself what they need to know; secondly,
it’s useful to consider whether they'll be supportive or not; and thirdly — will it be a Q31
small group, say three or four, a moderate gathering of twenty or so people (as for
your current assignment) or will there be hundreds of people?
[pause] Having said all that, what I’m about to tell you will apply equally to any
audience.
So — how do you structure your presentation? Right at the beginning, you should tell
them something that forces them to pay attention. This could be something Q32
surprising or even shocking but it needs to be relevant! After that, you need a list of
items or topics showing them what you'll be covering rather like an agenda — and
then the main part of the presentation will follow. This main part will be the detailed
information you'll be presenting and could include facts, statistics, personal
experiences, etc. After this you should summarise what you've presented and close
with what I call ‘next steps’. For this assignment, you could simply point the group to Q33
other Sociology reference material. In other cases, you may want to suggest some
actions that people can take.
Now - what about the design of the slides for your laptop? Well the important thing
here is to be consistent. You need to have the same type of font and use the same Q34

colour and size for the same elements. For example, all headers need to look the
same, all bullet points need to be presented in the same way. And don’t just stick to
words. Bring the presentation to life by adding graphics. These could be in several Q35
forms such as pictures, flow-charts, diagrams, histograms and so on.
And so — let’s move on now to presenting. You have your presentation prepared
and you’re ready to start. Well — it’s important to give a good impression from the
start. So take three deep breaths, look at the audience, no matter how frightening
they may be, and be enthusiastic and energetic. As you go through the presentation
remember to provide some variety in the way you speak. So, for example, you can
talk fairly rapidly for information that may be familiar, but then slow down for
more unfamiliar sections. And change your tone as you speak — don’t keep it at the Q36
same level all the way through. As I mentioned, look at your audience. Er, a good tip
is to pick people out and look at them for around five seconds. Not looking at the
audience gives the impression that you're either not interested in them or terrified
of them. Looking too long at one particular person may make them feel rather
uncomfortable. There may be points in your presentation that you want your
audience to really absorb and in order to make important points stand out you may
consider adding silence right after these. It will give people time to reflect on what Q37
you've just said. Also — you may be presenting complicated ideas or technical
details but try to keep everything as simple as possible. Use simple words and as few
as possible. And be clear. If you say something like ‘this appears to be’, it implies
uncertainty. So using weak verbs such as ‘appears, ‘seems’, ‘could be’, etc. needs to Q38
be avoided.
I'll just finish off with a few thoughts on questions and interruptions from the
audience. You may choose to invite questions should be encouraged. It provides you
with some feedback on how interested the audience is and how well they’re
understanding you. When a question is asked you need to provide an answer that is
as accurate as possible. So initially, my tip is to repeat it. This will ensure you have Q39
heard it correctly and will give you a few seconds to gather your thoughts.
Interruptions, on the other hand, can be unwelcome and you may get them for a
variety of reasons. It is likely, however, that there’s something in your presentation
that's unclear confusing. So my advice is to reduce problems by reading through
your presentation beforehand and predicting potential points which could cause Q40
interruptions. You may then want to change that part of your presentation or, at
least, you will be prepared if someone does interrupt you.
Now, do you have any questions....

Vocabulary:
- principle (noun): quy tắc

Meaning: a moral rule or a strong belief that influences your actions
- force (verb): cưỡng chế, bắt
- agenda (noun): chương trình nghị sự

Meaning: a list of items to be discussed at a meeting
- consistent (adjective): kiên định

Meaning: always behaving in the same way, or having the same opinions,
standards, etc.
- stick to (verb): gắn với, dính với

Meaning: to continue doing something despite difficulties
- familiar (adjective): thân thuộc

Meaning: well known to you; often seen or heard and therefore easy to recognize
- terrified (adjective): hoảng sợ

Meaning: very frightened
- absorb (verb): tiếp thu

Meaning: to take something into the mind and learn or understand it
- interruption (noun): sự ngắt quãng

Meaning: something that temporarily stops an activity or a situation; a time when
an activity is stopped

Exercise 18:
31. food 36. shark

32. hero 37. teeth
33. feathers 38. messages
34. shells 39. meeting
35. diamond 40. escape
Transcript
Well, good morning everyone. As you know, we’ve been looking at different kinds of
art and craft that were practised by the Maori people of New Zealand - at least
before the Europeans began to arrive in the 18th century. So, the focus of this lecture
is kite making; how the kites were made, their appearance and the purposes they
served.
Well, let's start with the way they were made. As with other Maori artistic traditions,
kite-making involved certain rituals. So, firstly, only priests were allowed to fly
and handle the largest, most sacred kites. There were rules, too, for the size and
scale of the kites that the priests had to follow, and during the preparation of both
small and large kites, food was strictly forbidden. Q31
In terms of appearance, kites were frequently designed in the image of a native bird,
or a Maori god, and sometimes, perhaps less often, a well-known hero. You can Q32
imagine that when Maori first arrived in the new country, in New Zealand, it may
have taken some time to find suitable materials for their kites — but through trial and
error no doubt, they found plants and trees that provided bark and even roots that
they could use to make the frames and wings of their kites. And after the frame had
been constructed, the kite then had to be decorated. For this the priests used long
grasses, and these — when the kite was in the air would stream along behind it. They Q33
also used a variety of feathers to add, um, colour to their creations. Well, all this
meant it was easy to see a kite in the sky but you could also ear Maori kites. They
could be quite noisy indeed, and this was because some priests liked to hang a long
row of shells from the kite. You can imagine how they’d rattle and clatter in the Q34
wind - how they might completely capture your attention. As I said before, the most
common image was probably a bird, and that’s the same for other kite-making
cultures, but the kites were designed in particular shapes — so there were kites that
were triangular, rectangular and also shaped like a diamond. And some of them Q35

were so large, it would actually require several men to operate them. Um, some of
the kites were also covered in patterns, and to make these patterns, the Maori used
different pigments of red and black, and these were either made from a charcoal
base or from red-brown clay which had been combined with oil obtained from a
local species of shark. Q36
Now, before I forget, if you have a chance, do visit the Auckland Museum because
they have the last surviving “birdman“ kite on display. This is the kind of kite that
has a wooden mask at the top of the frame — it’s a mask of a human head - and you
can clearly see it has a tattoo and also a set of teeth. Quite impressive - and a good Q37
example of Maori craftsmanship and symbolism.
Right, turning to the purpose and function of the kites, they certainly had multiple
uses. Primarily, the flying of kites was a_ way of communicating with the gods and
when the kites rose into the air, the Maori used them to deliver messages — perhaps Q38
requesting a good harvest, good fortune in war, a successful hunting expedition.
So, these kites were incredibly valuable to a community - treasured objects that one
generation would pass to the next. People would also fly kites for other reasons, for
example, to attract the attention of a neighbouring village. This_ was done when a
meeting was required between Maori elders — a convenient method, indeed. And Q39
finally, when it comes to war, there are traditional stories that describe how when a
Maori warrior found himself surrounded by his enemies, a kite could actually
provide the possibility of escape— the kites were powerful enough to take a man up Q40
into the air; and for this reason, they could also be used to lower him into enemy
fortifications so that an attack could begin from the inside.
Well, I’m happy to say there seems to be a revival and growing interest in
kite-making, and...

Vocabulary:
- craft (noun): đồ thủ công

Meaning: an activity involving a special skill at making things with your hand
- ritual (noun): nghi lễ

Meaning: a series of actions that are always performed in the same way, especially
as part of a religious ceremony
- priest (noun): giáo sĩ

Meaning: a person who is qualified to perform religious duties and ceremonies in
the Roman Catholic, Anglican and Orthodox Churches
- handle (verb): giải quyết

Meaning: to solve
- sacred (adjective): linh thiêng

Meaning: connected with God or a god; considered to be holy
- forbidden (verb): cấm

Meaning: not allowed
- frame (noun): cái khung

Meaning: a strong border or structure of wood, metal, etc. that holds a picture, door,
piece of glass, etc. in position
- stream (noun): dòng

Meaning: a small narrow river
- feather (noun): lông vũ

Meaning: one of the many soft light parts covering a bird’s body
- rattle (verb) and clatter: kêu lạch cạch

Meaning: to make a series of short loud sounds when hitting against something
hard; to make something do this

- capture (verb): chộp được
Meaning: to catch a person or an animal and keep them as a prisoner or in a
confined space
- pigment (noun): chất tạo màu

Meaning: a substance that exists naturally in people, animals and plants and gives
their skin, leaves, etc. a particular colour
- expedition (noun): hành trình

Meaning: an organized journey with a particular purpose, especially to find out
about a place that is not well known
- warrior (noun): chiến binh, chiến sĩ

Meaning: a person who fights in a battle or war
- enemy (noun): kẻ thù

Meaning: a person who hates somebody or who acts or speaks against
somebody/something
- fortification (noun): sự củng cố

Meaning: a tower, wall, gun position, etc. built to defend a place against attack
- revival (noun): sự hồi phục

Meaning: revival

Exercise 19:
31. religion(s) 36. education

32. nature 37. king
33. flight 38. entertainment
34. stars 39. opera
35. practical 40. electricity
Transcript
An interesting aspect of fireworks is that their history tells us a lot about the
changing roles of scientists and technicians in Europe. Fireworks were introduced
from China in the 13th century. Up to the 16th century they were generally used for
military purposes, with rockets and fire tubes being thrown at the enemy, but they
were also sometimes a feature of plays and festivals where their chief purpose was
related to religion. Q31
By the 17th century, the rulers of Europe had started using fireworks as a way of
marking royal occasions. Technicians were employed to stage spectacular shows
which displayed aspects of nature, with representations of the sun, snow and rain. Q32
These shows were designed for the enjoyment of the nobility and to impress
ordinary people. But fireworks also aroused the interest of scientists, who started to
think of new uses for them. After seeing one firework display where a model of a
dragon was propelled along a rope by rockets, scientists thought that in a similar
way, humans might be able to achieve flight - a dream of many scientists at the time. Q33
Other scientists, such as the chemist Robert Boyle, noticed how in displays one
firework might actually light another, and it occurred to him that fireworks might
provide an effective way of demonstrating how stars were formed. Q34
Scientists at the time often depended on the royal courts for patronage, but there
was considerable variation in the relationships between the courts and scientists in
different countries. This was reflected in attitudes towards fireworks and the purposes
for which they were used. In London in the middle of the 17th century there was
general distrust of fireworks among scientists. However, later in the century
scientists and technicians started to look at the practical purposes for which Q35
fireworks might be employed, such as using rockets to help sailors establish their
position at sea.
It was a different story in Russia, where the St Petersburg Academy of Science played

a key role in creating fireworks displays for the court. Here, those in power
regarded fireworks as being an important element in the education of the masses, Q36
and the displays often included a scientific message. Members of the Academy
hoped that this might encourage the Royal Family to keep the Academy open at a
time when many in the government were considering closing it.
In Paris, the situation was different again. The Paris Academy of Sciences played no
role in staging fireworks displays. Instead the task fell to members of the Royal
Academy of Painting and Sculpture. As in Russia, the work of the technicians who
created the fireworks was given little attention. Instead, the fireworks and the
spectacle they created were all designed to encourage the public to believe in the
supreme authority of the king. However, science was also enormously popular Q37
among the French nobility, and fashionable society flocked to demonstrations such
as Nicolas Lemery's display representing an erupting volcano. The purpose of
scientists was basically to offer entertainment to fashionable society, and Q38
academicians delighted in amazing audiences with demonstrations of the universal
laws of nature.
(pause)
In the course of the 18th century, the circulation of skills and technical exchange led
to further developments. Fireworks specialists from Italy began to travel around
Europe staging displays for many of the European courts. The architect and stage
designer Giovanni Servandoni composed grand displays in Paris, featuring
colourfully painted temples and triumphal arches. A fireworks display staged by
Servandoni would be Structured in the same way as an opera, and was even divided Q39
into separate acts. Iralian fireworks specialists were also invited to perform in
London, St Petersburg and Moscow.
As these specialists circulated around Europe, they sought to exploit the appeal of
fireworks for a wider audience, including the growing middle classes. As in the
previous century, fireworks provided resources for demonstrating scientific laws
and theories, as well as new discoveries, and displays now showed a fascinated
public the curious phenomenon of electricity. By the mid-18th century, fireworks Q40
were being sold for private consumption.
So the history of fireworks shows us the diverse relationships which existed between
scientists, technicians and the rest of society…

Vocabulary:
- firework (noun): pháo hoa

Meaning: a small device containing powder that burns or explodes and produces
bright coloured lights and loud noises, used especially at celebrations
- nobility (noun): sự cao quý

Meaning: people of high social position
- arouse (verb): khơi gợi

Meaning: to make somebody have a particular feeling or attitude
- patronage (noun): sự hỗ trợ

Meaning: the support, especially financial, that is given to a person or an
organization

Exercise 20:
31. hook 36. intelligence

32. string 37. tail(s)
33. danger 38. energy
34. rubber 39. chemical
35. light 40. diet
Transcript
I’m going to talk today about research into a particular species of bird, the New
Caledonian crow, whose natural habitat is small islands in the Pacific Ocean. And it
seems that these Crows are exceptionally resourceful.
Using sticks or other tools to find food isn’t unknown among birds and animals. Some
chimpanzees, for example, are known to bang nuts on stones, in order to break the
shell and get at the edible kernel inside. One New Caledonian crow, called Betty,
bent some straight wire into a hook and used it to lift a small bucket of her favourite Q31
food from a vertical pipe. This experiment was the first time she'd been presented
with wire, which makes it very impressive. Another crow, called Barney, has
demonstrated his skill at using sticks to forage for food.
In one research project, scientists from New Zealand and Oxford set captive New
Caledonian crows a three-stage problem: if they wanted to extract food from a hole,
the crows first had to pull up a string to get a short stick, then use that short stick to Q32
remove a long stick from a toolbox, and finally use the long stick to reach the food.
Amazingly, they worked out how to do this successfully.
Further experiments carried out at Oxford suggest that crows can also use sticks as
tools to inspect all sorts of objects, possibly to assess whether or not they present a
danger. The idea for the experiment came from observing the birds using tools to pick Q33
at random objects, such as a picture of a spider that was printed on some cloth. In this
research, five pairs of crows — including Barney — underwent tests to see how they
would react to a variety of objects, which were carefully chosen so the birds wouldn't
be tempted to view them as a possible source of food. As a further precaution, all the
crows had been fed beforehand.
On eight occasions, a birds first contact was by using a tool. In all three trials, Barney
began by using a stick for inspection. One involved a rubber snake. First he Q34
approached it, but didn't touch it, then retreated to pick up a stick. He then prodded

it with the suck. After some more investigation, he discarded the stick and carried on
pecking at the snake more confidently — apparently convinced that it wouldn’t move.
In other experiments, two different birds, called Pierre and Corbeau, also made a first
approach with tools on three Separate occasions. Pierre used a short piece of
woodchip to touch a light which was flashing, and Corbeau was seen prodding a metal Q35
toad with a stick.
Significantly, the crows tended to use the sticks only to make their first contact with the
object. Subsequently, they either ignored the object or dropped the tool and pecked at
the object — which is very different from using the tool to get access to food.
(pause)
So what conclusions can be drawn from the research? Evidence is building up from
experiments such as these that the birds are able to plan their actions in advance,
which is very interesting for understanding their cognition. They don’t seem to be
responding in a pre-programmed sort of way: i1 may even be possible that they’re
able to view a problem and work out what the answer is. However, a major difficulty
intelligence. To some extent, this is related to the ecological circumstances in which Q36
the animal is found.
So scientists want to find out much more about how the crows behave in their native
habitat, and a team from Exeter and Oxford universities is carrying out research in
New Caledonia. They're looking into whether the birds” way of searching for food
gives them any possible evolutionary advantage. The birds are hard to observe, as
they live in a region of mountainous forest, so the researchers have attached tiny
cameras to the tails of some birds, as one method of investigating their behaviour. Q37
The birds are masters at using sticks to find their food, in particular beetle larvae from
the trees. It’s possible that the birds can derive so much energy from these grubs that Q38
they only need to cat a few each day. This would mean that they wouldn’t have to
spend most of their waking time searching for food, as most animals do.
The beetle larvae have a distinct chemical make-up, which can be traced through the Q39
feathers and blood of birds that eat them. Scientists have collected samples from crows
in order to estimate the proportion of larvae in their diet. They should then be able to Q40
gauge the extent to which individual birds depend on using sticks to feed themselves.
We've learnt a great deal about the ability of New Caledonian Crows to use tools, and
some very interesting research is being carried out into them.

Vocabulary:
- chimpanzee (noun): con tinh tinh

Meaning: a small intelligent African ape
- kernel (noun): nhân, lõi

Meaning: kernel
- forage (noun): rơm, cỏ

DẠNG 7: MULTIPLE CHOICE
Exercise 1:
1. C
2. C
Transcript
John: Where shall we eat tonight?
Sam: Well, there are plenty of options. The guide says this city has
hundreds of restaurants. What kind of food would you like to have,
John?
John: Well, I quite like seafood. There’s The Captain’s Table on Firth
Street. The guide gives it four stars.
Sam: I don’t know… The hotel receptionist told me the service is slow.
But if you like seafood, there are a couple more places in the guide.
John: Ah, yes...Mangan’s or Joe’s Cafe. What about those, Sam?
Sam: Mangan’s could be a good option. It’s nicer than Joe’s Cafe, and Q1
there are fantastic views as well. We’d probably pay a bit extra…
Joe’s Cafe is much cheaper. But we’re on holiday; I think we
should splash out!
John: That sounds great! Oh, no. Hold on. It’s closed tonight. What a
shame! Shall we go to Joe’s Cafe, then?
Sam: Yes, I suppose we’ll have to. I’ll give them a call and book a table.
Can I use your phone?
John: Ah, er...no. Sorry. I’ve left my phone in the hotel. We can ask the Q2
receptionist to do it. Let’s go back now and sort it out. We can get
changed and have a drink before dinner if you like.
Sam: OK, good idea.

Vocabulary:
- seafood (noun): hải sản

Meaning: fish and sea creatures that can be eaten, especially shellfish
- receptionist (noun): nhân viên tiếp tân

Meaning: a person whose job is to deal with people arriving at or telephoning a
hotel, an office building, a doctor’s surgery, etc.
- splash out (phrasal verb): Dành tiền vào cái gì đó

Meaning: to spend a lot of money on something

Exercise 2:
5. A
6. B
Transcript
Tourist: Can I also ask you about the museum in the main square? I was
reading about it in my guide book and was shocked to see that the entrance
price is £10. Why does it cost so much?
Tourist office assistant: Well, the museum has the largest collection of Latin
American art in Europe. People come from all over the world to see it. But that’s
not the reason why it’s so expensive to get in. You see, the building is very old
and it needs repairs. The £10 ticket cost will go towards repairing the roof and Q5
walls.
Tourist: I see. Well, I suppose it’s worth paying £10 to see the collection.
TOA: Yes, I think so too. Is there anything else I can help you with?
Tourist: Actually, there is. I was wondering if you knew of any good
restaurants in the area.
TOA: Well, there are a few restaurants near the harbour, and a couple on the
beach which are nice. The problem is that the smell of the fish market is quite
strong down there.
Tourist: Mm, I don’t think my girlfriend would be very pleased.
TOA: I I know what you mean - it’s not very romantic, is it? My advice would
be to go to the next town. It’s bigger, and the restaurant selection is wider. You Q6
can get there by taxi and it only takes about ten minutes. The town is quite
picturesque...Is it for a special occasion?
Tourist: Yes, it’s my girlfriend’s birthday so I’d like to go somewhere special.
Um, do you know any of these restaurants well enough to tell me about them?

Vocabulary:
- entrance (noun): Sự đi vào

Meaning: a door, gate, passage, etc. used for entering a room, building or place
- suppose (verb): Cho là; tin rằng; nghĩ rằng

Meaning: to think or believe that something is true or possible (based on the
knowledge that you have)
- harbour (noun): Bến tàu, cảng

Meaning: an area of water on the coast, protected from the open sea by strong walls,
where ships can shelter
- romantic (adj): Lãng mạn

Meaning: beautiful in a way that makes you think of love or feel strong emotions
- picturesque (adj): Đẹp, gây ấn tượng mạnh (phong cảnh, người...)

Meaning: (of a place, building, scene, etc.) pretty, especially in a way that looks
old-fashioned

Exercise 3:
1+2: A, B
Transcript
Lecturer: In Victorian times, the upper classes made up less than three per cent of
the entire population of Britain, yet this class held more than ninety per cent of the
country’s wealth. This shows the massive gap there was between rich and poor, a
gap which has shrunk considerably in the last century. Today we’re going to look at
the wide differences in family life between rich and poor in Victorian times. Let’s
begin with the upper classes.
The upper classes of the Victorian period were generally the nobility or the clergy.
Most of their servants were very poorly paid, but were always accommodated within Q1
the homes of upper-class Victorian families, so they didn’t have to pay for
accommodation, food and often clothing.
The money which they did earn, they normally sent home to their families.
Many Victorian servants came from the countryside, where the effects of the
industrial revolution had resulted in job losses. Amongst these servants were cooks,
housemaids, stable hands, and butlers. The family would also employ a nanny,
who although employed by the family, was not traditionally seen as a servant. A
nanny’s primary role was to care for the children. She was responsible for teaching
the children how to behave, looking after them when they were ill, and instilling
discipline into them. Nannies did not, however, educate the children. Generally, Q2
children from wealthy families did not attend school outside the family home. Tutors
would come to the house to do this, and although occasion mothers taught their
children to read and fathers gave their children some instruction in Latin, this was
not a common occurrence.

Vocabulary:
- wealth (noun): Sự giàu có, sự giàu sang

Meaning: a large amount of money, property, etc. that a person or country owns
- massive (adj) : To lớn, đồ sộ; chắc nặng
Meaning: very large, heavy and solid
- shrunk (verb): Co lại, rút lại, ngắn lại
Meaning: to become or to make something smaller in size or amount
- nobility (noun) : Tính cao quý, tính cao thượng, tính cao nhã, tính thanh cao
Meaning: people of high social position who have titles such as that of duke or
duchess
- clergy (noun): Giới tăng lữ; tăng lữ
Meaning: the priests or ministers of a religion, especially of the Christian Church
- servant (noun): Người hầu, người đầy tớ, người ở
Meaning: a person who works in another person’s house, and cooks, cleans, etc. for
them
- accommodation (noun): chỗ ăn chỗ ở
Meaning: a place to live, work or stay in
- revolution (noun): Cuộc cách mạng
Meaning: an attempt, by a large number of people, to change the government of a
country, especially by violent action
- housemaid (noun): Chị hầu phòng
Meaning: a female servant in a large house who cleans the rooms, etc. and often
lives there
- butler (noun): Quản gia
Meaning: the main male servant in a large house
- nanny (noun): Người giữ trẻ, bà vú, vú em
Meaning: a woman whose job is to take care of young children in the children’s own
home
- discipline (noun): Kỷ luật
Meaning: the practice of training people to obey rules and orders and punishing
them if they do not; the controlled behaviour or situation that results from this
training

Exercise 4:
1. B 3. A
2. B 4. B
Transcript
Reviewer: Welcome to the latest episode of Film Finest with me, Liz O’Donnell. The film
I’ll be reviewing in this episode are What Happens in the Night,the new horror film by
acclaimed director Jan de Neiburg, and Happy as Larry, a new romance comedy starring
Harrison Wyatt and Sonya Smith. Let’s start with What Happens in the Night, Set in a
convent school in the 1950s, this film tells the story of two boys who are haunted by
apparitions of monks. The film has the feel of a comic book as it’s shot in black and white
with occasional shots of vivid colour. De Neiburg, the director, said he wanted some
elements to stand out and he has used colour to do it. I would say quite effectively. He claims
his inspiration for the film is his own experiences growing up in 1950s Liverpool. (Q1)
A believer in ghosts himself, he thought he saw ghosts in his school years. Ghosts or not, this
film is certainly haunting. What happens in the Night is a film that will scare you. I wouldn’t
say it’s the best horror film to come out this year, but it’s certainly shot beautifully,(Q2) and
it’s not hard to follow. So, unlike some recent horror films, you don’t have to sit in dedicated
concentration for two hours trying to keep up with a complex plot! An enjoyable film, I would
give it four stars.
In Happy as Larry, Sonya Smith and Harrison Wyatt play two people who fall in love but
cannot be together because of their families. The build-up to the film has certainly been epic,
with gossip about both co-star in the papers. Rumour has it htat Smith and Wyatt aren’t the
best of friends. In fact, on the srt they barely spoke to each other!(Q3) I have to say, though,
this doesn’t come across in the film and they look like a great couple. Happy as Larry is a
move away from the usual films Sonya makes - she is better known for her roles in action films
- but she has shown herself to be a capable comedy actress. However, I’m not sure this is the
finest film to do it in. Both men and women alike can get something from this film, but the
romance angle is overplayed and the laughs are few and far between. if you want romance,
this film is fine,(Q4) but if you want comedy, I would recommend seeing something else. I
would give it three starts.
Now, there are some new video releases which are going to be coming out…

Vocabulary:
- episode (noun): tập phim

Meaning: an event, a situation, or a period of time in somebody’s life, a novel, etc.
that is important or interesting in some way
- horror (noun): Sự khiếp, sự ghê rợn

Meaning: a feeling of great shock, fear or disgust
- convent (noun): Nữ tu viện, nhà tu kín

Meaning: a building in which nuns (= members of a female religious community)
live together
- haunt (verb): Năng lui tới, hay lui tới (nơi nào, người nào)
Meaning: to continue to cause problems for somebody for a long time
- apparition (noun): Sự hiện ra, sự xuất hiện

Meaning: a ghost or an image of a person who is dead
- monk (noun): Thầy tu, thầy tăng

Meaning: a member of a religious group of men who often live apart from other
people in a monastery and who do not marry or have personal possessions
- vivid (adj): Sống động, mạnh mẽ

Meaning: (of memories, a description, etc.) producing very clear pictures in your
mind
- inspiration (noun): Sự truyền cảm

Meaning: the process that takes place when somebody sees or hears something that
causes them to have exciting new ideas or makes them want to create something,
especially in art, music or literature

Exercise 5:
1. C 4. B
2. B 5. C
3. A
Transcript
Track 09
Right, let me give you a bit more information about the trip. The first part of our journey is
from London to Paris, going through the Channel Tunnel. It will take us just over an hour to
get to the Tunnel, including a short stop before we get there to pick up some more passengers.
From there, it’ll be another three hours to Paris, so we’re looking at four hours
altogether,(Q1) give or take a few minutes.
A quick bit of advice about passports. You won’t need these until we get to the Italian
border, so I suggest you keep them in the safe which you’ll find in your cabin. Ask your
steward – that’s the person in charge of your carriage – for a key. (Q2) That way, you
won’t need to carry them with you all the time.
Now, meals. As I said earlier, breakfast tomorrow morning will be in your cabins, and this
will be served at about 7.30, 7.45, so you’ll be able to enjoy it as we travel along the
southern French coast. Lunch is at 1 o’clock in the restaurant car, and dinner is at 8 o’clock,
although we’d like you all to be at your table about fifteen minutes earlier, at a quarter
to,(Q3) if you could.
When we get to the Italian border tomorrow morning, our train will change engines, and
we’ll also be getting a new crew. We’ll be taking advantage of the stop to have a look around.
I’ve arranged a visit to the local market, a museum and a castle. (Q4) This will take about
four hours, with a break for coffee in a local café, and we’ll be back on the train in time for
lunch.
A few quick rules. Some of you might have bought your own food or drink on beard. That’s
fine, but could we ask that you consume it in your cabins and not in the restaurant or
lounge? Could we also ask you to make sure your cabin windows are closed when you’re not
in your cabin? And whatever you do, don’t get off the train until we reach the Italian
border.(Q5) Apart from the border and one or two other places, which I’ll tell you about, any
stops we make will only be for a few minutes. I’d hate to leave anyone behind.
All right so, moving on from the Italian border, we’ll be heading… [fade]

Vocabulary:
- border (noun): Bờ, mép, biên giới

Meaning: the line that divides two countries or areas; the land near this line
- steward(noun) : Người phục vụ, chiêu đãi viên

Meaning: a man whose job is to take care of passengers on a ship, an aircraft or a
train and who brings them meals, etc.
- carriage(noun): Sự chuyên chở hàng hoá; cước chuyên chở hàng hoá
Meaning: a separate section of a train for carrying passengers
- serve (verb): Phục vụ, phụng sự, phụ trách, đảm nhiệm
Meaning: to give somebody food or drink, for example at a restaurant or during a
meal
- crew(noun): Toàn bộ thuỷ thủ trên tàu; toàn bộ người lái và nhân viên trên máy
bay
Meaning: all the people working on a ship, plane, etc.
- lounge(noun): Buồng đợi, phòng khách, phòng ngồi chơi

Meaning: a room for waiting in at an airport, etc.

Exercise 6:
1-2-3: B, C, F 5. C
4. C 6. A
Transcript
Guide: Thank you for coming along to the Cultural Sydney talk. I’m going to start by telling
you about the Yellow Plaque scheme, which has been running in Sydney for over forty years
and has been incredibly successful. When you are walking around the city, you'll see some
buildings with a small round yellow plaque on them. If you take a closer look, you'll see the
name and details of a famous person who lived in that very place. We have, at present, 130
plaques up in the city. The scheme has been great for tourism, but it was really started to raise
awareness of the rich history of Sydney, both locally and nationally, and we think we've
managed to do this (Q1). We also wanted to make people aware of the impressive list of
important people who have lived in this city, and we've certainly achieved that (Q2). But
that's not all. Although not part of our original aims, the scheme has also helped preserve
some of the older and more important buildings in Sydney because people now know that
these buildings are a link to our past; some of the buildings are actually over 180 years old,
which, for Australia, is ancient! We actually think that this is where the scheme has achieved
the most success; in raising the profile of our rich history. (Q3)Of course, it has helped
tourism, but not only that, locals also walk around looking at the plaques. It has been really
wonderful in highlighting our past. Some people are quite surprised to see who has lived
here; take Errol Flynn for example. He was married in Sydney. We are planning on putting
more plaques up and a common question is how can people nominate a figure to be put on
a plaque. It's quite a simple process. Applications can be downloaded from our website. If
you want to nominate someone for a plaque you just need the person's name, where they lived
and you need three signatures to approve your application.(Q4) Our panel then checks that
all the data you've submitted is correct and hopefully, within a year a new plaque will be
erected. But you can't nominate just anyone! A plaque can only be given to a person who is
famous and has achieved something out of the ordinary, like an important politician or
world-record breaking sportsman, for example. (Q5)We aim to have fifty new plaques up
within the next three years, and we have plenty of funding to do so. Our funding comes from
three sources: the local council, community donations and the tourist board. Whereas in the
past the tourist board put in the majority of funding, now public donations count for sixty-five
per cent of all total funds!(Q6) In fact, our funding is so healthy now; there are plans to
expand the scheme.

Vocabulary:
- plaque (noun): Tấm, bản

Meaning: a flat piece of stone, metal, etc., usually with a name and dates on,
attached to a wall in memory of a person or an event
- impressive (adj) : Gây ấn tượng sâu sắc, gây xúc động, gợi cảm
Meaning: making you feel admiration, because they are very large, good, skilful,
etc.
- preserve (verb): Bảo quản, giữ gìn

Meaning: to keep a particular quality, feature, etc.; to make sure that something is
kept
- ancient (adj): Xưa, cổ

Meaning: belonging to a period of history that is thousands of years in the past
- nominate (verb): Chỉ định, chọn, bổ nhiệm

Meaning: to formally suggest that somebody should be chosen for an important role,
prize, position, etc.
- signature (noun): Chữ ký

Meaning: your name as you usually write it, for example at the end of a letter
- erect (verb): Dựng đứng thẳng, đặt đứng thẳng

Meaning: in a vertical position
- sportsman (noun): Người thích thể thao, người ham mê thể thao; nhà thể thao,
người tham gia thể thao
Meaning: a man who plays a lot of sport, especially as a professional
- donation (noun): Sự tặng, sự cho, sự biếu; sự quyên cúng

Meaning: something that is given to a person or an organization such as a charity,
in order to help them; the act of giving something in this way

Exercise 7:
1-2-3: B, C, D
4-5-6: B, D, E
Transcript
Interviewer: So, we have Phyllis Bailey here to talk to us about fame. Her new book,
Famous for Fifteen Minutes is coming out on Monday. So Phyllis, welcome. What do you
think fame means to us these days?
Phyllis: Well, famous people are everywhere and although we know nearly all there is to
know about these people - their lives are splashed all over magazines and television - they’ve
retained their mystery. (Q1)The public are always eager to find our more about them and
this fuels the paparazzi to photograph them. It’s true that there are more celebrities around
than ever before,(Q2) but the number of really important famous people probably hasn’t
changed greatly. This is because people became famous for only a short time. (Q3) Andy
Warhol once famously said. ‘In the future, everyone will be famous for fifteen minutes’, and I
think there’s some truth in that. One day a person is famous and the next they are forgotten.
Take, for example, contestants on reality television shows. After maybe six months we never
see them again. This also highlights another characteristic of fame: in the past people
became famous because of something they had done, or because of their talent. Nowadays
these things aren’t necessary. I personally think this is a great pity.
Interviewer: Is fame particularly beneficial now?
Phyllis: Well let’s look at the winners and losers when it comes to fame. Many people think
that celebrities are the losers in this new media world, but that isn’t necessarily the case.
Take, for example, actors and actresses. They often complain about a lack of privacy, but
privacy is possible. There are many celebrities who aren’t constantly in the papers. Much as
they complain, they chase the publicity and then blame it on the media. In fact, the
paparazzi, who photograph the rich and famous, are often seen as figures of hate for this.
They come off much worse in the end. because they are so disliked by the public and
celebrities. (Q4) But in reality, they are making the celebrities and their managers even
richer. In fact, because of the cult of fame nowadays, we can see media executives making
even more monev and celebrities

signing multi-million pound deals. And who pays for this? Well, all of us. Cinema and concert
ticket prices have risen and DVDs cost more than ever. (Q5) Merchandising makes a
fortune for the famous these days. And although we are paying for it, the rewards go to only
a small elite – the big players. the stars and the executives, but they miss a lot of the creative
talent in the industry, like the people who write the screenplays. They are still on the same
salary they were on ten years ago. (Q6) Executives certainly have a difficult job managing
their clients, but they get rewarded well for doing so. I for one think these rewards should be
more fairly spread.
Interviewer: How could this be done? Are you …?
Vocabulary:
- fame (noun): Tiếng tăm, danh tiếng, tên tuổi

Meaning: the state of being known and talked about by many people
- retain (verb): Ngăn, giữ lại
Meaning: to keep something; to continue to have something
- mystery(noun): Điều huyền bí, điều thần bí
Meaning: something that is difficult to understand or to explain
- eager(adj) : Ham, háo hức, hăm hở, thiết tha, hau háu
Meaning: very interested and excited by something that is going to happen or about
something that you want to do
- complain(verb) : Kêu ca, kêu, phàn nàn, than phiền; oán trách
Meaning: to say that you are annoyed, unhappy or not satisfied about
somebody/something
- publicity(noun): Sự công khai; sự làm cho thiên hạ biết đến
Meaning: the attention that is given to somebody/something by newspapers,
television, etc.
- blame(noun): Sự khiển trách; lời trách mắng
Meaning: to think or say that somebody/something is responsible for something bad
- Merchandising (noun): Nghề buôn, sự buôn bán
Meaning: the activity of selling goods, or of trying to sell them, by advertising or
displaying them

Exercise 8:
11. B 13. C 15. A

12. A 14. B 16. A
Transcript
Hello everyone and welcome to the Anglia Sculpture Park. Right, well, the idea behind the
sculpture park is that it’s a place where works of art such as large sculptures and carvings
can be displayed out of doors in a natural setting.
As you’ll have noticed when you drove here, most of the land around the park is farmland.
The park itself belonged to a family called the De Quincies, who had made a lot of money
from manufacturing farm machinery, and who also owned substantial stretches of forest
land to the north of the park. They built a house in the centre of the park, not far from where
we’re standing now, (Q11) but this burnt down in 1980 and the De Quincies then sold the
land.
The Anglia Sculpture Park isn’t the only one in the country; several of the London parks
sometimes display contemporary sculptures, and there are a couple of other permanent
sculptures parks in England. But we’ve unique in that some of our sculptures were actually
created for the sites they occupy here, (Q12) and we also show sculptures by a wider range
of artists than anywhere else in the country.
For example, at present we have an exhibition by Joe Tremain, of what he calls ‘burnt’
sculptures. These are wood and stone sculptures that he’s carved and marked with fire to
illustrate the ferocity and intensity of the forces that have shaped our planet over millions
of years.(Q13) They look really dramatic in this rural setting.
To see some of the sculptures, you’ll need to follow the path alongside the Lower Lake. We
had to renovate this (Q14) after the lake overflowed it banks a couple of months ago and
flooded the area. The water level’s back to normal now and you shouldn’t have any trouble,
the path’s very level underfoot.
You should be back at the Visitor Centre at about four o’clock. If you have time it’s worth
taking a look at the Centre itself. It’s not possible to go upstairs at present as builders are
working there adding another floor,(Q15) but the rest’s well worth seeing. The architect
was Guy King. He was actually born in this part of England but he recently designed a
museum in Canada that won a prize for innovation in public buildings.
If you want to get something to eat when you get back, like a snack or a sandwich, the Terrace
Room is currently closed, but you can go to the kiosk and buy something, (Q16) then sit on
one of the chairs overlooking the Lower Lake and enjoy the view as you’re eating.

Vocabulary:
- sculpture (noun): Nghệ thuật điêu khắc, nghệ thuật chạm trổ; bức tượng
Meaning: a work of art that is a solid figure or object made by carving or shaping
wood, stone, clay, metal, etc.
- carving (noun): Nghệ thuật khắc, nghệ thuật tạc, nghệ thuật chạm
Meaning: an object or a pattern made by cutting away material from wood or stone
- farmland (noun): Đất chăn nuôi, trồng trọt

Meaning: land that is used for farming
- machinery (noun): Máy móc, máy; thiết bị

Meaning: machines as a group, especially large ones
- contemporary(adj) : Đương thời

Meaning: belonging to the same time
- permanent (adj): Lâu dài, vĩnh cửu; thường xuyên, thường trực; cố định
Meaning: lasting for a long time or for all time in the future; existing all the time
- exhibition (noun): Cuộc triển lãm, cuộc trưng bày

public
- ferocity(adj) : Tính dữ tợn, tính hung ác

Meaning: violence; aggressive behaviour
- architect (noun) : Kiến trúc sư

Meaning: a person whose job is designing buildings

Exercise 9:
11. C 13. A
12. B 14. D
Transcript
Good morning everyone. I hope you’re all feeling OK after the activities of the
last week or so. I know you’ve all been working very hard recently and we’ve
been exceptionally busy, especially with the wedding last weekend and the
trade fair straight after that. And now we have only three days to prepare for
the birthday party this weekend. The events recently have gone extremely well Q11
and the hotel is beginning to get a very good reputation, so we need to keep it
up. At the moment, we don’t have exact numbers of guests and though we
usually only cater for groups of less than fifty, we will have quite a few more Q12
than that. So - as I said - not sure of numbers but of course we won’t go over the
maximum of 100. But it’s likely that we will need all of you to work this weekend
so if any of you can’t, please let me know as soon as possible.
Right - so what time will the event start? Well the invitation says guests should
arrive between 7.30 and 7.45 but our experience is that there are always a few
who like to arrive early so we’ll expect the first people at 7.15. As the numbers Q13
are quite large, this will certainly be the case. Food will be served at around
8.30 and then, depending on how long the meal takes, the entertainment will
start about two hours later. Now, for this, we were expecting a live band for the
occasion which is always fun, but apparently this has been cancelled due to Q14
illness. So - the hosts know someone who is a comedian who will be replacing
the band. We had hoped that the resident magician who worked here through
the summer would be able to help out but they weren’t keen on that idea.

Vocabulary:
- trade: Thương mại, sự buôn bán, mậu dịch

Meaning: the activity of buying and selling or of exchanging goods or services
between people or countries
- reputation: Sự nổi danh; danh tiếng

Meaning: the opinion that people have about what somebody/something is like,
based on what has happened in the past
- cater : Phục vụ cho, mua vui cho, giải trí cho

Meaning: to provide food and drinks for a social event
- expect : Chờ đợi, trông đợi, mong ngóng, trông chờ, trông ngóng (ai đó, việc gì đó)
Meaning: to think or believe that something will happen or that somebody will do
something
- comedian : Diễn viên kịch vui; người đóng kịch vui

Meaning: an entertainer who makes people laugh by telling jokes or funny stories
- magician : Thuật sĩ,đạo sĩ, pháp sư; thầy phù thuỷ, ảo thuật gia
Meaning: a person who can do magic tricks

Exercise 10:
11-12: B, E
13-14: B, C
Transcript
Good morning - it’s great to see so many people here. Thank you all very much for
coming. Well, as you know, the community gardens at Hadley Park are really not
looking as good as they should, quite bad really, and although the local council has a
budget to deal with some of the problems, we do need volunteers for other tasks. If you
don’t mind, I’m going to divide you into two groups. So, everyone on this side of the
room is Group A and the rest of you are Group B. So, Group A, there are a couple of
things we'd like you to help with. Um, first of all, don't worry about any litter or empty
bottles you see lying about - one of the local schools has offered to help out with that
as part of their own environmental project. The priority for you will be to give us a
hand with the new wooden fencing (Q11) it needs constructing a long parts of the
bicycle track, as there are parts which have now fallen down or broken - as I'm sure
you've seen. You've probably also noticed that some of the pathways that come from
the bicycle track a quite narrow - and there are plans to make them wider - but the
council will be dealing with that later in the year and they've also promised to produce
some informational signs about the plants in the gardens. Hopefully they'll be up in a
few weeks time. The other thing we're doing is getting rid of some of the foreign species
that are growing in the gardens and putting back some native plants and trees. So
you'll be doing some digging for us and getting those into the ground (Q12)
So Group A there's some items you'll need to bring along with you. I was going to say
‘raincoats’ but the forecast has changed so you can leave those at home. I’d definitely
recommend a strong pair of boots, (Q13) waterproof would be best; it's quite
somebody at the moment, and your own gloves would also be advisable. (Q14) Tools
will be available - spades and hammers, that kind of thing. You just need to make
sure they go back in the trucks. And, there’s no need to worry about food and drink as
we’ll be supplying sandwiches and coffee possibly some biscuits, even!

Vocabulary:
- budget (noun) : Ngân sách, ngân quỹ

Meaning: the money that is available to a person or an organization and a plan of
how it will be spent over a period of time
- priority (noun): Sự ưu thế (về cấp bậc); quyền ưu tiên, quyền được trước; sự ưu
tiên hàng đầu
be dealt with first
- fencing (noun) : Sự rào dậu

Meaning: fences; wood, wire, or other material used for making fences
- forecast (noun): Sự dự đoán trước; sự dự báo trước

Meaning: a statement about what will happen in the future, based on information
that is available now
- waterproof (adj): Không thấm nước

Meaning: that does not let water through or that cannot be damaged by water
- advisable(adj): Nên, thích hợp, đáng theo

Meaning: sensible and a good idea in order to achieve something
- spade (noun): Cái mai, cái thuổng

Meaning: a garden tool with a broad metal blade and a long handle, used for digging
- hammer (noun): Búa

Meaning: a tool with a handle and a heavy metal head, used for breaking things or
hitting nails

Exercise 11:
21. A 24. B
22. B 25. A
23. A 26. A
Transcript
Leo: Anna, I wanted to ask you about my marketing report. I’m not sure about it…
Anna: That’s OK, Leo. So what do you have to do?
Leo: Choose a product or service then compare two organisations that produce it. I’m
doing instant coffee.
Anna: But haven’t you got a weekend job in a clothing store? Why didn’t you choose
clothing?
Leo: That was my first thought it’d give me some practical examples, but when I searched
for men’s clothing on the Internet there were hardly any articles. So then I looked for
coffee and I found there were tons.(Q21)
Anna: Yeah, there are so many brands on the market now. OK, so how much have you
actually written?
Leo: I’ve done part one, on economic and technological factors. I found some good
data on technological changes, how in Australia fewer people are buying instant
coffee because of cheap coffee percolators that they can use to make real coffee at
home.(Q22)
Anna: But there’s also a movement away from drinking coffee…
Leo: ...switching to things like herbal teas instead because they think it’s healthier? But
that’s not really to do with technology, it’s more cultural. Anyway, for part two I’m
comparing two instant coffee companies, CoffeeNow and Shaffers, and I’ve made this
table of products.
Anna: Right. Let’s see...so you’ve got the brand names, and prices and selling size, and
descriptions. OK, the table looks good, you’ll get marks for research there. Where
Leo: will it go?
Anna: In the section on the marketing mix, under ‘Product’
Leo: Not in the appendix?
Anna: No.
OK, but it’s too factual on its own, you need to add some comment in that section
about the implications of the figures.(Q23)

Leo: Right, I’ll do that. Now I want to say that I think that Shaffers is more of a followers
than a leader in the coffee industry. Now, I’m putting that in the section on market
share. Does that seem OK?
Anna: Let’s see...so you’ve begun by explaining what market share is, that’s important, but
you’re got to be careful how you give that opinion.
Leo: Do you think it should go in another section?
Anna: Well, it’s fine where it is but you’ve got to back it up with some data (Q24) or they’ll
say your report lacks weight.
Leo: OK. One thing I’m worried about it finding anything original to say.
Anna: Well, since this is your first marketing report, you’re not expected to go out and do
interviews and things to collect your own data, you’re just using published data. So
the analysis you do might not throw up anything that people didn’t throw before. But
the focus is more on how you handle the data - I mean, you might take some like a
graph of sales directly from a website, but what makes your work original is the
perspective you provide by your interpretation of it.(Q25)
Leo: Oh. You know, it’s all so different from business studies assignments at school. It’s
really surprised me.
Anna: What, how much research you have to do?
Leo: I expected that. It’s more...I knew exactly what I had to do to get a good grade at
school - and I knew I’d be expected to go more deeply into things here, but I haven’t
got information on how the lecturer is going to grade my work (Q26)- what he’s
looking for.

Vocabulary:
- economic (adj): (Thuộc) Kinh tế

Meaning: connected with the trade, industry and development of wealth of a
country, an area or a society
- technological (adj): thuộc công nghệ, thuộc công nghệ học

Meaning: connected with technology
- percolator(noun): Bình lọc; bình pha cà phê; máy chiết ngâm

Meaning: a pot for making coffee, in which boiling water is forced up a central tube
and then comes down again through the coffee
- movement(noun) : Sự chuyển động, sự vận động, sự cử động, sự hoạt động

Meaning: an act of moving the body or part of the body
- herbal (adj): (thuộc) cỏ, (thuộc) thảo mộc

Meaning: connected with or made from herbs
- implication(noun):Sự lôi kéo vào; sự liên can, sự dính líu; ẩn ý, điều ngụ ý; điều
gợi ý
Meaning: a possible effect or result of an action or a decision
- publish (verb): Công bố; ban bố

Meaning: to produce a book, magazine, CD-ROM, etc. and sell it to the public
- interpretation (noun): Sự giải thích, sự làm sáng tỏ

Meaning: the particular way in which something is understood or explained

Exercise 12:
9-10: B, D
Transcript
Lastly, an increasing number of people are choosing to live alone. The number
of people living alone in Britain has more than doubled in the last twenty years.
In 1990 just over four million people lived alone. Now this figure has reached 8.5
million, an incredibly rapid growth which has had enormous effects on the
traditional nuclear family. This number represents a great chunk of the
population who either by choice or necessity, are outside the traditional family
unit. Some think that these changes may not help the community. In fact, there Q9
are many arguments that this rise in alternative household structures will create
a more isolationist and less community-based society, where close bonds
which are usually formed within the family have no place. Leaving aside whether
or not the housing even exists for this boom, an important factor which must be Q10
looked at is the disproportionate expense for those living on their own, By
this I mean, the burden of all costs is shouldered by one wage instead of two,
and of course one person is using the energy which could be shared between a
group, having a greater impact on the environment too.
However, on a more positive note, people, especially women, are proving…

Vocabulary:
- isolationist (adj) : (chính trị) người theo chủ nghĩa biệt lập
Meaning: connected with the policy of not becoming involved in the affairs of other
countries or groups
- disproportionate(adj) : không cân đối

Meaning: too large or too small when compared with something else
- expense (noun): Sự tiêu; phí tổn

Meaning: the money that you spend on something
- burden(noun) : Gánh nặng

Meaning: a duty, responsibility, etc. that causes worry, difficulty or hard work

Exercise 13:
21. C 24. C
22. A 25. A
23. B
Transcript
Anna: Hi, Robert.
Robert: Hi. Sorry I’m late. I was just printing off some pages about food waste in Britain.
Anna: Do you want to include Britain in the presentation? I thought we were
concentrating on the USA?
R: Well, it is a global problem, so I thought we ought to provide some statistics that
show that.
A: Fair enough. What did you find out?
R: Well, I was looking at a British study from 2013. It basically concluded that 12
billion pounds’ worth of food and drink was thrown away each year - all of it ending
up in landfill sites. Over eight million tons - and that wasn’t including packaging.
A: An incredible amount.
R: Yes, and they were only looking at what households threw away, so there’s no
information about restaurants and the catering industry. But one thing the study did
investigate was the amount of milk and soft drinks that were wasted, (Q21) and I
think it was probably quite unique in that respect.
A: Interesting. You know. in the other European reports I’ve read - there’s one thing
they have in common when they talk about carbon dioxide emissions.
R: I know what you are going to say. They never refer to the fuel that farms and
factories require to produce the food, and the carbon dioxide that releases?
A: Exactly. We could really cut down on carbon emissions if less food was supplied in
the first place. (Q22) To my mind, the reports talk too much about the carbon
dioxide produced by the trucks that deliver the fresh goods to the shops and take the
waste away. They forget about one of the key causes of carbon dioxide.
R: Absolutely. If the reports are actually going to be useful to people, they need to be
more comprehensive.
A: Who do you mean by ‘people’?
R: Well, the government, industries...people making television programmes. Have you
seen any documentaries about food waste?

A: Not that I remember.
R: My point exactly. These days they all seem to be focusing on where your meat, fruit and
vegetables are sourced from. (Q23) We’re being encouraged to buy locally, not from
overseas. That’s probably a good thing but I’d still like to see something about waste.
A: Yes, it’s the same with magazine articles - it’s all about fat and sugar content and the
kind of additives and colouring in food - but nothing about how it reaches your table and
what happens after it ends up in the bin.
R: Well, we’ve only got 15 minutes for this presentation, so I think we’ll have to limit what
we say about the consequences of food waste. What do we want to concentrate on?
A: Well, I know some of the other presentations are looking at food and farming methods
and what they do to the environment, so I think we’ll avoid that. And the fact that in some
countries, people can’t afford the food grown on their own farms - that was covered last
term.
R: OK. We don’t want to repeat stuff.
A: What concerns me above all else is that in a recession governments should be
encouraging business to find ways to cut costs. (Q24) Apparently supermarkets in the
USA lose about 11% of their fruit to waste. That’s throwing money away.
R: All right - we’ll focus on that problem. It should get the other’s attention, anyway. Now,
how do you want to begin the presentation? Let’s not start with statistics though because
that’s what everybody does.
A: I agree. How about we give the other students a set of questions to answer (Q25) - about
what they suspect they waste every day?
R: I’m fine with that. Probably a better option than showing pictures of landfill sites. It’ll be
more personalised, that way.
A: All right, now let’s start…

Vocabulary:
- statistic (noun) : Thống kê

Meaning: a collection of information shown in numbers
- landfill(noun) : Bãi rác

Meaning: an area of land where large amounts of waste material are buried under
the earth
- investigate(verb): Điều tra nghiên cứu

Meaning: to carefully examine the facts of a situation, an event, a crime, etc. to find
out the truth about it or how it happened
- comprehensive (adj): Bao hàm toàn diện

Meaning: including all, or almost all, the items, details, facts, information, etc.,
that may be concerned
- consequence:(noun) Hậu quả, kết quả

Meaning: a result of something that has happened
- concentrate (verb): Tập trung

Meaning: to give all your attention to something and not think about anything else
- recession(noun) : Sự lùi lại, sự thụt lại

Meaning: a difficult time for the economy of a country, when there is less trade and
industrial activity than usual and more people are unemployed
- suspect (verb): Nghi, ngờ, nửa tin nửa ngờ

Meaning: to have an idea that something is probably true or likely to happen,
especially something bad, but without having definite proof

Exercise 14:
21. C 24. A
22. A 25. C
23. B 26. B
Transcript
Randhir: Hello - I’m Randhir Ghotra from the technologies department
Dave: Ah yes. Good. I’m Dave Hadley. Thanks for coming to see me.
R: That’s right. Um, I’m responsible for student admissions to the college and I use
a computer system to help process student enrolments and to do the time tabling.
Bit it really doesn’t suit the way we work these days. It’s over ten years old (Q21)
and although it was fine when it was first introduced, it is just not good enough
now.
R: OK - what problems are you experiencing?
D: Well, 20 years ago, the college was quite small and we didn’t have the numbers of
students or tutors that we have now.
R: So the system can’t handle the increasing volumes…
D: Well, there’s a lot more data now and it sometimes seems the system has crashed
but, in fact, it just takes ages to go from one screen to the next.(Q22)
R: Right. Is that the only problem?
D: Well that’s the main one, but there are others. In the past, doing the timetabling
was quite simple but now we have a lot more courses and what’s made it
complicated is that many of them have options.(Q23)
R: Right - but the system should allow you to include those.
D: Well no, it doesn’t. It was supposed to - and a few years ago we did ask someone
from the technologies department to fix it, but they never seemed to have the time.
R: Hmm...are there any other issues with the system?
D: Well - I’ve been given extra responsibilities and so I have even less time to do
the timetabling. If there was anything you could do, Randhir, to make the process
more efficient, that would be really helpful.
R: Well it sounds like you could do with an assistant but that’s obviously not possible,
so what about having an online system that students can use to do their
scheduling?
D: How would that work?

R: Well - it may mean less choice for students but we could create a fixed schedule of all
the courses and options and they could then view what was available…
D: ….and work it out for themselves (Q24) - that sounds great.
R: OK, so ...um… we’ll need to decide whether or not to improve the existing system or to
build a completely new system.
D: Well I’d much prefer to have a new system. Quite frankly, I’ve had enough of the old one.
R: OK - that’ll probably take longer although it may save you money in the long run. (Q25)
When were you hoping to have this in place?
D: Well it’s January now and the new intake of students will be in September. We need to
start processing admissions - in the next few weeks really
R: Well it will take more than a few weeks. I’m afraid. As an initial estimate I think we’ll
be looking at April or May (Q26) to improve the existing system but for a new system it
would take at least nine months. That would be October at the earliest.
Vocabulary:
- admission (noun) : Sự nhận vào, sự thu nạp vào; sự kết nạp

Meaning: the act of accepting somebody into an institution, organization, etc.; the
right to enter a place or to join an institution or organization
- enrolment(noun): Sự kết nạp hoặc được kết nạp

do this
- responsibility(noun): Trách nhiệm; sự chịu trách nhiệm; bổn phận; nghĩa vụ

Meaning: a duty to deal with or take care of somebody/something, so that you may
be blamed if something goes wrong
- schedule(noun) : Kế hoạch làm việc, tiến độ thi công;

Meaning: a plan that lists all the work that you have to do and when you must do
each thing
- estimate (verb) :Đánh giá; ước lượng

Meaning: a judgement that you make without having the exact details or figures
about the size, amount, cost, etc. of something

Exercise 15:
21. B 24. C
22. A 25. B
23. A
Transcript
Tutor: Well James, I’ve had a look over your case study and for a first draft, it looks
promising.
James: I have to be honest, when you told us we had to write about a furniture company,
it didn’t sound like the kind of thing that would interest me, but since then, I’ve
changed my mind.
Tutor: Why’s that?
James: Well, as you know, Furniture Rossi is an Australian company, still comparatively
small compared to some of the high street stores but it's got plans to expand into
foreign markets. So I chose it for that reason. It's going through a transition (Q21)
- it's a family-run business aiming to build a global brand.
Tutor: All right, and you've made that clear in your writing. One thing though that I think
you've overlooked is why Luca rossi started a furniture company here in Australia
in the first place.
James: Well he just got an arts degree, haven't he? And people were trying to talk him into
an academic profession but he wanted a practical job - something he thought would
be more satisfying in the long run. His grandfather had been a craftsman. He'd
made furniture in Italy and he'd passed this skill on to Luca’s father, and well,
Lucas thought he'd like to continue the tradition.(Q22)
Tutor: Yes, that was the motivation behind his decision.And what was it, do you think,
that gave Furniture Rossi a competitive edge over other furniture companies?
James: I wouldn't think it was price. It's always been at the higher end of the market, but
according to my research, it was to do with the attitude of the employees (Q23)
they were really focused on giving good customer service.
Tutor: Yes, Luca Rossi insisted on that. Their promotional campaigns also emphasised
the fact that the would only came from Australian forests, but that was the case with
their rivals, too so it wouldn't have made them stand out. OK, we'll have a careful
look at the content of your case study in a minute, but i just want to make a general
comment first, before you start writing your second draft.

James: OK
Tutor: Yes, what I’d like to see more of is your opinion, (Q24) a bit more critical thinking
rather than the bare facts. But it's good to see you've been careful with your
referencing this time
James: Thanks. And I read and re-read my work so I'm pretty sure there aren't any errors
with the language.
Tutor: Yes, it's fine. Oh, but there's one other thing i could probably mention at this point.
James: Yes?
Tutor: Well at the end of term, you'll also be giving a presentation also on Furniture Rossi.
James: Yes, I haven't given it much thought yet.
Tutor: Understandably. But, while you're writing the case study, I'd recommend you think
about what kind of information would be suitable to use in your presentation.
Remember - the last time you gave a presentation on a company, you spend a
considerable part of the time providing the audience with financial data, but they
probably needed to hear more about company strategy.
James: Yes, I did concentrate rather too much on the figures. (Q25) I’ll make sure there's
a balance this time.
Tutor: Good.

Vocabulary:
- draft (noun): Nháp

Meaning: a rough written version of something that is not yet in its final form
- furniture (noun) : Đồ đạc (trong nhà)

Meaning: objects that can be moved, such as tables, chairs and beds, that are put
into a house or an office to make it suitable for living or working in
- expand (verb) : Mở rộng, trải ra

Meaning: to become greater in size, number or importance; to make something
greater in size, number or importance
- craftsman (noun): Thợ thủ công

Meaning: a skilled person, especially one who makes beautiful things by hand
- motivation (noun) : Sự thúc đẩy, động cơ thúc đẩy

Meaning: the reason why somebody does something or behaves in a particular way
- attitude (noun) : Thái độ, quan điểm

Meaning: the way that you think and feel about somebody/something; the way that
you behave towards somebody/something that shows how you think and feel
- campaign (noun):Chiến dịch

Meaning: a series of planned activities that are intended to achieve a particular
social, commercial or political aim
- balance (noun) :Sự thăng bằng, sự cân bằng; cán cân

Meaning: a situation in which different things exist in equal, correct or good
amounts

Exercise 16:
21. B 24. A
22. C 25. C
23. B 26. C
Transcript
Karina: Hi, Mike. How’s it going?
Mike: Actually, I was up last night with an assignment so - yeah, I’m tired, but I guess
we’d better sort this presentation out.
Karina: Well, we’ve done enough background reading, but I think we need to .
organise exactly what we’re going to say about biofuels during the presentation,
and the order.
Mike: I thought we could start by asking our audience what car engines were first
designed to run on - fossil fuels or biofuels
Karina: Nice idea
Mike: Yes, when most people think about cars and fuel, they think about all the carbon
dioxide that’s produced, but they don’t realise that that wasn’t always the case.
Karina: You’re probably right. The earliest car engines ran on fuel made from corn and
peanut oil, didn’t they?{Q21)
Mike: Yes. The manufacturers used the corn and peanut oil and turned them into a kind of
very pure alcohol.
Karina: You mean ethanol?
Mike: Yes. In fact, most biofuels are still based on ethanol. Actually, I’ve got some notes
here about the process of turning plant-matter into ethanol - the chemical reactions
and the fermentation stages and…
Karina: It’s interesting - the other students would appreciate it, but different biofuels use
different processes and if we give a general description, there’s a risk we’ll get it
wrong, (Q22) and then the tutor might mark us down. I’d rather we focus on the
environmental issues.
Mike: Fair enough. So, um - the main plants that are used for biofuel production now are
sugar cane, corn…
Karina: And canola. Of all of them, canola is probably the least harmful because machines
that use it don’t produce as much carbon monoxide.

Mike: Sugar cane seems to be controversial. It doesn’t require as much fertilizer as
corn does to grow, but when they burn the sugar cane fields, that releases loads of
greenhouse gases.
Karina: Yes, but some critics have suggested that the production of corn ethanol uses up
more fossil fuel energy than the biofuel energy it eventually produces. For that
reason, I’d sat it was more harmful to the environment.(Q23)
Mike: I see what you mean. You’re probably right. It’s interesting how everyone saw the
biofuel industry as the answer to our energy problems, but in some ways, biofuels
have created new problems.
Karina: Well, in the USA, I wouldn’t say that farmers are having problems - the biofuel
industry for them has turned out to be really profitable.
Mike: I think, though, that even in the USA, ethanol is still only used as an additive to
gasoline, or petrol. The problem is that it still has to be transported by trucks or rail
because they haven’t built any pipelines to move it. (Q24) Once they do, it’ll be
cheaper and the industry might move forward.
Karina: That’ll have to happen one day. At least the government are in favour of biofuel
development.
Mike: Yes. But Brazil’s probably in the lead as far as biofuels are concerned - they’ve got
to the point where they don’t need to import any oil now.
Karina: Which is great, and the industry in Brazil employs a huge number of people, but is
it sustainable? I mean, as the population grows, and there are more vehicles on the
roads and there’s more machinery, surely they can’t depend so much on sugar
cane? (Q25) At some point, there has to be a limit on how much land can be used
for sugar cane production - certainly if you want to preserve natural habitats and
native wildlife.
Mike: I think that whatever problems Brazil’s facing now - the same will be true for any
country - you have to weigh up the pros and cons.
Karina: Well, we probably won’t see an increase in biofuel use - I mean, they won’t replace
fossil fuels until we can find ways to produce them cheaply and quickly and with
less cost to the environment.(Q26)
Mike: ...making sure they require minimal energy to produce less than fossil fuels -
certainly when you’re filling up your car.
Karina: Exactly. And in a way that means they have to cost less than fossil fuels - certainly
when you’re filling up your car.
Mike: Yes. and whatever other kind of engines use fossil fuels at the moment.

Vocabulary:
- assignment (noun):Sự giao việc, sự phân công

- sort (verb): Lựa chọn, sắp xếp, phân loại

Meaning: a group or type of people or things that are similar in a particular way
- biofuel (noun): nhiên liệu sinh học

Meaning: fuel made from plant or animal sources and used in engines
- peanut (noun) : Cây đậu phụng (cây lạc)

Meaning: a nut that grows underground in a thin shell
- ethanol (noun): (hoá học) ethanol

Meaning: the type of alcohol in alcoholic drinks, also used as a fuel or solvent
- fermentation (noun) : Sự lên men

Meaning: the process of chemical change caused by the action of yeast or bacteria,
often changing sugar to alcohol
- controversial (adj): Có thể gây ra tranh luận, có thể bàn cãi được (vấn đề...)
Meaning: causing a lot of angry public discussion and disagreement
- fertilizer(noun) : Phân bón

Meaning: a substance added to soil to make plants grow more successfully
- profitable (adj): Có lợi, có ích; thuận lợi

Meaning: that makes or is likely to make money
- sustainable (adj): Bền vững

Meaning: involving the use of natural products and energy in a way that does not
harm the environment

Exercise 17:
35-36: C , E
37-38: A , D
39-40: A , C
Transcript
Today, our number of weak-tie acquaintances has exploded due to the Internet - to
the phenomenon of online social networking. This is still a relatively new way of
communication - something that has a huge amount of potential – but also, as with any
invention, it brings with it a new set of problems. Let’s start with the benefits. Without
question, online social networking allows us to pass on the latest news — to be Q35
up-to-date with local and global events- and for many, this information comes from
sources more trustworthy than local media. So, this is one clear point in favour of
online social networking. I know that it's also being used by students - as a means of
increasing their chances of success – in the way that lecture notes can be shared and
ideas discussed. I think, personally speaking, that we need some further research
before we can definitively say whether it helps or not. There’s also been a great
increase in the number of networking sites devoted to sharing advice on health issues
but there are as yet no studies to prove the reliability of that advice. Now, what we do
have clear evidence for is that people are developing friendship and professional Q36
networks in a way that wasn’t possible before — the process is faster. I'm not talking
about quality here, but simply that they exist. And it's debatable whether the number of
online friends that you have increases your level of self-confidence — that's perhaps
an area of research some of you might be interested in following up.
Turning to the problems, there are any number of articles connecting online activity to
falling levels of physical fitness – but it’s too easy to blame the Internet for our social
problems. The poor grades of school children are also frequently linked to the time
spent on social networking sites, but it would be naive to believe there are no other
contributing factors. One real concern, however, is the increase in the amount of
fraud. Where for example, people are using the personal data of others, which they’ve
put online, for criminal purposes. This kind of activity seems likely to continue. And Q37
then, certainly for employers, online social networking sites have provided a great
time-wasting opportunity – reducing productivity like never before, and I doubt they Q38
can put a stop to this habit, no matter what restrictions are in place.

We'll come back to these issues in a minute, but I'd like to say something about the
theories of Robin Dunbar — an anthropologist at Oxford University. Dunbar has
found that the human brain has evolved in a way that means we can only give real
attention to a particular number of people. 150, apparently. So, for example, if the
number of friends on your online network is greater than that, according to Dunbar,
this would imply the relationships are only superficial. Dunbar is not against online
relationships, but he maintains that face-to-face interaction is essential for the initial Q39
creation of true friendship and connections. He's concerned that for young people —
if their only experience of forming relationships is online — this doesn't allow them to Q40
form the ability or acquire the strategies for maintaining relationships, for example, in
situations where negotiation or diplomacy is required, or where it's essential for
...

Vocabulary:
- acquaintance (noun): Sự biết, sự hiểu biết

Meaning: a person that you know but who is not a close friend
- explode (verb): Đập tan, làm tiêu tan (lý tưởng, ảo tưởng...)
Meaning: to burst or make something burst loudly and violently, causing damage
- phenomenon (noun): Hiện tượng

Meaning: a fact or an event in nature or society, especially one that is not fully
understood
- fraud(noun): Sự gian lận, sự gian trá; sự lừa lọc, sự lừa gạt

Meaning: the crime of cheating somebody in order to get money or goods illegally
- criminal(adj) : Có tội, phạm tội, tội ác

Meaning: connected with or involving crime
- productivity (noun): sức sản xuất, năng suất

Meaning: the rate at which a worker, a company or a country produces goods, and
the amount produced, compared with how much time, work and money is needed to
produce them
- restriction (noun): Sự hạn chế, sự giới hạn; sự bị hạn chế

Meaning: a rule or law that limits what you can do or what can happen
- interaction(noun): Sự ảnh hưởng lẫn nhau, sự tác động với nhau, sự tương tác
Meaning: the act of communicating with somebody, especially while you work, play
or spend time with them
- negotiation (noun): Sự điều đình, sự đàm phán, sự thương lượng, sự dàn xếp
Meaning: formal discussion between people who are trying to reach an agreement
- diplomacy (noun): Thuật ngoại giao; ngành ngoại giao; khoa ngoại giao
Meaning: the activity of managing relations between different countries; the skill in
doing this

DẠNG 8: MATCHING
Exercise 1:
1. A 3. D
2. C 4. B
Transcript
Customer: So, what are the differences between these four hotels?
Travel agent: Well the main difference is in the facilities they offer. The Hotel Q1
Sunshine is the only one which has a gym and it’s also got one of the top health
spas in the area. It’s next to a lake so you can do water sports there. But if you
really like sailing or water skiing, then the Highland Hotel would probably be the Q2
best place because it offers great instruction programmes in these sports.
Customer: Actually, I’m not a sporty person.
Travel agent: OK. Well, what about the Hotel Carminia? It’s a brand new Q3
hotel, and it prides itself on its cinema and multimedia centre. And then
there’s The Royal. This one has a conference room, a meeting room, and free Q4
computer access, but it’s not really appropriate for children; there’s not much
in the way of entertainment.
Customer: Well, I’m going on holiday, not to work, and it’s just my wife and me
so I think we’ll book with the Hotel Carminia, please.

Vocabulary:
- facility (noun): ( số nhiều) điều kiện dễ dàng, điều kiện thuận lợi; phương tiện dễ
dàng
Meaning: buildings, services, equipment, etc. that are provided for a particular
purpose
- instruction (noun): chỉ thị, lời chỉ dẫn

Meaning: detailed information on how to do or use something
- pride (noun): Sự kiêu hãnh, sự hãnh diện; niềm kiêu hãnh, niềm hãnh diện, thể
diện
Meaning: a feeling of pleasure or satisfaction that you get when you or people who
are connected with you have done something well or own something that other
people admire
- multimedia (noun) : đa phương tiện

Meaning: (in computing) the use of sound, pictures and film in addition to text on a
screen

- appropriate (adj): thích hợp, thích đáng

Meaning: suitable, acceptable or correct for the particular circumstances

Exercise 2:
7. D 9. C
8. A 10. B
Transcript
TOA: Well, I know about a few of them, and there are pictures in this leaflet
here. This one here is lovely - the Belleview - and it’s extremely popular. It has Q7
a famous chef, so it’s not cheap, but the standard of the food is very high, It’s
right by the sea and there are wonderful views if you get a good table. Then
there’s The Lighthouse Cafe - you can see the picture here - which isn’t really a
cafe at all. In fact, it’s a great restaurant and a lot if TV celebrities and actors Q8
eat there. The place has been going for over a hundred years! It’s quite an
institution around here .
Tourist: Mm. I’m not sure about those two - they sound too expensive to me. I
was thinking of somewhere small, not too up-market, but with good food.
TOA: In that case what about Harvey’s? The same family has run this Q9
restaurant for over a century, and it’s reasonably priced and really popular
with local people. And there’s another family-run restaurant, Stonecroft House. Q10
New owners took over a month ago and they’re getting good reviews. There’s a
new chef there and the food is meant to be very good. This leaflet has the
contact details for all the restaurants so you can just call them if you’d like to
book a table.
Tourist: Great, thanks. You’re been very helpful.

Vocabulary:
- chef (noun): Đầu bếp

Meaning: a professional cook, especially the most senior cook in a restaurant, hotel,
etc.
- standard (noun): Tiêu chuẩn, chuẩn, mẫu

Meaning: a level of quality, especially one that people think is acceptable
- reasonably (adv): Hợp lý.

Meaning: to a degree that is fairly good but not very good
- leaflet (noun) : tờ quảng cáo rời

Meaning: a printed sheet of paper or a few printed pages that are given free to
advertise or give information about something

Exercise 3:
4. C
5. B
6. A
Transcript
Now we ourselves have done a little reorganisation over the last year to
maximise our productivity. We’ve thought long and hard about the best
location for the Marketing Department as this is the key to facilitating our
future business. Although Perth has a large number of marketing companies, Q4
which enables us to learn from our competitors, it’s Melbourne that’s the
gateway to international connections, and therefore we’re decided to move all
marketing operations there.
In terms of professional development, we wanted to optimise the training
programmes available to our staff because training is vital if we want to remain
competitive. As a result, staff training will no longer be here in Sydney but Q5
instead will take place in the Perth office, where new facilities have been
installed.
Finally, we’ve looked at how to optimise our back office administrative
functions. Currently, each office has it’s own admin department. However, this Q6
is proving to be less efficient than we would like. In order to resolve this
situation, all these functions will now be centralised here in Sydney.

Vocabulary:
- reorganisation (noun) : cải tổ lại, tổ chức lại

Meaning: the act or process of changing the way in which something is organized or
done
- productivity (noun): sức sản xuất, năng suất

Meaning: the rate at which a worker, a company or a country produces goods, and
the amount produced, compared with how much time, work and money is needed to
produce them
- competitor (noun): Người cạnh tranh; đấu thủ, đối thủ

Meaning: a person or an organization that competes against others, especially in
business
- optimise (verb): Lạc quan; theo chủ nghĩa lạc quan

Meaning: to make something as good as it can be; to use something in the best
possible way
- install (verb): đặt, lắp, gá đặt, lắp đặt

Meaning: to fix equipment or furniture into position so that it can be used
- efficient (adj): Có hiệu lực, có hiệu quả

Meaning: doing something well and thoroughly with no waste of time, money or
energy
- centralise (verb): Tập trung

Meaning: to give the control of a country or an organization to a group of people in
one particular place

Exercise 4:
7. D 9. B
8. A 10. E
Transcript
Guide: At the moment, we only have yellow plaques for all the famous people,
but we are aiming to produce different coloured plaques so that people can do
specific walks. For example, if they are interested in famous sports Q7
personalities they can do a tour following the red plaques - the colour we are
aiming to use for these people. We are looking at introducing grey, white and
green plaques as well. We are thinking of using grey plaques to signify people Q8
who have done important work within the government and white plaques for Q9
those who have done good works in the community. Lastly, our green plaques we Q10
think will be very popular, these will be for painters and sculptors, leaving our
yellow ones for writers, actors and other people of note. We do hope you enjoy
looking at the plaques around the city. We have guide books on sale in the gift
shop where you can find all the plaques. These are priced at $11.99.
Vocabulary:
- plaque (noun): Tấm, bản

Meaning: a flat piece of stone, metal, etc., usually with a name and dates on,
attached to a wall in memory of a person or an event
- personality (noun): Nhân cách, tính cách
Meaning: the various aspects of a person’s character that combine to make them
different from other people
- signify (noun) : Biểu thị, biểu hiện; báo hiệu; là dấu hiệu của cái gì
Meaning: to be a sign of something
- sculptor (noun): Nhà điêu khắc; thợ chạm
Meaning: a person who makes sculptures

Exercise 5:
18. E
19. C
20. B
Transcript
So before I leave you all to start your tour, I’ve just got a few tips. There are a large
number of attractions and you may not have time to see them all. Of course, there
are the old favourites like the Aquarium and the Crocodile Cave but if you don’t
have time to see everything make sure you visit Turtle Town, which is beyond the Q18
Aquarium and the Seal Centre. This is very special and has a large number of
endangered species, and as it’s at the far corner of the Sea Life Centre it often gets
overlooked. I also have to apologise for the Penguin Park. This has needed some Q19
urgent work to be done and so will not be open for the next week. We are very sorry
about this but I’m sure you’ll find the Seal Centre which is directly opposite it will
keep you entertained just as much - if not more!
We’re also very busy today as you may have noticed on your way in. Everyone starts
here at the Aquarium but as it’s so big, there’s no waiting to get in. But today we’re
expecting a lot of people to want to see the Crocodile Cave as a couple of eggs have Q20
hatched out. So expect delays there and, if you like, move on to the Seal Centre first
and then go back when things are quieter, towards the end of the day.
So I’ll leave you now but if you have any questions I won’t be far away and have a
great time at the Sea Life Centre!

Vocabulary:
- attraction (noun): Sự thu hút, sự hấp dẫn, sự lôi cuốn; sức hấp dẫn, sức lôi cuốn
Meaning: an interesting or enjoyable place to go or thing to do
- Aquarium (noun): Khu công viên có bể nuôi (cá, loài thuỷ sinh); nơi trưng bày bể
nuôi (cá, loài thuỷ sinh)
Meaning: a large glass container in which fish and other water creatures and plants
are kept
- endanger (adj): Gây nguy hiểm

Meaning: to put somebody/something in a situation in which they could be harmed
or damaged
- apologise (verb) : xin lỗi, tạ lỗi

Meaning: to say that you are sorry for doing something wrong or causing a problem
- hatch (verb): nở (trứng)

Meaning: to come out of an egg

Exercise 6:
15. C
16. E
17. A
Transcript
So I’d like to go through who’s doing what when the guests arrive and I think
we’ll make a few changes from the last party held here. If I remember correctly,
it was Olav who co-ordinated the task of providing the guests with drinks or
was it Ahmed? (checking) Um, I’m not sure - but Gary asked to do it this time - Q15
so that will be his job. There’s been no decision yet on what the drinks are going
to be but I hope they decide soon in case we need to order something special. Now
- for receiving the guests’ coats and hats, it’s important we have someone
experienced doing this as we don’t want guests losing their belongings. And
Monica, last time this was your responsibility. Susan, I know you wanted to do Q16
this but as the numbers are quite high for this event I won’t make a change here.
Right - now last time there was some confusion as to where guests were supposed
to go once they had deposited their things and we had guests roaming around the
whole hotel. So Ahmed and Olav - I believe you discussed the problems with
Susan and thought she would be good at guiding guests after they had arrived - Q17
and I’m fine with that.

Vocabulary:
- co-ordinate (verb): Hành động và làm việc cùng nhau

Meaning: to organize the different parts of an activity and the people involved in it
so that it works well
- belongings (noun): Thuộc về, của, thuộc quyền sở hữu

Meaning: the things that you own which can be moved, for example not land or
buildings
- responsibility (noun): Trách nhiệm; sự chịu trách nhiệm; bổn phận; nghĩa vụ
Meaning: a duty to deal with or take care of somebody/something, so that you may
be blamed if something goes wrong

Exercise 7:
16. B 19. C
17. A 20. A
18. C
Transcript
OK, let me tell you a little bit about the different tracks we have here. All of
them start at the end of Mountain Road - and you’ll find a parking lot there
where you can leave your vehicles. Let's start with North Point track. It's a
gentle route through lowland forests - good for biking and probably the one for
you if you have small children. There's a wooden hut where you can stay at the
end of the track but be aware that it's really just an overnight shelter,and you'll Q16
need to take your own sleeping bags and cooking equipment. Another option is
the Silver River track. As the name suggests, you'd be following the river for
most of the way and you get to see some of our beautiful native birds but the track
also goes through a densely forested area. Unfortunately the signposting isn't Q17
very good in places and you do need a good map reading skills to avoid
becoming disoriented, which happens to visitors a little too frequently, I'm
afraid. Valley crossing will take you through some stunning scenery but there
are several points along the way where you'll need the level of fitness required Q18
to get over some pretty big rocks. Stonebridge is one of the shorter tracks, but
very steep as it takes you up to the waterfall and you do need to be in good Q19
condition to manage it. lastly the Henderson Ridge track will take you all the
way to the summit of the mountain. Do bear in mind, though, that at this time of
year the weather is very changeable and if the clouds suddenly descends, it's Q20
all too easy to wander off the track. It's best to check with us for a weather report
on the morning you think you want to go. On the way to the summit, there's a
hotel which provides comfortable rooms and quality meals, so it's worth
climbing all...

Vocabulary:
- track (noun): dấu, vết

Meaning: a rough path or road, usually one that has not been built but that has
been made by people walking there
- vehicle (noun): Xe cộ (xe hai bánh, xe hơi, xe tải..)

Meaning: a thing that is used for transporting people or goods from one place to
another, such as a car or lorry/truck
- route (noun): Tuyến đường; lộ trình; đường đi

Meaning: a way that you follow to get from one place to another
- shelter (noun): Sự nương tựa, sự che chở, sự ẩn náu

Meaning: the fact of having a place to live or stay, considered as a basic human need
- signpost (noun): Biển chỉ đường

Meaning: enlarge image a sign at the side of a road giving information about the
direction and distance of places
- stunning (adj): tuyệt vời; lộng lẫy; gây ấn tượng sâu sắc
Meaning: extremely attractive or impressive
- descend (verb): Xuống, dốc xuống, rơi xuống, lăn xuống, đi xuống, tụt xuống...
Meaning: to come or go down from a higher to a lower level

Exercise 8:
16. C 19. G
17. D 20. E
18. F
Transcript
OK, moving on. Unfortunately, there’s been an increase in the number of minor
crimes and anti-social behavior in the general area and I want to talk about some
specific prevention measures that are being proposed. First of all, the skate park.
As you probably know, it's well used by younger people in our community but
unfortunately we're getting more and more reports of broken glass - making it
especially dangerous for younger children. One possible solution here is to get rid of
some of the trees and bushes around the park - making it more visible to passersby Q16
and vehicles if the Vandals know they're being watched, this might act as a
deterrent. As you will have heard a couple of local primary schools have also been
vandalized recently - despite the presence of security guards. The schools don't have
the funds for video surveillance - so we need people in the neighborhood to call
their nearest police station and report any suspicious activity immediately. Please Q17
don't hesitate to do this. I expect most of you are familiar with the problems facing
Abbotsford Street. It seems that no amount of warning signs or speed cameras will
slow speeding drivers down. I’m happy to say, however, that the council have
agreed to begin work over the next few months to put in a new roundabout. What Q18
else? Oh, yes. The newsagent and the gift shop on Victoria Street were both broken
into last week, and although no money was taken, the properties have suffered
some serious damage. Access was gained to the shops through the small alleyway at
the back of the properties - it's dark and as you can imagine, no one saw the thief or
thieves in action. So, we've been advising shop owners along there about what kind
of video recording equipment they can have put in - we’ll then be able to get evidence Q19
of any criminal activity on film. The supermarket car park is also on our list of
problem areas we've talked to the supermarket managers and council authorities
and we've advised them to get graffiti cleaned off immediately and get the smashed
lights replaced. If you don't deal with this sort of thing at once, there's a strong Q20
possibility that the activity will increase and spread, and then it becomes...

Vocabulary:
- prevention (noun): Sự ngăn cản, sự ngăn trở, phòng ngừa

Meaning: the act of stopping something bad from happening
- visible (adj): Hữu hình, thấy được, có thể nhìn thấy, có thể thấy; trong tầm mắt
Meaning: that can be seen
- deterrent (adj): Để ngăn cản, để ngăn chặn, để cản trở

Meaning: making somebody less likely to do something
- surveillance (noun): Sự giám sát; sự theo dõi cẩn thận

Meaning: the act of carefully watching a person suspected of a crime or a place
where a crime may be committed
- roundabout: Theo đường vòng (không đi theo con đường ngắn nhất)
Meaning: a place where two or more roads meet, forming a circle that all traffic
must go around in the same direction
- property(noun): Tài sản, của cải, vật sở hữu, người giàu có

- graffiti(noun) : (nghệ thuật) nghệ thuật grafitô (trang trí bằng cách cạo thạch cao
cho lộ mặt dưới có màu khác)
Meaning: drawings or writing on a wall, etc. in a public place

Exercise 9:
4. A
5. D
6. C
Transcript
Moving on to the second point - how changes within a country can have as
much or more of an effect then those outside the country. Various parts of New
York have changed radically in their ethnic make-up over the last 200 years:
communities became wealthier, governments introduced new laws, and
employment opportunities came and went. These factors affect where people
choose to live or force them to move to somewhere different. For example,
most people think that the population has changed in Manhattan due to the rise
of its importance as a financial trade centre, which is true to some extent. But Q4
like the Ellis Island example, a change in politics, namely a change of
mayor, allowed the city to boom as a financial centre, and this resulted in
different types of people moving to the area. Brooklyn is an interesting example,
too and we’ll be looking at it as our case study later in the lecture. Whereas it
used to be a predominantly working class area of the city and therefore
attracted unskilled migrant workers, nowadays its fame as a centre for Q5
up-and-coming artists and musicians means it has attracted a new and much
more diverse population of middle class residents. Finally, Queens has shown
a dramatic change in its population over the last fifty years due to the airports
there. This means that the number of airline staff living in the area has Q6
dramatically increased and changed the nature of the local population.

Vocabulary:
- force (verb): Dùng vũ lực đối với, bức hiếp, ép buộc, cưỡng ép, bắt buộc
Meaning: violent physical action used to obtain or achieve something
- extent (noun): Khoảng rộng

Meaning: how large, important, serious, etc. something is
- politics (noun): Hoạt động chính trị, công việc chính trị, đời sống chính trị
Meaning: the activities involved in getting and using power in public life, and being
able to influence decisions that affect a country or a society
- mayor (noun): Thị trưởng

Meaning: the head of a town, borough or county council, chosen by other members
of the council to represent them at official ceremonies, etc.
- predominantly (adv): Phần lớn, chủ yếu là

Meaning: mostly; mainly
- migrant (noun) : Di trú; di cư

Meaning: a person who moves from one place to another, especially in order to find
work

Exercise 10:
26. G 29. C
27. A 30. E
28. D
Transcript
Robert: OK, shall we now have a look at the projects that different researchers and
organisation are working on?
Anna: For me, the project I really liked was the one at Tufts University - you know,
where they’ve invented tiny edible patches to stick on fresh foods that show
you what level of bacteria is present, and so whether you can still eat it.
Robert: It’s a great idea as it tells you if you need to hurry up and eat the food before
it goes off. The other good thing about the patches is that apparently they’ll be Q26
cheap to manufacture.
Anna: Good. Then the other thing I thought was great was the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology project.
Robert: I hadn’t seen that.
Anna: Well, they’ve developed these sensors that can detect tiny amounts of
ethylene. Ethylene is the natural plant hormone in fruit that makes them turn
ripe, apparently. The researchers think that they can attach the sensors to
cardboard boxes - and then supermarkets can scan the sensors with a
portable device to see how ripe the fruit inside is. That’s got to be a quicker Q27
way to check for ripeness than taking each box off the shelf and opening it.
Robert: Definitely. And I thought that Lean Path was worth mentioning, too. Their
waste tracking technology means that caterers can see how much food is
being wasted and why. That’ll increase profits for them eventually. Q28
Anna: Yes. And did you read about Zero PerCent? They’ve produced this
smartphone application that allows restaurants to send donation alerts to
food charities. The charities can then pick up the unwanted food and
distribute it to people in need.
Robert: In the long run, that’ll definitely benefit poorer families in the neighbourhood. Q29
No kid should go to school hungry.

Anna: I agree. And I read that quite a few local governments in the USA are
thinking about introducing compulsory composting in their states - so you
can’t put any food waste into your rubbish bins, just the compost bin.
Robert: Well, I guess that means a bit more work for people. I mean, they have to
separate the organic and inorganic waste themselves before they take it out
to the compost bin, and you know how lazy some people are! But I guess if Q30
we all start composting, we’d be doing something positive about the problem
of food waste ourselves, rather than relying on the government to sort it out.
Having said that, not everyone has a garden so...
Vocabulary:
- edible (adj): Có thể ăn được (không độc)

Meaning: fit or suitable to be eaten; not poisonous
- patch (noun): Miếng vá, miếng đắp,
Meaning: a small area of something, especially one which is different from the area
around it
- bacteria (noun) : vi khuẩn
Meaning: the simplest and smallest forms of life. Bacteria exist in large numbers in
air, water and soil, and also in living and dead creatures and plants, and are often
a cause of disease.
- sensor (noun): (kỹ thuật), (vật lý) phần tử nhạy; cái cảm biến
Meaning: a device that can react to light, heat, pressure, etc. in order to make a
machine, etc. do something or show something
- portable(adj) : Có thể mang theo, xách tay
Meaning: that is easy to carry or to move
- caterer (noun): Người cung cấp lương thực, thực phẩm
Meaning: a person or company whose job is to provide food and drinks at a business
meeting or for a special occasion such as a wedding
- compulsory(adj) : Ép buộc, bắt buộc, cưỡng bách
Meaning: that must be done because of a law or a rule
- compost (noun): Bón phân trộn
Meaning: a mixture of decayed plants, food, etc. that can be added to soil to help
plants grow

Exercise 11:
21. E 25. B
22. I 26. D
23. C 27. A
24. G
Transcript
Tutor: Right Stewart, well I’ve read your draft report on your work placement at the
Central Museum Association. Sounds as if you had an interesting time. So you
ended up making a film for them?
Stewart: Yeah. It was a film to train the employees in different museums in the
techniques they should use for labelling ancient objects without damaging
them. Some of them are really fragile.
Tutor: OK. So in your report you go through the main stages in making the film. Let’s
discuss that in a little more detail. You had to find a location - somewhere to
shoot the film.
Stewart: That took quite a few days, because I had to look at different museums all over
the country, but I’d allowed time for it. And even though it was the middle of
winter, there wasn’t any snow, so I didn’t have any transport problems. Q21
Tutor: Right. Did you have to decide what equipment you’d need for the filming?
Stewart: Yes. I think they were quite surprised at how well I managed that. It was just
the luck of the draw actually, I’d done that project with you last year … Q22
Tutor: Oh, on recording technology? So you knew a bit about it from that, right.
Stewart: Yeah. What I found really hard was actually writing the script. I had a Q23
deadline for that but the Association had to extend it. I couldn’t have done it
otherwise.
Tutor: Would it have helped if you’d had some training there?
Stewart: I think you’re right, I probably needed that, yeah.
Tutor: Right. Now from your draft report it sounds as if you had one or two problems
deciding who was going to actually appear in the video.
Stewart: The casting? Yeah. I’d expected that the people who worked for the
Association would be really keen on taking part…
Tutor: But they weren’t?

Stewart: The thing was, they were all so busy. And it did mean some of them had to
travel. But Janice King, who I was reporting to for the project, she was great. Q24
She arranged for people to have time off and for their work to be covered. So
that was a big help for me.
Tutor: Right. And it sounds like the filming itself went well. I gather you found a Q25
company who provided an online introduction to the techniques.
Stewart: Yeah. It was really informative, and very user-friendly. I learned
a lot from it.
Tutor: And then the editing?
Stewart: For that, the Association put me in touch with someone who works for one of Q26
the big movie companies and I went down to the studio and sat with him in
front of his computer for a day, learning how to cut and paste, and deal with
the soundtrack and so on.
Tutor: So was that all?
Stewart: No, I didn’t include this in my draft report but I had to design the cover for
the DVD as well… the lettering and everything.
Tutor: Have you done any of that sort of design work before?
Stewart: No, but I did a rough draft and then talked it through with a couple of my Q27
mates and they gave me some more ideas, and when I’d finished it, I showed
it to the people who worked at the Association and they really liked it.
Tutor: Excellent.

Vocabulary:
- placement (noun) : Sắp đặt, sắp xếp việc làm

Meaning: the act of finding somebody a suitable job or place to live
- fragile (adj): Dễ vỡ, dễ gãy, dễ hỏng; mỏng mảnh, mỏng manh ( (nghĩa đen) &
(nghĩa bóng))
Meaning: easily broken or damaged
- informative (adj): Cung cấp nhiều tin tức, có nhiều tài liệu
Meaning: giving useful information
- soundtrack (noun): rãnh âm thanh

Meaning: some of the music, and sometimes some speech, from a film/movie or
musical that is released on CD, the Internet, etc. for people to buy

Exercise 12:
4. D 6. B
5. C 7. A
Transcript
Emma: So, I think we’d better start planning what we’re going to do for our group
project. Have you guys had any ideas?
Tom: I was thinking we should do something on extreme weather events, but I
think Alex had some different ideas.
Alex: Yes, maybe we should look into more localised weather conditions and the
effects on the immediate environment.
Emma: That's a good idea, Alex, but I don't think we'd be able to get much data on
that, and we don't really have time to do our own research. What about
doing something about the seasons?
Tom: I think the seasons might be a bit too wide-reaching, you know, when we
take into account the wind patterns and pressure systems.
Emma: Maybe you're right.
Alex: Well, how about Tom's idea of extreme weather conditions?
Emma: Yes, that sounds like a good idea. It's easy to break down into separate
parts and it certainly sounds more interesting!
Tom: I'd quite like to cover monsoons. I've been doing some reading on them
and they're quite interesting.
Emma: Well, that sounds good. We should maybe take two areas each - that would
make it easier for us to focus.
Alex: Well, we've got lots to choose from: we could do blizzards, heat waves,
droughts, cyclones. There are loads! Why don't you do blizzards too,
Tom?
Tom: I don't fancy doing them, but I wouldn't mind doing something on floods.
(Q5) They're linked to monsoons, I think, so it will be an easy transition.
What do you fancy doing, Alex?
Alex: Well, I could always cover winds.

Emma: But that isn't really extreme enough.
Alex: Hmm ... I could do hurricanes, they're pretty exciting. How about doing
cyclones, Emma?
Emma: I'd rather do heat waves and droughts, I think (Q6). I know a bit about
them. I don't know anything about cyclones.
Alex: Cyclones are really interesting. I can cover them.(Q7)
Tom: That sounds great. I was thinking about doing cyclones, but I'm happy for
you to do them
Vocabulary:
- extreme (adj) : Vô cùng, tột bực, cùng cực, cực độ

Meaning: not ordinary or usual; serious or severe
- monsoon (noun): Gió mùa

Meaning: a period of heavy rain in summer in S Asia; the rain that falls during this
period
- blizzard (noun): Trận bão tuyết

Meaning: a snowstorm with very strong winds
- drought (noun): Hạn hán

Meaning: a long period of time when there is little or no rain
- cyclone (noun): Lốc, gió xoáy

Meaning: a violent tropical storm in which strong winds move in a circle
- transition (noun): Sự chuyển tiếp

Meaning: the process or a period of changing from one state or condition to another

Exercise 13:
26. A 28. A 30. C

27. C 29. B
Transcript
STUDENT 2: You say you’re building models of the world’s ocean systems
but how’re they going to be used, and more importantly, when?
SIMO: Some of the data has already helped in completing projects. For Q26
example, our understanding of the underlying causes of El Nino events is being
confirmed by float data. Another way we’re using float data is to help us to
understand the mechanics of climate change, like global warming and ozone Q27
depletion. That’s part of an ongoing variability study but the results are still a
long way off.
However, this is not the case with our ocean weather forecasting. Because we
know from the floats what the prevailing weather conditions will be in certain
parts of the ocean, we can advise the navy on search and rescue missions. Q28
That’s happening right now and many yachtsmen owe their lives to the success
of this project. In addition, the float data can help us to look at the biological
implications of ocean processes.
STUDENT 1: Would that help with preserving fish stocks?
SIMON: Yes, and advising governments on fisheries legislation. We’re
well on the way to completing a project on this. We hope it will help to bring
about more sustainable fishing practices. We’ll be seeing the results of that quite Q29
soon.
STUDENT 2: It sounds like the data from floats has lots of applications.
SIMON: Yes it does. It’s also a powerful agricultural tool. If we were aware
of what the weather would be like, say, next year, we could make sure that the
farmers planted appropriate grain varieties to produce the best yield from
the available rainfall.
STUDENT 1: That sounds a bit like science fiction, especially when now we
can’t even tell them when a drought will break. Q30
SIMON: I agree that this concept is still a long way in the future, but it will
come eventually and the float data will have made a contribution.

Vocabulary:
- mechanic (adj): Thợ máy, công nhân cơ khí

Meaning: a person whose job is repairing machines, especially the engines of
vehicles
- climate (noun) : Khí hậu, thời tiết

Meaning: the regular pattern of weather conditions of a particular place
- variability : tính biến động

Meaning: the fact of something being likely to vary
- prevailing (adj): Đang thịnh hành, phổ biến khắp, rất thông dụng (đồ vật..);
thường thổi trong một khu vực (gió)
Meaning: existing or most common at a particular time
- navy (noun): Hải quân

Meaning: the part of a country’s armed forces that fights at sea, and the ships that
it uses
- mission (noun): Sứ mệnh, nhiệm vụ

Meaning: an important official job that a person or group of people is given to do,
especially when they are sent to another country
- yachtsmen (noun): Người chơi môn du thuyền

Meaning: a man who sails a yacht for pleasure or as a sport
- implication (noun): Sự lôi kéo vào; sự liên can, sự dính líu; ẩn ý, điều ngụ ý; điều
gợi ý
Meaning: a possible effect or result of an action or a decision
- legislation (noun): Sự làm luật, sự lập pháp

Meaning: a law or a set of laws passed by a parliament
- appropriate (adj): ( + to, for) thích hợp, thích đáng

Meaning: suitable, acceptable or correct for the particular circumstances

Exercise 14:
23. A 25. A
24. B 26. C
Transcript
JULIE: Remind me, Trevor … how long is the presentation?
TREVOR: Dr White said three per hour.
JULIE: So about twenty minutes?
TREVOR: Well. . . it'll be fifteen minutes per presentation.
JULIE: And five minutes for questions. Q21
TREVOR: And is this one going to be assessed? Q22
JULIE: No ... not this time round ... because it's the first one ... you know.
TREVOR: Good news.
JULIE: Well, Trevor, what are we going to include?
TREVOR: Well... Do you think we ought to give some historical background?
JULIE: Oh no ... definitely not... we won't have time!
TREVOR: OK ... but I think we ought to say something about the geographical Q23
location ... cos not a lot of people know where the islands are ...
JULIE: Yes ... OK ... I'll take notes, shall I?
TREVOR: Yeah, that'll be a help ...
JULIE: So ... geographical location ...
TREVOR: Then we ought to give an overview of the whole education system.
JULIE: Shouldn't we say something about the economy . . . you know agricultural
produce . . . minerals and so forth?
TREVOR: Well... Dr White said we shouldn't go into that sort of detail.
JULIE: But it's pretty important when you think about it... you know because it
does influence the education system ... Q24
TREVOR: Look ... let's think about that one later shall we? Let's see how we're doing
for time . . .
JULIE: OK ... so ... general overview of education Q25
TREVOR: Of course ... and then the role of English language ... Q26
JULIE: Nope ... that goes in the Language Policy Seminar . . . don't you
remember?

TREVOR: Are you sure?
JULIE: Positive.
TREVOR: All right...so those are the topics we’re going to be ...to be covering...
Vocabulary:
- assess (verb): Định giá (tài sản, hoa lợi...) để đánh thuế; đánh giá; ước định
Meaning: to make a judgement about the nature or quality of somebody/something
- geographical (adj) : địa lý

Meaning: connected with the way in which the physical features of a place are
arranged
- economy (noun) : Sự quản lý kinh tế; nền kinh tế; tổ chức kinh tế
Meaning: the relationship between production, trade and the supply of money in a
particular country or region
- influence (verb): Ảnh hưởng, chi phối, tác động

Meaning: the effect that somebody/something has on the way a person thinks or
behaves or on the way that something works or develops

DẠNG 9: SUMMARY COMPLETION
Exercise 1:
1. Environment 3. Fossil site

2. Extinction 4. Tooth
Transcript
Good morning everyone. My name is Paul and I’m a paleontologist. Now when
most people hear that, they immediately get an image of an old professor studying
dried-up dinosaur bones or else they think of a great adventure from the movies!
Well, I’m neither. But I would like to talk to you today about how I came to be a
paleontologist and the reason I believe it is an important job. All my life, my main
interest has been the environment. So I actually started out as an ecology Q1
student. As a part of my degree course, I had to do a compulsory unit on
extinction and a lecturer visiting from another university gave us a talk on Q2
Australia’s extinct animals. One of the animals he talked about was called the
Diprotodon. It’s an ancestor of the modern Australian wombat. He described
this enormous animal crossing ancient lakes, getting stuck in the mud and
becoming part of the fossil record, which is what we call the preserved remains
of animals and plants that we find. And I was fascinated. So fascinated that I
immediately changed courses.
But paleontology isn’t all easy going. The very first field trip I want on was pretty
awful and we didn’t find anything! We went to an outback fossil site and we were Q3
digging in extreme conditions. I’ve learned since then that that’s pretty standard
for work like this. But to make matters worse, after five days, I’d found nothing. I
was getting really disheartened and I was starting to regret my decision, when
on the last day of the trip. I was digging into the bank of an ancient dried-up
riverbed and I found a funny-looking piece of rock. Inside it was a tooth from a Q4
giant kangaroo. Finding that one fossil made me realise that this was a field I
really wanted to continue working in.

Vocabulary:
- paleontology (noun): môn cổ sinh vật học

Meaning: the science of the forms of life existing in former geologic periods, as
represented by their fossils.
- ecology (noun): sinh thái học

Meaning: the branch of biology dealing with the relations and interactions between
organisms and their environment, including other organisms.
- extinction (noun) :sự tuyệt chủng

Meaning: the disappearance
- wombat (noun): chuột túi

Meaning: any of several stocky, burrowing, herbivorous marsupials of the family
Vombatidae, of Australia, about the size of a badger
- ancestor (noun): tổ tiên

Meaning: person from whom one is descended
- get stuck (verb): mắc kẹt
- fossil (noun): hóa thạch

Meaning: any remains, impression, or trace of a living thing of a former geologic
age, as a skeleton,footprint, etc.
- dishearten (verb): thất vọng

Meaning: to depress the hope, courage, or spirits of; discourage
- riverbed (noun) :đáy sông

Meaning: the channel in which a river flows or formerly flowed.

Exercise 2:
31. temporary hours 33. geographical positioning

32. stone 34. decorative
Transcript
Lecturer: The subject of this series of lectures is horology, the science of
measuring time, and we’ll be looking at a few basic concepts in this lecture.
The measurement of time has come a long way since ancient times. It began with
such devices as the sundial, where the position of the sun’s shadow marked the
hour. Daylight was divided into twelve “temporary hours” - these temporary Q31
hours were longer in the summer and shorter in the winter, simply because the
amount of daylight changes with the seasons.
The earliest sundial we know comes from Egypt. It was made of stone and is Q32
thought to date from 1500 BC. Sundials were used throughout the classical
world, and with time, involved into more elaborate devices that could take
into account seasonal changes and geographical positioning and reflect the Q33
hours accurately, no matter what the time of year. This was quite an achievement
in technology. Today, sundials can be seen as decorative pieces in many Q34
gardens.

Vocabulary:
- horology (noun): thuật tính giờ

Meaning: the art or science of making timepieces or of measuring time
- sundial (noun): đồng hồ mặt trời

Meaning: an instrument that indicates the time of day by means of the position, on
a graduated plate or surface, of the shadow of the gnomon as it is cast by the sun.
- daylight (noun): thời gian ban ngày

Meaning: the period of day; daytime.
- involve into (verb): liên quan đến

Meaning: to include as a necessary circumstance, condition
- elaborate (adjective): tinh xảo, phức tạp

Meaning: worked out with great care and nicety of detail; executed with great
minuteness

Exercise 3:
7. small subsidiary 9. 10%/ ten percent

8. employees 10. relocation package
Transcript
Chief Executive
Office: So what does all this mean for the future? Well, after ten years, I’ve
decided that Benchmark needs a new vision for the future. I think it’s time for
us to divide up parts of the business into smaller units. Therefore, over the next
five years I aim to set up two small subsidiary (Q1) companies in order to Q1
focus on international expansion in Europe and Asia. There are many
organisations in emerging markets which could benefit from our experience
and skills. Which leads me to the next point for future development that of
increasing our workforce. It’s become clear that all our departments are
understaffed, so we’ll be taking on more employees (Q2) over the next year. Q2
And the really good news is that to make us a desirable employer, all positions,
current and future, will receive a salary increase of ten per cent (Q3). Lastly, I Q3
know that some people are worried about the financial aspects of having to
move to another city as part of the restructure, so Benchmark will be provide
a relocation package (Q4) to all employees this affected. This is because we
would like you all to remain with the company for the foreseeable future.

Vocabulary:
- subsidiary (adjective): trợ cấp, bao cấp

Meaning: serving to assist or supplement; auxiliary; supplementary
- workforce (noun): nhân lực

Meaning: the total number of workers in a specific undertaking
- understaffed (adjective): thiếu nhân lực

Meaning: having an insufficient number of personnel
- restructure (noun): tái cấu trúc

Meaning: the act or an instance of restructuring
- foreseeable (adjective): thấy trước được, dự đoán trước được

Meaning: tobe seen beforehand

Exercise 4:
1. A test 3. Fire marshals

2. Personal belongings 4. Missing people
Transcript
Melanie: Welcome to this fire evacuation talk everyone. I’m Melanie Brookes,
the fire safety manager here at Techbase, and my office is on the fourth floor if you
ever need to find me.
Today I want to run through the fire evacuation procedure now that we’re in a
new building. First of all, can I just remind you that if you hear the fire alarm, you
should always head towards the main stairs in order to leave the building. Please
assume that the alarm is real ,except if it sounds at 11.00 a.m on a Tuesday. At this
time, it’s always a test - we hope. It’s vital that you do not spend time collecting Q1
your bags or personal belongings because this wastes valuable evacuation Q2
time. When you have left the building, please look for the fire marshals, who Q3
will be wearing fluorescent orange jackets. They’ll show you where the waiting
area is, but just so you know. It’s the park at the rear of the office block. Your
department has a fire safety officer - I believe it’s Susan Jenkins - and it’s her job
to make sure that everyone who signed in has vacated the building. Susan will
then tell the fire safety manager if there are any missing people. Can I also remind Q4
you that you mustn’t enter the building again until the fire safety manager, in
other words, me, tells you that the situation is no longer dangerous.

Vocabulary:
- fire evacuation (noun): sự cứu hỏa

Meaning: the process of moving people out of fire
- personal belonging (noun): vật dụng cá nhân

Meaning: something is possessed by a particular person
- fire marshal (noun): đội trưởng đội cứu hỏa

Meaning: the highest rank of firefighter
- fluorescent (adjective): huỳnh quang

Meaning: producing bright light by using some forms of radiation

Exercise 1:
8. E 10. B
9. C
Transcript
Phil: So, our project is going to cover three main areas. Firstly, comparing the
main forms of alternative energy: solar, wind, wave, and bio fuels in terms of
production costs. Secondly, we’ll take solar energy as an example and do a cost
prediction, and lastly we’ll analyse whether they’re likely to replace traditional Q1
fuels in the future.
Tutor: That sounds like a comprehensive project with a good focus. Now, what
data are you going to use and what approach will you use for the analysis?
Q2
Jackie: Ah! Now that’s something we do agree on! We want to use the reports
you gave us in our last lecture and some statistics from the government
Environment and Energy Department. In terms of analysis, we’re going to use a Q3
cross-referencing method where we compare each of the government reports
with the Robertson report and highlight any differences. The we’ll analyse these
to see why the differences exist and where more research needs to be done.
Vocabulary:
- cross-referencing method (noun phrase): phương pháp tổng quan

Meaning: the way to let the researcher look at the research in a large scale

Exercise 6:
1. L 4. H
2. C 5. F
3. D
Transcript
Hannah: Hi everyone! Sorry I’m late
Louise: Don’t worry. Hannah, we’ve only just started. We thought we should go
over the theories we’ve studied so far so we’re ready for the seminar Q1
discussion on Thursday afternoon.
Hannah: Of course, you’re right. I don’t think I can remember all the theories related
to consumer energy consumption.
Mike: No Hannah. That’s the reading for Friday’ lecture. Thursday’s seminar
discussion is about the current thinking on alternative energy. Q2
Hannah: Oh yes. Sorry. I’m a bit disorganised at the moment.
Louise: Never mind. So, Mike, what do you think about the academics’ point of view
on nuclear energy?
Mike: Well, I think I have to agree with them on price being a factor for choosing
nuclear in the long term.
Louise: Me too. It’s definitely the most cost effective measure. Don’t you agree, Q3
Hannah?
Hannah: To start with I didn’t, but the text Professor Edwards gave us persuaded me.
The only thing that concerns me is that there have been some disasters in
various parts of the world.
Louise: Yes, some texts warn of the dangers of nuclear power using previous Q4
disasters as examples.
Mike: I know what you mean, but I suppose the risk is minimal these days. What do
you think about wind and solar energy in terms of the price in relation to the
advantages? For me, the’re just not worth it - both are expensive and it’s
difficult to predict the amount of energy each one will produce.
Hannah: You know, Mike. I’m afraid I don’t share your opinion. This text here talks
about the likelihood of improved technology increasing the amount of
energy and reducing the costs in the future.

Louise: Yes, but that’s not enough proof to be sure of the relationship between the
costs and the benefits
Mike: Exactly, the evidence seems incomplete to me Q5
Hannah: Well, that’s something we can’t follow up on with the rest of the group in the
seminar on Thursday.
Vocabulary:
- seminar (noun): buổi thảo luận

Meaning: a class at a university or college when a small group of students and a
teacher discuss or study a particular topic
- alternative (adjective) : thay thế

Meaning: can be replaced
- disorganised (adjective): lộn xộn

Meaning: badly planned; not able to plan or organize well

Exercise 7:
21. reference 24. primary

22. textbooks 25. back
23. secondary
Transcript
LIBRARIAN: Good afternoon. Can I help you?
STUDENT: Good afternoon. Yes, I’ve just transferred to the School of
Education, and I’d like information about joining the library.
LIBRARIAN: Well, the School of Education has libraries on two sites, as I’m
sure you know, This one here is the Fordham Site, and the other is
on Castle Road.
STUDENT: And is there any difference between the two libraries?
LIBRARIAN: Not in terms of their facilities. Access to online databases and the
Internet is available at both sites and each site has a range of
reference materials on education. Q21
STUDENT: Oh yes. I see.
LIBRARIAN: But the Castle Road site has books on the sociology of education
and a collection of textbooks and teaching resources covering Q22
most of the subjects taught in secondary schools. Q23
STUDENT: Ah, right, but I’m training to be a primary teacher so I need to look Q24
at materials for the five to eleven age group.
LIBRARIAN: Then you’ve come to the right place. At Fordham we hold material
relating to primary education, as well as special needs, but of
course you’ll need to familiarize yourself with both sites to make
the most of our resources.
STUDENT: You haven’t mentioned periodicals. Are they held at both sites?
LIBRARIAN: Current issues, yes but if you want to look at back issues you’ll Q25
need to use the CD-ROM databases which are held here at
Fordham.
STUDENT: I see. Now, about borrowing books. I’m living out of town, so I’m
hoping I can borrow quite a few items, and cut down on the
number of trips I have to make.

Vocabulary:
- sociology (noun): xã hội học

Meaning: the scientific study of the nature and development of society and social
behaviour
- familiarize yourself/somebody (with something): dần quen với

Meaning: to learn about something or teach somebody about something, so that
you/they start to understand it
- periodical (noun): tạp chí định kỳ

Meaning: a magazine that is published every week, month, etc., especially one that
is concerned with an academic subject

Exercise 8:
26 + 27: laptops, printers 29. marketing

28. report writing 30. individual
Transcript
TUTOR: By the way, do you know about our Business Centre?
BRIAN: No. What’s that?
TUTOR: It’s a training resource—a collection of materials for people to
study on their own, or use in their own organizations.
BRIAN: Uhuh. You mean books and videos?
TUTOR: Yes, and manuals for self-study. Plus a lot of computer-based
materials, so people can work through them at their own speed,
and repeat anything they aren’t sure about. And you can hire
laptops to use in your own home or workplace as well as Q26
printers that you can take away. Q27
BRIAN: Does it have anything that I could use to improve my study skills?
I don’t have much idea about report writing, and I’m sure I’ll Q28
need it on the course.
TUTOR: Oh yes, there’s plenty of useful material. Just ask one of the staff.
BRIAN: Does the centre cover all the main areas of business?
TUTOR: Yes, topics like finance, and of course marketing —that’s a Q29
popular one. Local managers seem to queue up to borrow the
videos!
BRIAN: So it isn’t just for students, then?
TUTOR: No, it’s for members only, but anyone can join.
BRIAN: How much does it cost?
TUTOR: ￡100 a year for a company, and ￡50 for an individual , with no Q30
discount for students, I’m afraid.
BRIAN: That’s very helpful. Well, I think that’s all. I’d better go home and
fill in the enrolment form. Thanks for all your help.
TUTOR: You’re welcome. Goodbye.
BRIAN: Goodbye.

Vocabulary:
- manual (noun): Sách hướng dẫn sử dụng

Meaning: a book that tells you how to do or operate something, especially one that
comes with a machine, etc. when you buy it
- workplace (noun): Nơi làm việc

Meaning: the office, factory, etc. where people work
- queue (up) (for something) verb): xếp hàng

Meaning: to wait in a line of people, vehicles, etc. in order to do something, get
something or go somewhere
- enrolment (noun): sự đăng ký

do this

Exercise 9:
25. Insects 28. water

26. feeding 29. wings
27. laboratory 30. reliable
Transcript
Professor: How will you know if Asian bees have entered Australia?
Grant: We’re looking at the diet of the bird called the Rainbow Bee Eater. The Bee
Eater doesn’t care what it eats, as long as they’re insects (Q25). But the interesting
thing about this bird is that we are able to analyse exactly what it eats and that’s really
helpful if we’re looking for introduced insects.
Professor: How come?
Grant: Insects have their skeletons outside their bodies, so the Bee Eaters digest
the meat from the inside, then they bring up all the indigestible bits of skeleton and
of course the wings in a pellet – a small ball of waste material which they cough up.
Professor: That sounds a bit unpleasant. So how do you go about it?
Grant: In the field we track down the Bee Eaters and find their favourite feeding
(Q26) spots, you know, the places where the birds usually feed. It’s here that we can
find the pellets. We collect them up and take them back to the laboratory (Q27) to
examine the contents.
Professor: How do you do that?
Grant: The pellets are really hard, especially if they have been out in the sun for a few
days so, first of all, we treat them by adding water (Q28) to moisten them and make
them softer. Then we pull them apart under the microscope. Everything’s all
scrunched up but we’re looking for wings (Q29) so we just pull them all out and
straighten them. Then we identify them to see if we can find any Asian bee wings.
Professor: And how many have you found?
Grant: So far our research shows that Asian bees have not entered Australia in any
numbers – it’s a good result and much more reliable (Q30) than trying to find live ones
as evidence of introduced insects.
Professor: Well, that’s fascinating. Thank you, Grant, for those insights. I hope that
you might inspire some of our students here to conduct some similar experiments.

Vocabulary:
- introduced (adjective): ngoại lai

Meaning: to be imported
- skeleton (noun): xương sống

Meaning: the structure of bones that supports the body of a person or an animal; a
model of this structure
- digest (verb): tiêu hóa

Meaning: to change food into substances that your body can use
- indigestible (adjective): không thể tiêu hóa

Meaning: that cannot easily be digested in the stomach
- pellet (noun): viên, hòn

Meaning: a small hard ball of any substance, often of soft material that has become
hard
- track down (verb): theo dấu

Meaning: to follow
- scrunch up (verb): nghiền

Meaning: to crush something completely

Exercise 10:
31. marketing 33. jobs

32. interests 34. health
Transcript
Good morning. Today we’re thinking about the way that technology is
influencing our social structures and the way we interact with one another.
Humans, as we know, have always lived in groups; without this arrangement, our
species would have died out long ago. But now, the way we see and define our
group is changing.
I’d like to start by mentioning the research of American sociologist Mark
Granovetter in 1973. It was Granovetter who first coined the term “weak-ties” ,
which he used to refer to people’s loose acquaintances – in other words,
friends-of-friends. His research showed that weak-ties had a significant effect on
the behavior and choices of populations – and this influence was something
highly important in the fields of information science and politics, and as you can
imagine, marketing also. So, these friends-of-friends, people we might spend time Q31
with at social or work gatherings, might not be like us but they can still have a
positive influence because we share the same sort of interests. That’s enough to Q32
make a connection – and this connection can turn out to be more beneficial than
we might suspect. An example of this, an example of how the connection can
influence us, is when our weak-ties get in touch and pass on details about jobs
they think might be suitable for us. Well, since Granovetter first came up with this
theory, his work has been cited in over 19000 papers. Some of these studies have
looked at how weak-tie networks are useful to us in other ways, and one thing that
seems to improve as a result of weak-tie influence is our health.
Vocabulary:
- interact with (verb): tương tác

Meaning: to communicate with somebody, especially while you work, play or spend
time with them
- acquaintance (noun): sự thân quen
Meaning: a person that you know but who is not a close friend

Exercise 11:
23. Maths 25. Jet engines

24. Theory 26. Seminars
Transcript
Martina: Oh hi George, how’s it going?
George: Hi Martina, it’s going well. How about you? How’s university life?
M: Well it’s great – apart from the studying of course
G: Yeah – me too! What are you studying? I seem to remember that you were
going to do Art. That was your best subject, wasn’t it?
M: No – not really – I just like the teacher. He was French and had an amazing
accent. My favorite subject was History but I couldn’t see what career that
would give me
G: Ah right. So what did you choose?
M: Well I found it really difficult to decide. I was really good at Science but I
must admit I never really enjoyed studying it. So, in the end I decided to opt
for English which was my second favorite subject and I thought it would be
more useful to me than studying anything else. So- that’s what I’m doing.
Um-how are you finding university?
G: Well-it’s a bit of a challenge I suppose
M: Are you finding it difficult?
G: Well, some of it. I’m doing Mechanical Engineering which is really
interesting but it covers quite a lot of areas like materials science, machine
design, physics and of course mechanics –and they’re all fine. But it’s
Maths that I’m struggling with. It’s a lot harder than it was at school. Q23
M: I can believe it. It all sounds very difficult to me. But then I never was very
good at mechanical things. I suppose it must involve some practical work?
G: Well-not at the moment. Currently, it’s nearly all theory, so it’s a bit Q24
heavy-going
M: I guess you need to start with that so that you can get a grasp of the
concepts and learn a few facts before you start putting it into practice. It
must be a lot different to the course that I’m taking.

G: Yes – but in a few weeks we’ll be having a lot more practical experience. In
fact, I’ve got a great assignment this term working on jet engines which Q25
means I’ll be going on a few field trips to a nearby airport
M: Oh that’s great. It sounds like you’re going to be very busy
G: Yes I’m not sure how I’m going to cope with the work. We have a lot of
lectures – and that’s fine. The lecturers are very knowledgeable and I
learn a lot from them. But we also have a lot of seminars and I find with so Q26
many people expressing their views it can get quite frustrating. It would
be better if we didn’t have so many of those.
Martina: Yes it’s the same for me
Vocabulary:
- accent (noun): ngữ điệu

Meaning: a way of pronouncing the words of a language that shows which country,
area or social class a person comes from
- challenge (noun): thách thức

Meaning: a new or difficult task that tests somebody’s ability and skill
- get a grasp of something (phrase): hiểu cái gì

Meaning: a person’s understanding of a subject or of difficult facts
- knowledgeable (adj): có hiểu biết

Meaning: knowing a lot
- frustrating (adj): bức bối

Meaning: causing you to feel annoyed and impatient because you cannot do or
achieve what you want

2 242 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2 242 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hơ  O

Mục đích của cuốn sách này đó là:

IELTS Thanh Loan

IELTS Thanh Loan

Vậy nên, mình đề xuất 02 hướng đi cho bạn như sau:

Học IELTS Offline tại Hà Nội:

Học IELTS Online ở bất cứ nơi đâu:

IELTS Thanh Loan

“Chất lượng hàng đầu”

IELTS Thanh Loan

Chương I: Thông tin cơ bản về IELTS Listening................................................01

Chương II: Kỹ thuật, Phương pháp và Lộ trình...............................................09

IELTS Thanh Loan

Dạng 1: Nghe Letters and Numbers...........................................................................39

IELTS Thanh Loan

Dạng 1: Nghe Letters and Numbers.........................................................................236

IELTS Thanh Loan

- Cách tính điểm bài thi IELTS Listening

IELTS Thanh Loan 01

Về thời gian làm bài thi IELTS Listening:

Cấu trúc bài thi IELTS Listening

IELTS Thanh Loan 02

Độ khó tăng dần

Có 09 dạng câu hỏi phổ biến trong bài thi Listening

IELTS Thanh Loan 03

IELTS Thanh Loan 04

Write your name

Một số lưu ý khác

IELTS Thanh Loan 05

Listening (Academic & General Training)

IELTS Thanh Loan 06

IELTS Thanh Loan 07

IELTS Thanh Loan 08

Thông tin 1: Đoán từ loại cho chỗ trống cần điền

IELTS Thanh Loan 09

Trường hợp chỗ trống cần điền là một DANH TỪ:

Loại Danh từ Các trường hợp Ví dụ

Danh từ không có “s” a/ an/ much + ... a book

Danh từ có “s” khi several/ many/ a many books

Hoặc Danh từ có “s” Từ sở hữu: they are my parents.

a lot of/ some + ... a lot of books

They changes a factory/ factories

IELTS Thanh Loan 10

Danh từ chỉ người work as + ... work as a manager

take the position took the position of a manager

be given the was given the role of a manager

IELTS Thanh Loan 11

Các trường hợp Ví dụ

BE + ... She is intelligent (cô ấy thông minh)

ADV + ... She is incredibly intelligent (cô ấy rất

THE + ... They are the poor (họ là người nghèo)

IELTS Thanh Loan 12

Các trường hợp Ví dụ

... + ADV She studies lazily (cô ấy học hành lười)

... + ADJ She is incredibly intelligent (cô ấy rất

Trường hợp ĐẶC BIỆT:

IELTS Thanh Loan 13

Dựa vào GIỚI TỪ đứng trước chỗ trống cần điền

Prep Các thông tin có thể đứng sau Ví dụ

AT chỉ một thời điểm cụ thể at 6 p.m; at noon; at night;

IN chỉ một khoảng thời gian dài: in October; in Summer; in 2019;

IELTS Thanh Loan 14

ON một ngày trong tuần, ngày tháng on Sunday; on 25th June/ on

Hơ O